United States 

Department of

Agriculture

Forest Service

Pacific

Southwest

Region

Stanislaus

National Forest

April 2010

Stanislaus National Forest 

Forest Plan Direction 

April2010 

The U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) prohibits discrimination in all its programs and activities on the basis of race, color, 

national origin, gender, religion, age, disability, political beliefs, sexual orientation, or marital or family status. (Not all prohibited 

bases apply to all programs.) Persons with disabilities who require alternative means for communication of program information 

(Braille, large print, audiotape, etc.) should contact USDA’s TARGET Center at (202) 720-2600 (voice and TDD). To file a 

complaint of discrimination, write USDA, Director, Office of Civil Rights, Room 326-W, Whitten Building, 14th and 

Independence Avenue, SW, Washington, DC 20250-9410 or call (202) 720-5964 (voice and TDD). USDA is an equal 

opportunity provider and employer.

Stanislaus National Forest

Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Alpine, Calaveras, Mariposa and Tuolumne Counties, California

Lead Agency: USDA Forest Service

Pacific Southwest Region

Stanislaus National Forest

19777 Greenley Road

Sonora, CA 95370

(209) 532-3671

Information Contact: John J. Maschi, Forest Planner

Stanislaus National Forest

19777 Greenley Road

Sonora, CA 95370

(209) 532-3671

Cover Photo: 

Fahey Cabin 

by Jerry Snyder

Abstract

The Forest Service completed the Stanislaus National Forest Land and Resource Management 

Plan (Forest Plan) and Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) on October 28, 1991. This 

document, the Stanislaus National Forest “Forest Plan Direction” presents the current Forest 

Plan management direction, based on the original Forest Plan as modified through the Forest 

Plan amendment process. 

i 

Table of Contents

Introduction................................................................................................................................................... 1

Forest Plan Amendments..................................................................................................................................... 1

Management Direction ................................................................................................................................ 3

Forest Goals ........................................................................................................................................................... 5

Forest Objectives................................................................................................................................................... 8

Management Goals and Strategies................................................................................................................... 11

Old Forest Ecosystems and Associated Species......................................................................................... 11

Aquatic, Riparian, and Meadow Ecosystems and Associated Species....................................................... 11

Fire and Fuels Management.......................................................................................................................... 13

Lower Westside Hardwood Ecosystems ...................................................................................................... 15

Noxious Weed Management......................................................................................................................... 15

Management Practices........................................................................................................................................ 17

Forestwide Standards and Guidelines ............................................................................................................. 33

Air Quality ....................................................................................................................................................... 33

Cultural Resources......................................................................................................................................... 33

Diversity.......................................................................................................................................................... 34

Fire and Fuels................................................................................................................................................. 35

Fish and Wildlife............................................................................................................................................. 40

Forest Pests ................................................................................................................................................... 45

Geology and Minerals.................................................................................................................................... 45

Lands.............................................................................................................................................................. 47

Range............................................................................................................................................................. 49

Recreation ...................................................................................................................................................... 53

Sensitive Plants.............................................................................................................................................. 60

Soils ................................................................................................................................................................ 60

Special Areas ................................................................................................................................................. 61

Transportation and Facilities.......................................................................................................................... 62

Visual Resources ........................................................................................................................................... 62

Water.............................................................................................................................................................. 64

Management Area Direction............................................................................................................................... 65

Wilderness and Proposed Wilderness .......................................................................................................... 67

Wild and Scenic Rivers and Proposed Wild and Scenic Rivers................................................................. 111

Near Natural................................................................................................................................................. 119

Wildlife .......................................................................................................................................................... 123

Special Interest Areas.................................................................................................................................. 129

Research Natural Areas............................................................................................................................... 147

Experimental Forest..................................................................................................................................... 153

Scenic Corridor............................................................................................................................................. 155

General Forest (GF91)................................................................................................................................. 161

Developed Recreation Sites ........................................................................................................................ 165

Winter Sports Sites....................................................................................................................................... 177

Developed (Non-Recreation) Sites.............................................................................................................. 181

Land Allocations................................................................................................................................................ 183

Wilderness and Wild and Scenic Rivers ..................................................................................................... 183

California Spotted Owl and Northern Goshawk Protected Activity Centers .............................................. 183

Great Gray Owl Protected Activity Centers (PACs).................................................................................... 187

Forest Carnivore Den Site Buffers............................................................................................................... 187

California Spotted Owl Home Range Core Areas (HRCAs) ...................................................................... 188

Wildland Urban Intermix: Defense Zones .................................................................................................. 189

Wildland Urban Intermix: Threat Zones...................................................................................................... 189

Old Forest Emphasis Areas......................................................................................................................... 190

General Forest ............................................................................................................................................. 191

Riparian Conservation Areas....................................................................................................................... 191

Critical Aquatic Refuges............................................................................................................................... 196
ii

List of Tables

Table 1 Average Annual Outputs By Decade......................................................................................... 8

Table 2 Motor Vehicle Travel Management Objectives........................................................................10

Table 3 Emigrant Wilderness Opportunity Class Desired Condition Objectives .................................31

Table 4 Mokelumne Wilderness Opportunity Class Desired Condition Objectives.............................32

Table 5 Maximum Fire Size Objectives.................................................................................................38

Table 6 Fire Suppression Tactics ..........................................................................................................38

Table 7 Maximum Forage Use Levels ..................................................................................................51

Table 8 Emigrant Wilderness Opportunity Class Allocations ...............................................................72

Table 9 Emigrant Wilderness Fisheries Decision Criteria.....................................................................78

Table 10 Mokelumne Wilderness Inholdings ..........................................................................................92

Table 11 Mokelumne Wilderness Opportunity Class Allocations........................................................ 109

Table 12 Recreation Development Schedule 1992-2001 ................................................................... 168

List of Maps

Map 1 Trumbull Peak Historic and Botanic Area............................................................................. 135

Map 2 Pacific Madrone Botanic Area............................................................................................... 136

Map 3 Windeler Cave Geologic Area............................................................................................... 137

Map 4 Niagara Creek and Falls Scenic and Geologic Area............................................................ 138

Map 5 Columns of the Giants Geologic Area................................................................................... 139

Map 6 Bull Run Geologic Area ......................................................................................................... 140

Map 7 Sonora - Mono Toll Road Historic Area................................................................................ 141

Map 8 Emigrant Road and Big Trees-Carson Valley Road Historic Areas.................................... 142

Map 9 Bourland Creek Trestle Cultural Area................................................................................... 143

Map 10 Jordan Creek Bower Cave Cultural and Geologic Area....................................................... 144

Map 11 Jawbone Falls Heritage Area ................................................................................................ 145

Map 12 Bell Meadow Research Natural Area.................................................................................... 149

Map 13 Critchfield (Bourland Meadow) Research Natural Area ....................................................... 150

Map 14 Grizzly Mountain Research Natural Area ............................................................................. 151

Map 15 Clark Fork Candidate Research Natural Area...................................................................... 152

Map 16 Pinecrest Basin Management Zones.................................................................................... 176
1 

Stanislaus National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 

April 2010 

Introduction 

The Forest Service completed the Stanislaus National Forest Land and Resource Management Plan 

(Forest Plan) and Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) on October 28, 1991 (LMP91). This 

document, the Stanislaus National Forest “Forest Plan Direction” presents the current Forest Plan 

management direction, based on the original Forest Plan as modified by the following Forest Plan 

amendments.

Forest Plan Amendments 

1. Management Areas 4 and 9 (MA49): Replacement of SOHA M21 in Rose Creek (Mi-Wok 

Ranger District) destroyed by fire in September, 1992, with SOHA M07 in Sierra Compartment. 

[Decision Notice, 10/27/1992] Subsequent 2004 Sierra Nevada Forest Plan Amendment 

supersedes and replaces this amendment.

2. California Spotted Owl Interim Guidelines (CASPO): Amended the Regional Guide and ten 

Forest Plans, including the Stanislaus Forest Plan. The Interim Guidelines intended to be a shortterm strategy, were in place pending adoption of a longer-term strategy to maintain viability of the 

owl. [Decision Notice, 1/13/1993] Subsequent 2004 Sierra Nevada Forest Plan Amendment 

supersedes and replaces this amendment.

3. Jordan Creek/Bower Cave SIA (JCBC): Provides management guidelines for this SIA on 

Groveland Ranger District. [Decision Notice, 9/30/1993]

4. Sierra Nevada Logging Museum (SNLM): Amends Forest Plan by changing the Management 

Area designation for the Sierra Nevada Logging Museum site from Scenic Corridor to Developed 

Recreation. [Decision Notice, 12/17/1993]

5. Hamm-Hasloe Reforestation (HHR): One hundred eighty seven individual areas on Groveland 

Ranger District were re-allocated to different Management Areas to better reflect the intent of 

Forest Plan allocations. [Record of Decision, 9/8/1994] Subsequent 2004 Sierra Nevada Forest 

Plan Amendment supersedes and replaces this amendment. 

6. Bell Meadow RNA (BRNA): Amends the land allocations in the Forest Plan from Candidate 

RNA to Established RNA. Consists of 645 acres of land on Summit Ranger District representing 

the Aspen Forest target element. [Decision Notice, 11/25/1994] 

7. Grizzly Mountain RNA (GRNA): Amends the land allocations in the Forest Plan from Candidate 

RNA to Established RNA. Consists of 688 acres of land on Groveland Ranger District 

representing the California black oak target element. [Decision Notice, 11/25/1994] 

8. W.B. Critchfield (Bourland) RNA (CRNA): Amends the land allocations in the Forest Plan from 

Candidate RNA to Established RNA. Consists of 1003 acres of land on Mi-Wok Ranger District 

representing the red fir forest and montane freshwater marsh target elements. [Decision Notice, 

11/25/1994] 
Stanislaus

National Forest

2 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

9. Highway 4 Sno-Park (H4SP): Amends the Forest Plan for the Spicer Sno-Park site on 

Calaveras Ranger District. Changes the Management Area from Scenic Corridor to Developed 

Recreation with Visual Quality Objective of Modification. [Decision Notice, 6/5/1995] 

10. Highland Lakes Management Area (HLMA): Amends the Forest Plan by changing a 

Management Area on Calaveras Ranger District from Proposed Wilderness to Proposed Wild 

and Scenic Rivers. [Decision Notice, 1/19/1996] 

11. Motor Vehicle Travel Management (MVTM): Provides management guidelines for motorized 

use. [Decision Notice, 2/18/1998]

12. Emigrant Wilderness Management Direction (EWMD): Provides management guidelines for 

the Emigrant Wilderness. [Record of Decision, 4/8/1998]

13. Mokelumne Wilderness Management Guidelines (MWMG): Provides management 

guidelines for the Mokelumne Wilderness [Decision Notice, 3/28/2000]

14. Jawbone Falls SIA (JFSIA): Designated as an SIA for cultural resources, this 47 acre area is 

located on Jawbone Creek between Jawbone Falls and Jawbone Meadow, on the Groveland 

Ranger District in Section 23 T2N R18E. [Decision Notice, 12/12/2000]

15. Sierra Nevada Forest Plan Amendment (SNFPA-01): Forest Plan Amendment addressing five 

problem areas on 11 Sierra Nevada National Forests. [Record of Decision, 01/12/2001]

Subsequent 2004 Sierra Nevada Forest Plan Amendment supersedes and replaces this 

amendment.

16. Sierra Nevada Forest Plan Amendment (SNFPA): Forest Plan Amendment1 addressing five 

problem areas on 11 Sierra Nevada National Forests. [Record of Decision, 01/21/2004]

17. Pinecrest Basin Management Direction (PBMD): Forest Plan Amendment establishing a 

boundary, land use zones, and standards and guidelines specific to the Pinecrest Basin. 

[Decision Notice, 03/29/2004]

18. Sierra Nevada Forests Management Indicator Species Amendment (SNFMISA): Forest 

Plan Amendment adopting a common list of Management Indicator Species (MIS) and 

associated monitoring strategies for ten forests in the Sierra Nevada. [Record of Decision, 

12/14/2007]

19. Trumbull Peak Cabin Restoration (TPCR): Amends Forest Plan by changing the Management 

Area designation for the Trumbull Peak Cabin and Lookout from Developed Non-Recreation to 

Developed Recreation. [Decision Notice, 3/24/2009]

20. Forestwide Forest Plan Amendment (FFPA): Amends Forestwide Standard and Guideline for 

Restricted Motor Vehicle Management to prohibit motor vehicle travel off NFTS routes and allow 

parking within one vehicle length off of NFTS routes. [Record of Decision, 11/12/2009]

21. Western Pond Turtle Forest Plan Amendment (WPTFPA): Amends Forestwide Standard and 

Guideline for Restricted Motor Vehicle Management to allow motor vehicle use on 9 motorized 

trail segments (1.53 miles) in areas adjacent to waters with known populations of western pond 

turtle. [Record of Decision, 11/12/2009]

22. Non-Motorized Forest Plan Amendment (NMFPA): Amends Forestwide and Wild and Scenic 

River Standard and Guidelines for ROS Semi-Primitive Non-Motorized, Closed Motor Vehicle 

Travel Management and Restricted Motor Vehicle Travel Management to allow continued 

highway legal vehicle use on existing NFTS roads 4N80Y and 5N02R. [Record of Decision, 

11/12/2009]

 

1 SNFPA direction does not apply within the Stanislaus-Tuolumne Experimental Forest (SNFPA ROD, p. 15; USDA Forest Service 2004)
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 3

April 2010

Management Direction 

Management direction for the Stanislaus National Forest is included in the Forest Goals, 

Management Goals and Strategies, Forest Objectives, Management Practices, Forestwide

Standards and Guidelines, and specific Management Area or Land Allocation direction. Along with 

laws, regulations, and National and Regional policies (as stated in the Forest Service Manual) these 

provide the long-range direction for managing the Stanislaus National Forest. Forest personnel use 

this direction to achieve the objectives of the Plan. The direction also services to inform the public 

and cooperating agencies about future programs and activities.

Management direction is defined in the National Forest Management Act as "a statement of multiple 

use and other goals and objectives, the management prescriptions and their associated standards 

and guidelines for attaining them." Management direction is supplemented by maps included with this 

document. A Forest data base, which includes a computerized data storage and retrieval system and 

maps, is also available for project planning.

This Plan provides guidance for developing annual and multi-year implementation programs. The 

Forest Plan allocates resources through a comprehensive integration of all resources. Program 

leaders will have adequate guidance for developing annual budgets needed to achieve the goals and 

objectives of the Plan.

It is impossible to predict or to document every situation that could occur on this Forest in the next 50 

years. If situations occur that are not covered here, they can be handled in the following ways:

 The Forest Plan can be amended, if the situation is significant enough to warrant it.

 Less significant situations will be documented in a decision document that explains why it is 

necessary to do something not covered in this Plan. See 36 CFR 219 and FSM 1920 for further 

direction.

The outputs and activities shown in Table 1 are those desired under the Forest Plan. Although the 

Plan covers a 10-15 year time span, Forest Service funding is approved by Congress on an annual 

basis. The Forest will implement those portions of the Plan that are funded. Management direction, 

including the Forestwide Standards and Guidelines, will be applied regardless of the level of activity 

in each program. The management direction components contained within this chapter are 

summarized below.

Forest Goals 

Forest goals set the standards for the future condition of the Forest. Objectives and subsequent 

levels of direction are aimed at accomplishing these goals. The Forest goals tie closely to planning 

issues described in Chapter II and comply with applicable laws and regulations.

Management Goals and Strategies 

Broad management goals and strategies address the five problem areas: old forest ecosystems and 

associated species; aquatic, riparian, and meadow ecosystems and associated species; fire and 

fuels management; noxious weeds; and lower westside hardwood ecosystems.
Stanislaus

National Forest

4 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Forest Objectives 

Objectives are planned, measurable results that respond to the general goals of the Forest Plan. 

Objectives form the basis for future planning that will define the precise steps to be taken to achieve 

identified goals. Specific objectives for the five decade planning cycle are displayed in Tables 1 and 

2.

Management Practices 

Practices are management actions that achieve the goals and objectives of the Plan. They describe 

the actions or treatments that occur for each resource. 

Forestwide Standards and Guidelines 

These provide specific direction for implementing the management practices throughout the Forest. 

They apply in all Management Areas unless additional, more specific direction for a particular 

resource is provided in the individual Management Area direction. Some of the standards refer to 

resource element maps to further delineate land areas to which they apply. The Forest's Standards 

and Guidelines supplement those of Region 5 (see Regional Guide for the Pacific Southwest Region, 

August 1984).

Management Area Direction 

The Forest has been divided into 12 Management Areas based on their predominant management 

emphasis. Management Area boundaries were created from issues, concerns and opportunities 

developed during the planning process and from existing administrative boundaries. Management 

Areas are shown on Map 1, Appendix I. Each Management Area has a management emphasis 

statement, a description of the physical area, and a management prescription, which describes 

specific practices, general direction, and Standards and Guidelines applicable to that Management 

Area. The Management Practices are keyed to the definitions contained in the "Management 

Practices" section of this chapter. The General Direction and Standards and Guidelines provide the 

specific direction for implementing the given practice within each Management Area. All Forestwide 

Standards and Guidelines also apply within each Management Area, unless more specific direction 

for a particular resource is given.

Land Allocation Direction 

The Forest is divided into a number of land allocations. Each land allocation has a set of standards 

and guidelines that determine how management is to proceed within the allocation. The allocations 

and standards and guidelines form a comprehensive strategy for addressing the purpose and need 

for the Sierra Nevada Forest Plan Amendment. Certain land allocations overlap with one another to 

varying degrees. Management direction for higher priority allocations pre-empts management 

direction for lower priority allocations. Generally, land allocations with more restrictive management 

direction pre-empt those with less restrictive direction.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 5

April 2010

Forest Goals 

A. Social Environment 

Community Stability 

Manage the Forest in an economically efficient and cost-effective manner while responding to 

economic and social needs of the public and local communities.

Urban Interface 

Private property holder and permittee needs will be taken into consideration in all planning and 

management activities occurring adjacent to private lands. Effort will be made to communicate 

information about proposed Forest Service projects, during the initial stages of project development 

in order to be responsive to public issues and concerns. Regular communication will be maintained 

with local County Planning Departments to insure long-term coordination and understanding.

B. Economic Environment 

Economic 

Manage the Forest in an economically efficient and cost-effective manner while responding to 

economic and social needs of the public and local communities.

C. Resource Environment 

Air Quality 

Maintain air quality that complies with all applicable regulations. Carry out forest management 

activities in a manner consistent and compatible with the attainment of State and Federal air quality 

objectives.

Cultural Resources 

Inventory, evaluate, enhance and manage cultural resources to prevent loss of, or damage to cultural 

values; to integrate significant resources into multiple use management; to gain scientific knowledge 

and management data about them; and to interpret for public benefit and appreciation.

Diversity 

Maintain or increase diversity of plants and animals, with a balance of vegetation types currently 

represented on the Forest which best provide for meeting the resource goals and objectives of the 

Forest Plan.

Fire and Fuels 

Provide a cost-effective fire management program to protect Forest resources, life and property, from 

the effects of wildfire. Maintain natural and activity fuels at levels commensurate with minimizing 

resource losses from wildfire. In Wilderness, fire is allowed to play as nearly as possible its natural 

ecological role.

Fish and Wildlife 

Provide habitat for viable populations of all native and desired non-native wildlife, fish and plants. 

Maintain and improve habitat for Threatened and Endangered species and give special attention to 

sensitive species to see that they do not become Federally listed as Threatened or Endangered.
Stanislaus

National Forest

6 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Forest Pests 

Provide an integrated pest management program to prevent or control insect and disease attacks on 

forest and range resources.

Geology and Minerals 

Encourage mineral exploration and development in compliance with applicable laws, regulations and 

orders. In areas identified as susceptible to slope instability, analyze risks of management activities 

so as to avoid initiation or acceleration of slope movement and to protect human safety and Forest 

resources. Prevent degradation of groundwater quality and develop groundwater sources to meet 

domestic livestock and wildlife needs.

Lands 

Implement land adjustments that improve ownership patterns, to increase public benefit and the 

efficiency of National Forest management. Acquire rights-of-way needed to manage the resources. 

Consider special uses of the National Forest where public needs cannot be met on private lands and 

where such uses conform to management direction for the area.

Range 

Manage livestock to utilize available forage while avoiding adverse impacts on soil, vegetation, water 

quality, wildlife, fisheries and riparian zones.

Recreation 

Provide a wide range of recreation opportunities directed at various experience levels to meet current 

and projected demand, including campgrounds, hiking trails, picnic areas, OHV trails, etc. Develop 

recreation management plans for existing and potential areas of concentrated public use. These 

plans shall address such aspects as: planned mixes of summer and winter activities for public and 

private sector responsibility, development scales, site locations, number of units and PAOTs (people 

at one time), family and group facilities, existing or potential on-site problems, facilities needed to 

serve dispersed activities, lake or reservoir surface activity management, as well as implementation 

and/or expansion phasing. Develop and implement programs to inform Forest users about recreation 

opportunities. Interpret Forest management activities and the forest environment for visitors. Provide 

a variety of off-highway vehicle (OHV) recreational opportunities in a manner consistent with 

protection of wildlife and other resources, and with non-motorized recreation.

Riparian 

Manage riparian areas to protect or improve riparian area-dependent resources while allowing for 

management of other compatible uses. 

Sensitive Plants 

Manage sensitive plants to ensure continued population viability and prevent them from becoming 

federally listed as Threatened or Endangered.

Soils 

Maintain and, where feasible, improve soil productivity. 

Special Areas 

Preserve the integrity of the botanic, cultural, geologic, scenic, and recreation features for which the 

areas were established.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 7

April 2010

Timber 

Manage the timber resource to provide commercial sawtimber, public fuelwood, and miscellaneous 

wood products, while considering environmental factors and other resource values. 

Transportation and Facilities 

Provide facilities, including transportation system and administrative sites, needed to efficiently and 

safely manage the National Forest. 

Visual Resources 

Meet adopted Visual Quality Objectives (VQOs) on all projects. Maintain high visual quality in areas 

of concentrated public use and in areas seen from major travel routes. Allow management activities 

in certain areas to dominate the surrounding characteristic landscape, but they shall borrow from 

natural forms and appear as natural occurrences when viewed from background distances. Consider 

private land concerns during the evaluation of proposed management activities adjacent to privately 

developed subdivisions and recreation areas. Particular attention will be given to visual quality in the 

foreground view areas of these private developments as well as any other values relating to their 

attendant use and enjoyment of the National Forest.

Water 

Maintain or improve water quality and watershed condition to meet applicable state and federal 

requirements. Realize feasible increases in the quantity of water yield and delays in the timing of 

runoff by including water yield modification as an objective in the design and manipulation of 

commercial and non-commercial vegetation.

Wild And Scenic Rivers 

Manage Wild and Scenic Rivers and their immediate environments to preserve their free flowing 

condition and to protect their outstandingly remarkable values. Provide opportunities for public 

recreation and other resources based on the classification of each river segment.

Wilderness 

Manage Wilderness to preserve its character and values and to allow recreational, scenic, scientific, 

educational, conservation and historic uses consistent with these objectives.

a. Within the Emigrant Wilderness1

: 

1. Maintain and perpetuate the enduring resource of wilderness as one of the multiple uses of 

National Forest System land.

2. Maintain wilderness in such a manner that ecosystems are unaffected by human 

manipulation and influences so that plants and animals develop and respond to natural 

forces.

3. Minimize the impact of those kinds of uses and activities generally prohibited by the 

Wilderness Act, but specifically excepted by the Act or subsequent legislation.

4. Protect and perpetuate wilderness character and public values including, but not limited to, 

opportunities for scientific study, education, solitude, physical and mental challenge and 

stimulation, inspiration, and primitive recreation experiences.

5. Gather information and carry out research in a manner compatible with preserving the 

wilderness environment to increase understanding of wilderness ecology, wilderness uses, 

management opportunities, and visitor behavior.

 

1 Emigrant Wilderness Management Direction, Forest Plan Amendment, USDA Forest Service 1998
Stanislaus

National Forest

8 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Forest Objectives 

Table 1 Average Annual Outputs By Decade

Resource Elements

Base 1980 RPA

Year Goals

Decades

(Beginning with 1990 - 1999)

1987 1990 2040 1 2 3 4 5

Recreation 

Developed Public (M RVD) 561 1,820 2,630 914 1,209 2,357 1,519 1,643

Developed Private (MRVD) 767 1,283 1,487 1,576 1,587 1,587

Dispersed (MRVD)* 604 2,200 2,680 1,180 1,376 1,546 1,713 1,779

Wilderness (MRVD) 127 439 439 439 439 439

Trails (miles)

Construction 9.1 3.1 3.2 3.1 3.3

Reconstruction 22.5 1.2 .1 .1 .1

Maintenance 33.2 36.3 39.5 42.6 45.9

Visual Quality Index 65.35** 63.80 62.30 60.80 60.20 59.97

*Includes Wildlife and Fish User Days. 

**Base Year 1980 Existing Visual Condition.

Fish and Wildlife 

T&E Species

Bald eagle (pairs) 0 4 4 4 4 4

Peregrine falcon (pairs) 0 2 2 2 2 2

Lahontan cutthroat trout 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2

Other than T&E (habitat capability in animal numbers)

Deer (M) 23.6 29.5 25.6 27.6 27.2 25.9 25.8

Cavity nesting bird (% 1982) 100% 90% 85%. 80% 80% 80%

Resident Fish (M pounds) 525* 636.6 528.2 531.4 534.6 537.7 540.8

Fisher (areas) 25 22 19 19 19 19

Marten (areas) 88 86 84 84 84 84

Direct Habitat Improvement (M)

Deer 1.257 1.257 1.257 1.257 1.257

All Other Wildlife 2.515 2.515 2.515 2.515 2.515

Resident Fish .655 .655 .655 .655 .655

Induced Habitat Improvement (M)

Deer 5.264 12.088 10.616 6.174 5.847

All Other Wildlife 10.528 24.176 21.232 12.348 11.694

Resident Fish 0 0 0 0 0

Total Inc. Background (M)

Deer 77.9* 84.4 91.2 89.8 85.3 85.3

All Other Wildlife 156 168.8 182.5 182.5 182.5 182.5

Resident Fish 210* 210.7 211.3 212.0 212.6 213.3

Direct Habitat Improvement (acres)

Deer 240 300 300 300 300 300

All Other Wildlife 15 50 50 50 50 50

Resident Fish 3 3 3 3 3 3
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 9

April 2010

Resource Elements

Base 1980 RPA

Year Goals

Decades

(Beginning with 1990 - 1999)

1987 1990 2040 1 2 3 4 5

Range 

Grazing (M AUM) 24.1 21.6 22.8 22.7 22.0 22.2 22.5 23.5

Timber 

Long-Term Sustained Yield 

(MMBF)

Long-Term Sustained Yield 

(MMCF)

Timber Sale Proposed (MMBF)

Timber Sale Proposed (MMCF)

Allowable Sale Quantity (MMBF) 116.4 146.0 165.2

Allowable Sale Quantity (MMCF) 18.1 22.7 25.7

Reforestation (M Acres) 0.5 4.2 4.9 8.8 3.3 3.1 2.7 2.8

Timber Stand Improvement (M 

Acres) 1.8 3.0 3.1 9.8 6.8 4.7 3.9 3.1

Wood Products Other Than Sawtimber 

Fuelwood (M Cords) 34.2 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0

Biomass (MM Tons) 0.2 0.2 0.4 0.4 0.4

Water 

Quantity (MM acre feet) 1.97 2.2 2.2 2.00 1.98 1.98 1.98 1.98

Increased Quantity (M acres) Feet) 12.3 11.0 10.5 9.8 9.7

Watershed Imp. (acres) 270 310 280 285 305 295 290

Lands and Minerals 

Notices of Intent 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20

Operating Plans 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40

Land Acquisition (M acres) 0 0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5

Soils 

Improvement (Acres) 115 150 150 115 115 115 115 115

Transportation 

Roads (miles)

Construction 10 23.8 14.0 8.7 5.8 11.3

Reconstruction 20 21.9 26.2 29.2 33.6 36.6

Road Maintenance 2,640 2,640 2,878 3,018 3,105 3.163

Facilities 

Dam and Reservoirs

State/Local 6 6 6 6 6 6

Private 6 6 6 6 6 6

Administrative Sites

Forest Service 13 13 16 16 16 16

Leased 3 3 0 0 0 0

Total Budget (MM$)

(all figures in '87 dollars) 18.8 25.1 27.4 23.7 19.8 18.4 18.3 18.6
Stanislaus

National Forest

10 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Table 2 Motor Vehicle Travel Management Objectives1

Motor Vehicle

Travel Management Objectives

Ranger Districts Forest

Mi-Wok Calaveras Summit Groveland Totals

Motor Vehicle (acres)

1. Closed Motor Vehicle (10-G-1) 23,975 100,000 190,000 44,140 358,115

2. Restricted Motor Vehicle (10-G-2) 145,350 152,640 79,350 162,545 539,885

Total 169,325 252,640 269,350 206,685 898,000

Off-Highway Vehicle (miles)

Motorcycle (MC) 100.0 45.0 0.0 0.0 145.0

All-Terrain Vehicle (ATV) 125.0 45.0 10.0 45.0 225.0

Off-Highway Vehicle (OHV) 360.0 400.0 135.0 253.0 1,148.0

4 Wheel Drive (4WD) 40.0 40.0 21.0 50.0 151.0

Total 625.0 530.0 166.0 348.0 1,669.0

California Backcountry Discovery 

Trail

CBDT Segments (miles) 82.8 58.6 3.0 77.0 221.4

Over-Snow Vehicle (acres)

Available OSV 145,350 152,640 79,350 162,545 539,885

Over-Snow Vehicle (miles)

Groomed 0.0 40.0 30.0 0.0 70.0

Un-groomed Marked 25.0 50.0 50.0 0.0 125.0

Un-groomed Un-marked 275.0 240.0 116.0 40.0 671.0

Total 300.0 330.0 196.0 40.0 866.0

Wheeled Over-Snow (miles)

Wheeled Over-Snow (WOS) 5.0 9.0 26.0 0.0 40.0

 

1 Motor Vehicle Travel Management, Forest Plan Amendment, USDA Forest Service 1998
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 11

April 2010

Management Goals and Strategies1 

Broad management goals and strategies address the five problem areas: old forest ecosystems and 

associated species; aquatic, riparian, and meadow ecosystems and associated species; fire and 

fuels management; noxious weeds; and lower westside hardwood ecosystems.

Old Forest Ecosystems and Associated Species 

Goals 

The broad goals of the old forest and associated species conservation strategy are to:

 protect, increase, and perpetuate desired conditions of old forest ecosystems and conserve 

species associated with these ecosystems while meeting people’s needs for commodities and 

outdoor recreation activities;

 increase the frequency of large trees, increase structural diversity of vegetation, and improve the 

continuity and distribution of old forests across the landscape; and

 restore forest species composition and structure following large scale, stand-replacing 

disturbance events.

Strategy 

The old forest ecosystem strategy has the following key elements:

 a network of land allocations, including California spotted owl and northern goshawk protected 

activity centers (PACs), California spotted owl home range core areas, forest carnivore den sites, 

and the southern Sierra fisher conservation area, with management direction specifically aimed 

at sustaining viable populations of at-risk species associated with old forest ecosystems welldistributed across Sierra Nevada national forests;

 a network of old forest emphasis areas managed to maintain or develop old forest habitat in 

areas containing the best remaining large blocks or landscape concentrations of old forest and 

areas that provide old forest functions (such as connectivity of habitat over a range of elevations 

to allow migration of wide-ranging old-forest-associated species);

 direction for restoring ecosystems across all land allocations following large-scale catastrophic 

disturbance events; and

 a proactive approach for improving forest health with management objectives to reduce 

susceptibility of forest stands to insect and drought-related tree mortality by managing stand 

density levels.

Aquatic, Riparian, and Meadow Ecosystems and Associated Species 

Goals 

The strategy for aquatic management provides broad goals (listed below), which are endpoints 

toward which management moves watershed processes and functions, habitats, attributes, and 

populations. The goals provide a comprehensive framework for establishing desired conditions at 

larger scales, including river basin, watershed, and landscape scales. Moving ecosystem conditions 

toward these goals will restore and maintain the physical, chemical and biological integrity of the 

region’s waters as mandated by the Clean Water Act, and will support the Forest Service’s mission to 

 

1 Sierra Nevada Forest Plan Amendment, USDA Forest Service 2004. SNFPA direction does not apply within the Stanislaus-Tuolumne Experimental 

Forest (SNFPA ROD, p. 15)
Stanislaus

National Forest

12 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

provide habitat for riparian - and aquatic-dependent species under the National Forest Management 

Act, Organic Act, Safe Drinking Water Act, Endangered Species Act, and Electric Consumers 

Protection Act. The following goals are part of the Aquatic Management Strategy:

 Water Quality: Maintain and restore water quality to meet goals of the Clean Water Act and 

Safe Drinking Water Act, providing water that is fishable, swimmable, and suitable for drinking 

after normal treatment.

 Species Viability: Maintain and restore habitat to support viable populations of native and 

desired non-native plant, invertebrate and vertebrate riparian-dependent species. Prevent new 

introductions of invasive species. Where invasive species are adversely affecting the viability of 

native species, work cooperatively with appropriate State and Federal wildlife agencies to reduce 

impacts to native populations.

 Plant and Animal Community Diversity: Maintain and restore the species composition and 

structural diversity of plant and animal communities in riparian areas, wetlands, and meadows to 

provide desired habitats and ecological functions.

 Special Habitats: Maintain and restore the distribution and health of biotic communities in 

special aquatic habitats (such as springs, seeps, vernal pools, fens, bogs, and marshes) to 

perpetuate their unique functions and biological diversity.

 Watershed Connectivity: Maintain and restore spatial and temporal connectivity for aquatic and 

riparian species within and between watersheds to provide physically, chemically and biologically 

unobstructed movement for their survival, migration and reproduction.

 Floodplains and Water Tables: Maintain and restore the connections of floodplains, channels, 

and water tables to distribute flood flows and sustain diverse habitats.

 Watershed Condition: Maintain and restore soils with favorable infiltration characteristics and 

diverse vegetative cover to absorb and filter precipitation and to sustain favorable conditions of 

stream flows.

 Streamflow Patterns and Sediment Regimes: Maintain and restore in-stream flows sufficient 

to sustain desired conditions of riparian, aquatic, wetland, and meadow habitats and keep 

sediment regimes as close as possible to those with which aquatic and riparian biota evolved.

 Stream Banks and Shorelines: Maintain and restore the physical structure and condition of 

stream banks and shorelines to minimize erosion and sustain desired habitat diversity.

Strategy 

The aquatic, riparian, and meadow ecosystem strategy has the following key elements:

 a description of desired conditions for aquatic, riparian, and meadow habitats developed from the 

AMS goals;

 a set of land allocations, specifically riparian conservation areas and critical aquatic refuges, that 

delineate aquatic, riparian, and meadow habitats, which are to be managed consistent with the 

following riparian conservation objectives (RCOs) and associated standards and guidelines;

 a long-term strategy for anadromous fish-producing watersheds for the Lassen National Forest, 

as presented in Appendix I of the Sierra Nevada Forest Plan Amendment Final Environmental 

Impact Statement;

 an adaptive management program that includes monitoring and research activities specifically 

aimed at assessing effects of management activities on the willow flycatcher and Yosemite toad; 

and, 
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 13

April 2010

 the use of landscape analysis as a tool for assessing existing uses and identifying restoration and 

enhancement projects.

Riparian Conservation Objective 1: Ensure that identified beneficial uses for the water body are 

adequately protected. Identify the specific beneficial uses for the project area, water quality goals 

from the Regional Basin Plan, and the manner in which the standards and guidelines will protect the 

beneficial uses. (RCO 1 is linked to the following AMS goals: 1 Water Quality; 2 Species Viability; 7 

Watershed Condition).

Riparian Conservation Objective 2: Maintain or restore: (1) the geomorphic and biological 

characteristics of special aquatic features, including lakes, meadows, bogs, fens, wetlands, vernal 

pools, springs; (2) streams, including in stream flows; and (3) hydrologic connectivity both within and 

between watersheds to provide for the habitat needs of aquatic-dependent species. (RCO 2 is linked 

to the following AMS Goals: 2 Species Viability; 3 Plant and Animal Community Diversity; 4 Special 

Habitats; 5 Watershed Connectivity; 6 Floodplains and Water Tables; 8 Streamflow Patterns and 

Sediment Regimes; 9 Streambanks and Shorelines).

Riparian Conservation Objective 3: Ensure a renewable supply of large down logs that: (1) can 

reach the stream channel and (2) provide suitable habitat within and adjacent to the RCA. (RCO 3 is 

linked to the following AMS goals: 2 Species Viability; 3 Plant and Animal Community Diversity).

Riparian Conservation Objective 4: Ensure that management activities, including fuels reduction 

actions, within RCAs and CARs enhance or maintain physical and biological characteristics 

associated with aquatic- and riparian-dependent species. (RCO 4 is linked to the following AMS 

Goals: 2 Species Viability, 7 Watershed Condition).

Riparian Conservation Objective 5: Preserve, restore, or enhance special aquatic features, such 

as meadows, lakes, ponds, bogs, fens, and wetlands, to provide the ecological conditions and 

processes needed to recover or enhance the viability of species that rely on these areas. (RCO 5 is 

linked to the following AMS goals: 1 Water Quality, 2 Species Viability, 3 Plant and Animal 

Community Diversity, 4 Special Habitats; 7 Watershed Condition; 9 Stream Banks and Shorelines).

Riparian Conservation Objective 6: Identify and implement restoration actions to maintain, restore 

or enhance water quality and maintain, restore, or enhance habitat for riparian and aquatic species. 

(RCO 6 is linked to all AMS goals)

Fire and Fuels Management 

Goals 

Goals for fire and fuels management include reducing threats to communities and wildlife habitat 

from large, severe wildfires and re-introducing fire into fire-adapted ecosystems. Broad-scale goals 

include:

 treating fuels in a manner that significantly reduces wildland fire intensity and rate of spread, 

thereby contributing to more effective fire suppression and fewer acres burned;

 treating hazardous fuels in a cost-efficient manner to maximize program effectiveness; and

 actively restoring fire-adapted ecosystems by making demonstrated progress in moving acres out 

of unnaturally dense conditions (in other words, moving acres from condition class 2 or 3 to 

condition class 1).

This includes managing hazardous fuels in and around communities combined with strategic 

placement of fuels treatments across broad landscapes to modify wildland fire behavior. Goals for 

fuels treatments include:
Stanislaus

National Forest

14 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

 strategically placing treatment areas across landscapes to interrupt potential fire spread,

 removing sufficient material in treatment areas to cause a fire to burn at lower intensities and 

slower rates of spread compared to untreated areas, and

 considering cost-efficiency in designing treatments to maximize the number of acres that can be 

treated under a limited budget.

Strategy 

The fire and fuels management strategy is integrated with the strategy for conserving old forest 

ecosystems. In wildland urban intermix (WUI) defense zones, management activities are focused on 

protecting life and property. Outside of WUI defense zones, strategic placement of area treatments 

occurs across all land allocations. Desired conditions, management intents, management objectives, 

and standards and guidelines guide managers in placing and designing effective area treatments 

while incorporating needs for retaining key habitat elements for sensitive species. 

The landscape-scale fire modification strategy is based on the premise that disconnected fuel 

treatment areas overlapping across the general direction of fire spread are theoretically effective in 

changing fire spread. Research conducted by Dr. Mark Finney (1999) suggests that fire spread rates 

can be reduced, even outside of treated areas, if a fire is forced to flank areas where fuels have been 

reduced or otherwise modified. Hence, the treated areas would function as “speed bumps,” slowing 

the spread and reducing the intensity of oncoming fires and thereby reducing damage to both treated 

and untreated areas and the impacts of large, uncharacteristically severe wildfires. Maintenance 

treatments are important to minimize grass and shrub colonization that could increase fire spread 

rates again.

Dr. Finney’s research findings indicate that, given an effective treatment area shape and pattern, only 

a fraction of the landscape needs to be treated and maintained to produce the desired modifications 

in wildfire behavior over the entire landscape. This hypothesis underpins the fire and fuels strategy. 

As such, it explicitly recognizes two criteria that must be met for the strategy to be effective: the 

pattern of area treatments across the landscape must interrupt fire spread, and treatment 

prescriptions must be designed to significantly modify fire behavior within the treated area. Strategic 

placement of area treatments, ranging in size from 50 to over 1,000 acres (generally averaging 

between 100 to 300 acres), across landscapes will interrupt fire spread and thereby reduce the size 

and severity of wildfires.

Outside the HFQLG Pilot Project Area, 50 percent of initial fuels treatments will be located in the 

WUI. This percentage applies at the bioregional scale until all treatments in the WUI have been 

completed.

Direction for locating area treatments is included in the standards and guidelines. Treatment patterns 

are to be developed using a collaborative, multi-stakeholder approach. Resource considerations 

factored into the strategic placement of fuels treatments include objectives for locating treatments to 

overlap areas of condition class 2 and 3, high density stands, and pockets of insect and disease. 

Treatment areas are located to avoid PACs to the greatest extent possible.

Site-specific fuels treatment prescriptions are designed to modify fire intensity and spread in treated 

areas. Managers consider topographic position; slope steepness; predominant wind direction; and 

the amount and arrangement of surface, ladder, and crown fuels in developing fuels treatment 

prescriptions for each treatment area. Fuels treatments are intended to reduce surface, ladder, and 

crown fuels. Crown fuels are modified to reduce the potential for spread of crown fire.

Fuels objectives have first priority in developing treatment area prescriptions. However, prescriptions 

for treatment areas may also address identified needs for increasing stand resistance to mortality 
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 15

April 2010

from insects and disease. Thinning densely stocked stands may be used to reduce competition and 

improve tree vigor thereby reducing levels of insect- and disease-caused mortality.

Revenues from the sale of commercial forest products may be obtained from some fuels treatments. 

This increases the likelihood of accomplishing the projected acres of treatment, an essential first step 

in achieving the desired reductions in acres burned. Where consistent with desired conditions, area 

treatments are designed to be economically efficient and meet multiple objectives.

Lightning-caused fires may be used to reduce fuel loads or to provide other resource benefits, such 

as conserving populations of fire-dependent species. Before wildland fires can be used, national 

forest managers must prepare a fire management plan that describes how prescribed fires and 

naturally caused wildland fires will achieve resource management objectives.

Lower Westside Hardwood Ecosystems 

Vegetation communities dominated by California black oak, canyon live oak (tree form), Pacific 

madrone, or tanoak, are collectively referred to as montane hardwood forests. Ecosystems 

dominated by blue oak, valley oak, interior live oak (tree form), or Oregon white oak are referred to as 

blue oak woodlands. Collectively, these are referred to as hardwood ecosystems.

Goals for lower westside hardwood forest ecosystems include establishing and maintaining:

 a diversity of structural and seral conditions in landscapes in proportions that are ecologically 

sustainable at the watershed scale;

 sufficient regeneration and recruitment of young hardwood trees over time to replace mortality of 

older trees; and

 sufficient quality and quantity of hardwood ecosystems to provide important habitat elements for 

wildlife and native plant species.

A set of forestwide standards and guidelines for managing lower Westside hardwood forest 

ecosystems is in concert with the above goals.

Noxious Weed Management 

Goals for noxious weed management are to manage weeds using an integrated weed management 

approach according to the priority set forth in FSM 2081.2:

 Priority 1: Prevent the introduction of new invaders.

 Priority 2: Conduct early treatment of new infestations.

 Priority 3: Contain and control established infestations.

Provisions for implementing these goals are embodied in the noxious weeds management standards 

and guidelines.
Stanislaus

National Forest

16 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 17

April 2010

Management Practices 

Forest practices are management actions that achieve the goals and objectives of the Plan. Certain 

practices are applicable Forestwide, while others apply only within particular Management Areas. 

The following section describes all practices that have been developed for the Forest. Those that 

apply Forestwide are denoted by asterisks. Those that apply only within specific Management Areas 

are referenced within the individual Management Area sections of this chapter. In both cases, the 

practice describes the actions or treatments that will occur for each element, while the Standards and 

Guidelines provide the specific management direction. The practices are grouped by resource 

element as follows.

1. Air Quality 

A. Air Resource Inventory and Monitoring*

This practice involves identification and monitoring of air pollution sensitive receptors on the 

Forest. Emphasis is on Class I airsheds (Wilderness enacted prior to 1977) but Forestwide 

receptors are included. In Class I airsheds, air quality related values (AQRVs) are to be 

identified, inventoried and monitored to determine condition and trend. An AQRV is any value 

that may be impacted by air pollution, such as forest vegetation, water and visibility. In Class 

II airsheds (post-1977 Wilderness and all other Forest lands), the AQRVs may be monitored 

as well as air pollutants from Forest management activities (recreational, smoke emissions, 

vehicles, etc.).

B. Prevention of Significant Deterioration (PSD) Permit Application Review*

This practice includes participation in the review process for all PSD permit applications 

which may impact air quality on the Forest.-

PSD is a permitting process under the Clean Air 

Act which regulates emissions from major stationary sources of air pollution. If such a source 

is proposed on or within an impactable distance of the Forest, review is mandatory. This 

process is applicable in Class I areas where only minimal increments of emissions are 

allowed.

C. Smoke Management - Prescribed Fire*

This practice is established for managing smoke from prescribed fire so emissions meet 

applicable state and/or federal standards. Prescribed fire includes but is not limited to burning 

of timber residue, improving wildlife habitat and range type conversion. Prescribed fires are 

managed by rules of the local Air Pollution Control District (APCD) and recently by the 1990 

CAA amendments, which require the application of Best Available Control Measures 

(BACMs) to reduce particulate emissions. BACMs are a combination of practices intended to 

reduce emissions to the lowest practicable amount. BACMs are accomplished by diluting or 

dispersing emissions, or by preventing potential emission sources whenever possible. 

Examples of BACMs include: 1) Reduction of pollutants by; limiting the mass of material 

burned; burning under moist fuel conditions when broadcast burning; shorten the smoldering 

combustion period; and increase combustion efficiency by encourage the flaming stage of fire 

when burning piles. 2) Dilution of pollutant concentrations over time by; reducing the rate of 

release of emissions per unit area; burning during optimum met conditions; and coordinate 

daily and seasonally with older burning permittees in the area to prevent standard 

exceedences.

2. Cultural Resources 

A. Cultural Resource Inventory and Evaluation*

This includes cultural resource survey to identify and record all locatable sites on Forest land 

and land affected by Forest-permitted projects. It also includes ways to assess the 

significance of or impacts on cultural resources, including test excavations and historical 
Stanislaus

National Forest

18 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

studies. Cultural resources include historical districts, sites, buildings, structures, objects or 

areas that may have historical, cultural, or archaeological value.

B. Cultural Resource Protection*

This includes physical protection, public contact, signing, patrolling, law enforcement actions, 

stabilization, restoration of damage to cultural properties, mitigative excavation (data 

recovery), or other activities associated with protection of cultural resources.

C. Cultural Resource Enhancement and Interpretation*

This includes projects undertaken to benefit cultural resources or enhance cultural sites/

properties, vis-à-vis direct and indirect interpretation, restoration/rehabilitation of structures, 

interpretive brochures, audio-visual presentations, research activities, publications, etc.

3. Diversity 

A. Biological Diversity Management*

This practice involves the management, inventory and monitoring of wildlife and vegetation 

diversity throughout the Forest to ensure meeting Regional thresholds and the objectives of 

the Land Management Plan for all resources.

4. Fire and Fuels 

A. Fire Management*

Fire Management includes preparing for, administering and managing fire protection activities 

on wildlands within the National Forest Boundary. The practice of Fire Management includes 

but is not limited to the following types of activities: taking actions to reduce the number of 

human-caused fires (Fire Prevention), taking action to detect forest fires (Fire Detection)., 

planning and implementing strategies prior to Wildfire Suppression (Fire Pre-attack), 

Implementation of a Wilderness Fire Program (Prescribed Natural Fire), and suppression of 

wildfires (Fire Suppression). The objective of Fire Management activities is to respond to 

each wildfire ignition in a timely manner with appropriate forces at a minimum cost consistent 

with Land and Resource Management direction.

B. Fuels Management*

Fuels Management includes research, inventory, planning, and implementation of the 

treatment of slash residue fuels created by past or current management activities (Activity 

Fuels), and or the treatment of naturally occurring fuels (Natural Fuels). The practice of Fuels 

Management includes but is not limited to the following types of activities: for example, 

burning (Prescribed Fire), re-arrangement, removal, type conversion, and fuel break 

construction. The objective of Fuels Management is to prepare timber harvest areas for 

natural or artificial regeneration, to improve range and wildlife habitat, to develop and 

maintain fuel profiles that contribute to the most cost efficient Fire Protection program 

consistent with Land and Resource Management direction.

5. Fish and Wildlife 

A. Fish and Wildlife Habitat Administration*

Wildlife, fish, or plant management includes habitat improvements and/or maintenance. 

Objectives may be met through wildlife projects or implemented by other resource projects or 

activities that are designed and implemented based on input from a wildlife or fisheries 

biologist, or botanist. Treatment can be considered an improvement if the net effect of the 

project or activity results in meeting a specified objective for wildlife, fish, or sensitive plants. 

Treatment can be considered maintenance when such work, based upon a biologist's input, 

improves or maintains existing habitat conditions or minimizes habitat losses. Much of the 

coordination will be accomplished through interactions with project planners from functional 

areas such as timber sales, fuels management, range improvement, access road location, 

and recreational facility design. All activities are designed to meet Regional Standards and 
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 19

April 2010

Guidelines, planning direction and legal mandates for fish, wildlife and sensitive plants 

through the use of inventories, studies, surveys and monitoring.

B. Fisheries Habitat Improvement and Maintenance - Structural, Streams and Lakes*

Activities designed to enhance cold-water (trout) fisheries through structural treatments and 

maintenance. Structural improvements include: watershed stabilization through streamside 

fencing, cover improvements; in stream habitat structures, fish ways and fish screens, 

construction of migration barriers, removal or relocation of roads, stabilization of shorelines 

and stream banks, control of water level fluctuation, and construction of water bars and 

culverts to retard or direct water runoff . Structures to control water levels of lakes are 

included.

C. Fisheries Habitat Improvement and Maintenance - Nonstructural, Streams and Lakes*

Activities designed to enhance cold-water (trout) fisheries through nonstructural treatments 

and maintenance. Nonstructural improvements include: improving quality of spawning 

gravels, removal of stream barriers, control of fish or aquatic plant populations, control of 

human access and fishing pressure, and enhancement of riparian vegetation. Fertilization to 

improve lake productivity is included.

D. Early Successional Stage Habitat

Superseded by Sierra Nevada Forest Plan Amendment, USDA Forest Service 2004.

E. Late Successional Stage Habitat Management

Includes activities that maintain old-growth forest habitat in a condition suitable for featured 

species. Activities may include: silvicultural treatment to maintain desired canopy closure or 

structure, prescribed burning, maintenance or enhancement of snags and down logs, control 

of human access, closure or location of roads, and informational and educational signing. 

Depending on requirements of featured species, uneven-age or all-age conditions may be 

maintained. Featured species may include bald eagle, pileated woodpecker, tree squirrels, 

goshawk, spotted owl, fisher, pine marten, and others.

F. Nonstructural Habitat Improvement and Maintenance

Superseded by Sierra Nevada Forest Plan Amendment, USDA Forest Service 2004.

G. Snag and Down Log Management

Activities designed to meet or exceed Regional or Forest Standards and Guidelines for snags 

and down logs.

H. Snag and Down Log Management - Intensive Level

Activities designed to provide more intensive levels of snag and down log management to 

improve the habitat capability of featured species. Activities may include inventory and 

survey, designation of cull trees as future snags and logs, girdling or killing cull trees to 

provide snags, topping cull trees to provide flat-topped snags where suitable, informational 

and educational signing, and control of human access and woodcutting activities. Featured 

species may include bald eagle, pileated woodpecker, tree squirrels, spotted owl, fisher, 

marten, western bluebird, ensatina salamander, great gray owl, and others.

I. Hardwoods Management

Activities designed to meet or exceed minimum Forest standards and guidelines for 

hardwoods management.

J. Hardwoods Management - Intensive Level

Activities designed to provide intensive levels of hardwoods management to improve the 

habitat capability of featured wildlife species. Activities may include: silvicultural treatment to 

enhance growth of or regenerate hardwood stands; prescribed burning; seeding, planting, 

and fertilizing where appropriate; informational and educational signing; and control of human 

access and woodcutting activities. Featured species may include western gray squirrel, mule 

deer, turkey, band tailed pigeon, and other small game and non-game species.
Stanislaus

National Forest

20 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

K. Structural Habitat Improvement and Maintenance

Activities designed to improve the habitat capability of wildlife species through structural 

improvements not covered in stream, lake, or wetlands habitat improvement. These activities 

include nest structures, den developments, water developments (small watering structures to 

provide drinking water for wildlife), wildlife cover developments, and management fencing. 

Featured species may include peregrine falcon, mule deer, great gray owl, mountain quail, 

and other game and non-game species.

L. Recovery Species Administrative Management*

Activities designed to protect or improve habitat for Endangered, Threatened, Rare, and 

Sensitive species through administrative measures. Activities may include: coordination with 

appropriate agencies; inventories and surveys; and restriction of human access to critical or 

essential habitat through road closures, special area designation, and timing of timber harvest 

and other management activities. Species affected may include peregrine falcon, bald eagle, 

Lahontan cutthroat trout, wolverine, red fox, fisher, marten, goshawk, great gray owl, spotted 

owl, and willow flycatcher.

6. Forest Pests 

A. Insect and Disease Management*

Surveillance, detection, planning and research activities related to insect and disease 

management. Also includes evaluation, prevention and suppression activities needed to 

protect resources at levels commensurate with resource management goals and objectives.

7. Geology and Minerals 

A. Locatable Minerals*

Administration of surface resources in conjunction with the development of locatable mineral 

resources, including lode, placer, tunnel and mill site claims filed in conjunction with the 1872 

mining law. The review and approval of Notices of Intent and Plans of Operation in 

accordance with federal regulations found in 36 CFR 228, Subpart A including applicable 

reclamation and rehabilitation of mineral related surface disturbance is included in this 

practice.

B. Leasable Minerals*

This practice includes evaluation of and recommendations for lease stipulations on National 

Forest land. Oil and Gas and Mineral leases are issued by the Bureau of Land Management 

after receiving applications from proponents seeking to prospect and develop oil and gas, 

geothermal or coal resources on the National Forest. Authorization to prospect and develop 

mineral resources on acquired lands is granted by the Forest Service through issuance of a 

Prospecting Permit.

C. Saleable Mineral Materials

This practice includes authorization, by permit or sale, for removal of common varieties of 

sand, gravel, stone, pumice, clay and other non-locatable mineral material resources. The 

authority and direction related to disposal of common variety mineral materials on National 

Forest land is found in 36 CFR 228, Subpart C. This direction will be followed in the disposal 

and sale of mineral materials.

8. Lands 

A. Landownership Adjustment*

Acquisition and disposal of lands to improve the ownership pattern of the Forest through 

exchange, purchase, donation, sale, interchange or transfer. This practice involves the 

inventory and disposal of scattered and uneconomical parcels of National Forest land which 

no longer have National Forest character, and the inventory and acquisition of private lands 

to improve the management and administration of the National Forest. Processing and 
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 21

April 2010

administration of landownership adjustment cases, maintenance of status records and 

recordation of deeds and related title documents are included in this practice.

B. Acquisition of Easements*

Acquisition of easements for improved access by the public and the Forest Service to 

National Forest lands which are necessary to attain management objectives. Acquisition of 

scenic easements and rights-of-way for National Forest purposes involving all linear uses are 

included in this practice. This practice involves administration of cost-share agreement areas 

associated with extensive intermingled landownership of several landowners and the Forest 

Service.

C. Special-Use Management -- Non-Recreation*

Processing of applications and administration of all special-use authorizations of a nonrecreational nature. Such uses may include water lines, electronic sites, power lines and 

telephone lines within established corridors or to individual sites, road uses and specialevents.

D. Right-of-Way Grants for Roads, Trails and Utilities*

Processing of applications and administration of right-of-way permits, easements and 

licenses. This practice involves administration of cost-share agreement areas associated with 

extensive intermingled landownership of several landowners and the Forest Service 

throughout the Forest.

E. Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) Consultation*

Consultation, analysis and authorizations associated with the study and development of 

hydro-electric projects on National Forest land. This practice includes consultation, study, 

liaison, permitting and development of plans associated with existing and proposed new 

projects. Development of mitigation measures and enhancement of resources associated 

with existing and proposed projects are included in this practice.

F. Property Boundary Location and Marking*

Location, marking, posting and maintenance of land-lines associated with National Forest 

boundaries. This practice includes the maintenance of land title and survey records 

associated with property boundaries and corners throughout the Forest.

9. Range 

A. Allotment Management

Activities and cooperation to develop and implement allotment management plans. Three 

levels are specified:

1. Intensive: Intensive management of existing grazing allotments with the intent to increase 

forage production and utilization of forage allocated to livestock. All available technology for 

range and livestock management will be considered. Cooperate with range permittees, 

monitor range use, and maintain existing range improvements (replacement of range 

improvements will be made on a 20 year schedule or as needed). Development of structural 

and nonstructural range improvements and implementation of complex grazing systems will 

be emphasized. Preparation of range allotment plans or other plans involving the 

management of the range resource will be based on a 10 year schedule. Existing range 

agreements with other agencies or landowners will be maintained or amended to conform 

with this plan, as needed.

2. Extensive: Extensive management of existing grazing allotments with the intent of fully using 

forage allocated to livestock. Management systems and techniques, including fencing and 

water developments, are applied as needed to obtain relatively uniform livestock distribution 

and plant use, and to maintain plant vigor. No attempt is made to maximize livestock forage 

production by cultural practices such as seeding. Generally it involves season-long grazing. 

Cooperate with range permittees, monitor range use, and maintain existing range 
Stanislaus

National Forest

22 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

improvements (replacement of range improvements will be made on a 20 year schedule or as 

needed). No development of nonstructural improvements will occur, however, the prudent 

development of structural improvements will occur for protection and enhancement of forage 

production. Preparation of range allotment management plans or other plans involving the 

management of the range resource will be on a 10 year schedule. Existing range agreements 

with other agencies or landowners will be maintained or amended to conform with this plan, 

as needed.

3. Maintenance: Maintenance of existing range permits where livestock use is within the 

apparent capacity. Improvements are minimal and construction is done only to the extent 

needed to attain livestock control and maintain the range resource in the presence of grazing. 

No attempt is made to achieve livestock distribution. Cooperate with range permittees, 

monitor range use, and maintain existing range improvements. Preparation or revision of 

range allotment plans or other plans involving management of the range resource is based on 

a 10 year schedule or longer as needed. Existing range agreements with other agencies or 

landowners will be maintained.

B. Range Improvements - Nonstructural (Permanent and Transitory Range Types) 

Prescribed fire and mechanical practices used to achieve the goals of the allotment 

management plan. Nonstructural improvements such as seeding, use of chemicals and 

fertilization are included.

C. Range Improvements - Structural (Permanent and Transitory Range Types) 

New structural improvements designed to achieve AMP goals. Cost of construction will be 

proportioned between the Forest Service, permittee, and any other interested parties.

D. Grazing Permit Administration

Activities undertaken to administer allotment grazing permits, including: billing, allotment 

inspections, livestock counts, permit renewals, etc.

E. Range Studies

Studies and other activities to inventory, catalog, and evaluate data on range vegetation and 

soil condition, forage production, livestock utilization levels, etc.

10. Recreation 

A. Recreation Inventory and Planning*

Includes: Recreation Information Management (RIM) inventory reports and sampling; 

recreation inventory and planning; off highway vehicle (OHV) use inventory and planning; and 

formally classified areas (except Wilderness) inventory and planning, including RNAs, Wild 

and Scenic Rivers, and Primitive and scenic areas. Includes Wild and Scenic River 

inventories, preparation and review of Wild and Scenic River Management Plans for new and 

existing Wild and Scenic Rivers; environmental reports as well as Congressional or 

administrative studies and nominations for candidate Wild and Scenic Rivers. National Park 

Service, State, and private coordination for non-National Forest lands impacted by 

nominations.

B. Recreation Opportunity Spectrum (ROS)*

ROS is a management concept that applies Forest-wide. Every acre of National Forest land

treated by this Forest Plan fits into one of the ROS classes listed below.

1. Primitive: Areas managed to meet the ROS objective of Primitive, characterized by 

essentially unmodified natural environment of fairly large size. Interaction between users is 

very low and evidence of other area users is minimal. The area is managed to be essentially 

free from evidence of management restrictions and controls. Mechanized use is not permitted 

except where Forest Service approval authorizes entry.

2. Semi-primitive Non-motorized: Areas managed to meet the ROS objective of Semiprimitive Non-motorized, characterized by a predominantly natural or natural-appearing 
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 23

April 2010

environment of moderate to large size. Interaction between users is low, but there is often 

evidence of other users. The area is managed in such a way that minimum on-site controls 

and restrictions may be present, but they are subtle. Motorized vehicle use is not normally 

permitted. Outside of Wilderness, temporary vehicle use may be authorized based on special 

needs, but only for the duration of the project, and where roads are then obliterated. 

Examples of special needs are insect salvage, vehicle and equipment access supported by 

an escaped fire situation analysis, and placement or removal of facilities under Special Use 

Permit.

3. Semi-primitive Motorized: Areas managed to meet the ROS objective of Semi-primitive 

motorized, characterized by a natural appearing environment of moderate to large size. 

Interaction between users is low to moderate and there is often evidence of other users. Onsite controls and restrictions may be evident and motorized use is normally allowed.

4. Roaded Natural: Areas managed to meet the ROS objective of Roaded Natural, 

characterized by predominantly natural-appearing environments with moderate evidence of 

the sights and sounds of man. Such evidence usually harmonizes with the natural 

environment. Interaction between users may be low to moderate, but with evidence of other 

users prevalent. Resource modification and utilization practices are evident, but harmonize 

with the natural environment. Conventional motorized use is provided for in construction 

standards and design of facilities.

5. Rural: Areas managed to meet the ROS objective of Rural, characterized by substantially 

modified natural environment. Resource modification and utilization practices are done 

primarily to enhance specific recreation activities and to maintain vegetative cover and soil. 

Sights and sounds of man are readily evident, and the interaction between users is often 

moderate to high. A considerable number of facilities are designed for use by a large number 

of people. Facilities are often provided for special activities. Facilities for intensified motorized 

use and parking are available.

C. Developed Recreation and Interpretive Services Site Construction or Rehabilitation

Feasibility studies and plans, preconstruction, contract administration, and construction and 

rehabilitation of inventoried sites.

D. Developed Recreation Site Management, Public Sector

Administration, operation, and maintenance of developed sites in the public sector.

E. Developed Recreation Site Management, Private Sector

Administration of recreation-related permitted use of National Forest lands on developed 

recreation sites. Includes developed downhill skiing, resorts, and pack stations.

F. Dispersed Recreation Management

Management of areas for dispersed recreation that are not designated Wilderness or listed as 

developed sites in the RIM system. Includes administration, operation, and maintenance. 

Activities will make provision for protecting other resources by limiting facilities and 

discouraging concentrated use in sensitive areas such as meadows, old-growth timber, and 

identified Threatened and Endangered or sensitive species habitat. Includes administration of 

dispersed area Special Use Permits.

G. Motor Vehicle Travel Management*1

Motor Vehicle Travel Management applies Forestwide. Every acre of National Forest treated 

by this Forest Plan fits into either the Closed or Restricted categories as shown below (No 

Open use is included). The basic Motor Vehicle Travel Management categories are Closed 

Motor Vehicle (10-G-1) and Restricted Motor Vehicle (10-G-2).

 

1 Motor Vehicle Travel Management, Forest Plan Amendment, USDA Forest Service 1998
Stanislaus

National Forest

24 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

1. Closed Motor Vehicle Travel Management: Applies to areas that are closed to 

motorized use. These areas do not provide opportunities for motorized use, but for 

comparison purposes, they are tracked as the Closed Motor Vehicle (10-G-1) category.

2. Restricted Motor Vehicle Travel Management: Applies to areas that are available for 

motorized use. These areas provide several different opportunities for motorized use, 

depending on the vehicle type and season of use. For comparison purposes, they are 

tracked as the Restricted Motor Vehicle (10-G-2) category.

H. Mountain Bicycle Management*

This practice applies to all types of non-motorized mechanical transport except wheelchairs 

used for handicapped access. Mountain bicycle management applies Forestwide. Every acre 

of National Forest treated by this Forest Plan fits into one of the categories shown below. (No 

open use is included)

1. Restricted Mountain Bicycle Management: Mountain bicycle use restricted to existing 

roads and trails, subject to seasonal closures. Roads and trails are considered open to 

mountain bicycle use unless signed closed.

2. Closed Mountain Bicycle Management: No mountain bicycle use allowed.

I. Trail Management*

Trails are open to intended use. Managing trails for their intended use may involve 

restrictions on other uses. An example of trails managed with some type of restriction on use 

would be those within designated Wilderness which are closed to mechanized use by law. 

Other restrictions would include seasonal limitations on trail bikes and/or equestrian traffic to 

protect resources. Trail management direction is given by the establishment of maintenance 

levels.

J. Trail Construction and Reconstruction*

Trails will be constructed or reconstructed to a standard necessary to carry foot traffic, 

equestrian traffic, mountain bicycles and OHVs, singly or in combination.

K. Trail Construction and Reconstruction - Special Purpose*

Trails will be constructed or reconstructed to a standard necessary to carry traffic or specific 

special uses. Examples of special uses include trails for the handicapped, botanical 

education trails, cross country ski trails, and snowmobile trails.

L. Interpretive Services- Planning*

Preparation and review of interpretive service plans. Includes interpretive plans, and 

proposals for interpretive service projects not classified as construction or reconstruction of 

facilities.

M. Interpretive Services Management*

Administration, operation, and maintenance of Interpretive Services.

N. Interpretive Facilities not on Interpretive Services Sites

Installation or construction of interpretive facilities not located on formal Interpretive Services 

sites. Planned work and costs should approximate needs shown on current Recreation 

Information Management (RIM) Facility Condition Inventory.

11. Riparian 

A. Riparian and Meadow Habitat Management*

Activities designed to improve the habitat capability of riparian and meadow-associated 

wildlife species through management of vegetation. Activities may include: silvicultural 

treatment; thinning and pruning; regeneration of aspen stands; prescribed burning; planting, 

seeding, and fertilizing where appropriate; control of livestock and human access; and 

informational and educational signing. Compatible practices involving structural 

improvements to the stream channel may be necessary. Featured species may include mule 
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 25

April 2010

deer, great gray owl, pine marten, resident trout, yellow warbler, willow flycatcher, and other 

small game and non-game species.

12. Sensitive Plants 

A. Sensitive Plants Interim and Recover Management*

Activities designed to protect and restore populations of Endangered, Threatened, and 

Sensitive plants. Interim phase consists of input to planning and project coordination, formal 

and informal consultation, synecological studies, collection control, population monitoring, 

and botanical investigations. Recovery phase consists of: species management guides, 

habitat management and improvement, land exchanges and acquisition, artificial propagation 

or reintroductions, and population evaluation and monitoring.

13. Soils 

A. Soil Support Services*

The objectives of the soil resource management program are met through the application of 

the following major activities:

1. Soil Resource Inventories (SRI): includes soil maps, description of soil characteristics, and 

interpretations for management. They provide the basis for displaying the capabilities and 

limitations of the soil resource. SRIs at some level of intensity have been completed on all 

NFS lands in Region 5 according to National Cooperative Soil Survey standards. These SRIs 

are suited for forest land and resource management planning, but can be used for project 

planning with field verification. Detailed SRI'S are being done on an as needed basis for 

project planning on most forests. SRI'S are currently being done in the context of Coordinated 

Resource Inventories (CRI) in order to better define ecological map units.

2. Soil Management Services: includes the development, transfer, and application of 

knowledge about soil characteristics and responses to management for planning specific 

timber, engineering, range, wildlife, fire and watershed management activities. Support is 

primarily in the form of ID team participation in project and forest land and resource 

management planning.

3. Soil Quality Monitoring: provides the documentation of how the Forest Service maintains 

or improves long-term soil productivity, soil hydrologic function and soil environmental health. 

Soil quality standards have been selected in the region to serve as a guide to help detect 

significant soil quality changes, evaluate the need to adjust practices and to rehabilitate 

deteriorated soil conditions.

4. Soil Resource Data Management and Analysis: includes the use of soil data bases and 

programs to store, retrieve, analyze and provide pertinent data for GIS and corporate data 

base systems. Forest Service soil data systems are coordinated with other agencies involved 

in the National Cooperative Soil Survey.

5. Soil Investigations and Studies: provide the basis for the development of technical soil 

information and relative to soil management and classification. Investigations include 

administrative studies conducted by the Region or in cooperation with PSW and universities. 

Past studies included various aspects of soil compaction effects in forest ecosystems, soil 

characteristics related to compaction and erosion, and fertilization response. Currently, 

Region 5 and PSW are conducting a long-term soil productivity study which is part of a 

national framework of similar studies in other regions. This study will help to refine and 

validate the region's soil quality standards.

6. Cooperative Soil Programs: includes participation with other agencies in California to 

coordinate soil resource related activities and to help solve soil resource problems. Recent 

accomplishments include an interagency erosion hazard rating system and OHV soil loss 

guide.
Stanislaus

National Forest

26 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

7. Soil Resource Management Training: provided to Forest Service and non-Forest Service 

land managers to further understanding of the soil resource and its capabilities and limitations 

for management.

B. Soil Resource Improvement (Planning, Treatment, and Maintenance)*

This practice includes planning, implementation and maintenance of projects which maintain 

or improve soil productivity. Soil resource improvement is commonly accomplished through 

watershed, timber stand, wildlife or rangeland improvement projects. These include soil 

fertilization, reduction of compaction, soil reshaping or replacement (such as placement of 

windrows in existing plantations), emergency burn rehabilitation plans, special erosion 

control, and soil stabilization projects. This practice is applicable to all areas having an 

identified need for maintenance or improvement of soil productivity. Generally, these soil 

improvement projects are related to a Watershed Improvement Needs Inventory or KV soil, 

improvement or restoration work within a timber sale area.

C. Soil Hydrologic Functions/Soil Environmental Health*

This practice includes the design and implementation of projects which maintain or improve 

soil hydrologic function and soil environmental health.

14. Special Areas 

A. Research Natural Area (RNA) Investigations

Investigations necessary for the identification and recommendation as Research Natural 

Areas for areas that meet the selection criteria for Research Natural Area designation.

B. Research Natural Area (RNA) Management

Management of designated and recommended RNA's to protect their undisturbed 

ecosystems for future research. Observation of the specific plant associations for which they 

were nominated.

C. Special Interest Area (SIA) Investigations

Investigations necessary for identification and recommendation as Special Interest Areas that 

possess geological, paleontological, botanical, scenic, zoological, archaeological, historical, 

and other features that warrant protection through Special Interest Area classification.

D. Special Interest Area (SIA) Management

Management of designated and recommended SIAs.

E. Cave Resources Inventory and Evaluation*

This includes activities to conduct an inventory of caves and to evaluate the significance of 

caves in accordance with the Cave Resources Protection Act of 1988.

F. Cave Resources Planning and Management*

This includes work necessary to meet the planning and management requirements of the 

Cave Resources Protection Act of 1988.

15. Timber 

A. Timber Program Administration

This practice includes. all administrative activities to protect, utilize, improve, inventory, and 

evaluate the timber resource. Examples are: timber inventories, stand examinations and 

prescriptions, timber sale preparation and administration, reforestation and timber stand 

improvement project preparation and administration, management of the tree improvement 

program, and preparation of and compliance with of environmental documents. This practice 

includes measures to protect other resource values.

B. Clearcutting Method

Superseded by Sierra Nevada Forest Plan Amendment, USDA Forest Service 2004.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 27

April 2010

C. Shelterwood Cutting Method - Seed Step

Superseded by Sierra Nevada Forest Plan Amendment, USDA Forest Service 2004.

D. Shelterwood Cutting Method - Overstory Removal

Superseded by Sierra Nevada Forest Plan Amendment, USDA Forest Service 2004.

E. Intermediate Cutting - Sanitation and Salvage

Removal of trees in areas where the objective is to develop even-aged stands. Harvesting is 

planned to maintain or improve growth and capture mortality until the stand is regenerated. 

This is accomplished by removing trees that have died or are likely to die before the next 

entry. This practice includes liberation, sanitation, and salvage cutting as described in 

Practice of Silviculture, Seventh Edition, by Smith. There are no minimum or maximum size 

treatment areas. This cutting method applies to all stands where the opportunities for 

liberation, sanitation, and salvage exist and where average stem diameter exceeds 11 

inches.

F. Intermediate Cutting Method - Commercial Thinning

Removal of trees in stands of less than rotation age to periodically reduce the stocking level 

to a point where the stand will grow back to 90% of normal stocking as indicated in-yield 

tables within a specified time period. There are no minimum or maximum treatment area size. 

This cutting method applies to stands on all forest types which carry stocking in excess of 

desired amounts.

G. Single Tree and Group Selection Cutting Method

Superseded by Sierra Nevada Forest Plan Amendment, USDA Forest Service 2004.

H. Special Cutting-SMZ

Superseded by Sierra Nevada Forest Plan Amendment, USDA Forest Service 2004.

I. Special Cutting - Other

A method designed to maintain or improve specific resource objectives of Management 

Areas. No timber yields are planned. Special cutting applies to all forest types.

J. Reforestation

All activities necessary to reestablish desirable tree species by artificial methods on 

deforested areas. Minimum standards for reestablishment are contained in the Regional 

Standards. Activities included in this practice are: preparation of the seed bed or planting site; 

planting seedlings or direct seeding; saving natural regeneration; animal, insect, and disease 

control when necessary; and examinations, evaluation, certification, and monitoring of stands 

to achieve the reestablishment objectives.

K. Release and Weeding

This practice includes activities necessary to reduce the effect of competing vegetation, 

animals, insects, and disease on the growth and development of desired tree species.

L. Precommercial Thinning

Removal of surplus trees in areas with excess stocking by cutting, mowing, or herbicide 

injection to favor potential crop tree growth and development. Excess trees thinned do not 

have a commercial value because of tree size, species comparison, or access to available 

markets. Included in this practice are cleanings and precommercial thinning and animal, 

insect, and disease control as necessary.

M. Fuelwood and Miscellaneous Forest Products

All activities necessary to prepare, sell, administer, and utilize fuelwood as an energy source 

by individuals for personal use and as material for commercial operations. Sawlogs are not 

included in this practice. Also includes all activities necessary to prepare, sell, administer, and 

utilize other miscellaneous forest products such as Christmas trees, posts, rails, decorative 

greenery, cones, burls, and shingle bolts.
Stanislaus

National Forest

28 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

16. Transportation and Facilities 

A. Road Construction and Reconstruction* 

Construction and reconstruction of Forest roads. This activity includes long-term and 

temporary roads.

B. Transportation Management, Roads Subject to Highway Safety Act

Management of traffic for safe and efficient unrestricted public use. This includes passenger 

cars and permitted commercial use. Public use with passenger cars is accepted or 

encouraged.

C. Transportation Management, Roads Excluded from the Highway Safety Act

Management of traffic to provide for safety and protect resource values on roads not open to 

unrestricted traffic, and roads not maintained for travel by passenger car.

D. Transportation Management, Roads - Obliteration*

Obliteration of roads not needed for continuing Forest management, in order to protect 

resources and restore resource production.

E. FA&O Facilities Construction and Reconstruction

Planning, design, inspection and construction of capital improvements supporting fire, 

administrative, and other (FA&0) multi-functional activities.

F. FA&O Facility Operation and Maintenance

Operation and maintenance of structures and other facilities to serve fire protection, 

administration and other management needs.

17. Visual Resources 

A. Visual Resource Inventory and Planning*

Developing and administering plans for visual resource projects. Includes plans prepared for 

resource improvement, special studies, demonstration areas, and other activities. Also covers 

the development or participation in project environmental analyses and rehabilitation program 

plans.

Visual Quality Inventory

Determination of inherent visual quality (variety classes) and sensitivity levels for the purpose 

of developing basic data and interpretations; includes the development of inventory Visual 

Quality levels. 

Visual Absorption Capacity

Inventory of visual absorption capacity for the purpose of developing basic data and 

interpretation.

Existing Visual Condition

Inventory of existing visual condition of the landscape for the purpose of developing basic 

data and interpretation. Provides a base from which to measure change.

B. Visual Quality Objectives (VQOs)*

VQOs are desired ratings outlined under the Forest Service system of Visual Resource 

Management. Every acre of National Forest land treated in this Forest Plan fits into one of the 

classes shown below (No Maximum Modification is included).

1. Preservation: Areas managed to meet the VQO of Preservation. Allows ecological 

changes only. Management activities, except for very low visual impact facilities, are 

prohibited.

2. Retention: Areas managed to meet the VQO of Retention. Provides for management 

activities which are not readily visually evident. Activities may only repeat form, line, color, 

and texture which are frequently found in the characteristic landscape. Changes in the 

qualities of size, amount, intensity, direction, and pattern should not be evident.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 29

April 2010

3. Partial Retention: Areas managed to meet the VQO of Partial Retention. Management 

activities remain visually subordinate to the characteristic landscape. Activities may 

repeat form, line, color, or texture common to the characteristic landscape, and may also 

introduce form, line, color, or texture which are found infrequently or not at all in the 

characteristic landscape.

4. Modification: Areas managed to meet the VQO of Modification. Management activities 

may visually dominate the original characteristic landscape. However, activities of 

vegetative and land form alteration must borrow from naturally established form, line, 

color, or texture so completely and at such a scale that its visual characteristics are those 

of natural occurrences within the surrounding area or character type.

C. Visual Resource Improvement*

Activities carried out on visual rehabilitation to restore facilities, lands, and resources to the 

visual quality objectives adopted in approved management plans.

18. Water 

A. Water Quality Management*

This practice includes measures to protect and enhance water quality Forestwide.It is 

accomplished through the implementation of water quality Best Management Practices 

(BMPs) as well as by compliance with other applicable federal and state water quality 

standards. The BMPs are a water quality, management system which contain nearly 100 

individual practices designed to minimize or prevent water pollution generated by non-point 

sources (see FSH 2509.22, Chapter 40). BMPs are applicable to all Forest management 

activities including timber harvest, road construction, mining, recreation, vegetation 

manipulation, fire management, watershed management and grazing.

B. Water Quantity Management*

This practice involves managing for water yield improvement, reviewing hydropower projects 

and managing water rights. Water yield increases are supported where economically feasible 

and environmentally acceptable. Activities could include weather modification and vegetative 

manipulation to increase water yield or alter runoff timing. Review of hydropower projects 

includes assessing and mitigating impacts of such proposals. Water rights involves the 

management of the beneficial uses of water on the Forest through legal statutes relating to 

the appropriation of water for such uses as domestic, in-stream, recreation, power and 

irrigation.

C. Streamside Management Zones

Superseded by Sierra Nevada Forest Plan Amendment, USDA Forest Service 2004.

D. Watershed Maintenance and Improvement*

This practice includes measures to maintain watersheds in good condition and to improve 

degraded lands. This is accomplished by maintaining a water resource inventory of all 

applicable Forest watersheds so that condition is understood and need for improvement can 

be identified. Watershed improvement needs (WIN) projects are implemented to improve 

watershed condition where necessary. Such projects include stream channel stabilization, 

meadow rehabilitation and revegetation of degraded sites. Watershed condition surveys are 

scheduled periodically and are undertaken in response to disasters such as flood, fire, 

earthquake and avalanche.

19. Wild And Scenic Rivers 

A. Wild and Scenic River Inventory and Planning

Wild and Scenic River inventories, preparation and review of Wild and Scenic River 

management plans for designated Wild and Scenic Rivers. Includes environmental reports as 
Stanislaus

National Forest

30 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

well as Congressional or administrative studies and nominations for candidate Wild and 

Scenic Rivers: Includes coordination for non-National Forest lands impacted by nominations.

B. Wild and Scenic River Management

Management of the Wild and Scenic River resource and its use to establish standards and 

management objectives developed in approved Wild and Scenic River management plans. 

Includes administration, operation and maintenance within designated Wild, Scenic, or 

Recreational rivers.

C. Proposed Wild and Scenic River Management

Management of proposed Wild and Scenic River segments: to protect the free flowing 

condition of the river; to preserve and enhance their outstandingly remarkable values; and to 

maintain conditions at the highest possible Wild, Scenic or Recreational classification for 

which the segment is eligible. Includes administration, operation and maintenance within 1/4 

mile on each side of the high water elevation.

D. Alternate Management

Management of river segments that are eligible but not proposed for Wild and Scenic River 

status. Identified Wild and Scenic values are protected through Alternate Management such 

as Wilderness, Near Natural, SIAs, and RNAs. See Appendix E (EIS) Wild and Scenic River 

Study.

20. Wilderness 

A. Wilderness Inventory and Planning

Wilderness inventories and studies for designated, proposed and candidate areas. Also 

includes preparation and review of Wilderness management plans for designated 

Wilderness. Includes environmental reports and Congressional recommendations for 

candidate areas.

B. Wilderness Management

Management of the Wilderness resource and its use to establish standards and management 

objectives developed in approved Wilderness management plans. Includes administration, 

operation, and maintenance.

1. Emigrant Wilderness Opportunity Classes: every acre of the Emigrant Wilderness fits 

into one of the four Opportunity Classes described in Table 31

. Opportunity Classes 

represent land areas with a common management emphasis and similar resource 

concerns. Each Opportunity Class represents an opportunity for Wilderness purposes 

that is generated by a particular combination of social, resource and management 

conditions. The term “unnoticeable does not convey an expectation that these areas 

would be unused, but that the impacts from use would be barely noticeable to the 

average user (observer).

2. Mokelumne Wilderness Opportunity Classes: every acre of the Mokelumne 

Wilderness fits into one of the four Opportunity Classes described in Table 42

. 

Opportunity Classes represent land areas with a common management emphasis and 

similar resource concerns. Each Opportunity Class represents an opportunity for 

Wilderness purposes that is generated by a particular combination of social, resource and 

management conditions.

C. Proposed Wilderness Management

Management of the proposed Wilderness resource and its use to protect and enhance 

Wilderness characteristics. Includes administration, operation and maintenance.

 

1 Emigrant Wilderness Management Direction, Forest Plan Amendment, USDA Forest Service 1998

2 Mokelumne Wilderness Management Guidelines, Forest Plan Amendment, USDA Forest Service 2000
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 31

April 2010

Table 3 Emigrant Wilderness Opportunity Class Desired Condition Objectives

Opportunity Class IV Opportunity Class III Opportunity Class II Opportunity Class I

Natural

Environment

Ecosystems are unaffected 

by human manipulation and 

influences so that plants and 

animals develop and respond 

to natural forces (see FSM 

2320.2). Localized human 

uses may have limited effects 

in some areas.

Ecosystems are unaffected 

by human manipulation and 

influences so that plants and 

animals develop and respond 

to natural forces (see FSM 

2320.2). Localized human 

uses may have limited effects 

in few areas.

Ecosystems are unaffected 

by human manipulation and 

influences so that plants and 

animals develop and respond 

to natural forces (see FSM 

2320.2). Localized human 

uses may have limited effects 

in very few areas.

Ecosystems are unaffected 

by human manipulation and 

influences so that plants and 

animals develop and respond 

to natural forces (see FSM 

2320.2). No noticeable effects 

from human uses.

Aquatic Human influences on aquatic life and hydrologic processes 

are minimal.

Human influences on aquatic 

life and hydrologic processes 

are unnoticeable in most 

areas. 

Human influences on aquatic 

life and hydrologic processes 

are unnoticeable.

Riparian

and

Terrestrial

Human influences on soils, vegetation and woody debris 

accumulation are minimal. Wildlife use patterns may show 

seasonal, temporary alterations due to human influences but 

are not permanently altered.

Human influences on soils, 

vegetation and woody debris 

accumulation are 

unnoticeable in most areas. 

Wildlife use patterns may 

show brief, temporary 

alterations due to human 

influences but are not 

permanently altered.

Human influences on soils, 

vegetation and woody debris 

accumulation are 

unnoticeable. Wildlife use 

patterns show no noticeable 

alterations due to human 

influences.

Atmospheric Class 1 airshed standards of the Clean Air Act are met, air quality related values are protected and no significant 

deterioration is allowed.

Human

Environment

The imprint of human 

influences is substantially 

unnoticeable. The opportunity 

for solitude is low to 

outstanding.

The imprint of human 

influences is substantially 

unnoticeable. The opportunity 

for solitude is moderate to 

outstanding.

The imprint of human 

influences is unnoticeable in 

most areas. The opportunity 

for solitude is high to 

outstanding.

The imprint of human 

influences is unnoticeable. 

The opportunity for solitude is 

outstanding.

Recreation The opportunity for a 

primitive, unconfined 

recreation experience is low 

to outstanding.

The opportunity for a 

primitive, unconfined 

recreation experience is 

moderate to outstanding.

The opportunity for a 

primitive, unconfined 

recreation experience is high 

to outstanding.

The opportunity for a 

primitive, unconfined 

recreation experience is 

outstanding. 

Challenge The opportunity to utilize a high degree of skill and self 

reliance, while experiencing risk and challenge is low to 

outstanding.

The opportunity to utilize a 

high degree of skill and self 

reliance, while experiencing 

risk and challenge is 

moderate to outstanding.

The opportunity to utilize a 

high degree of skill and self 

reliance, while experiencing 

risk and challenge is 

outstanding.

Trails Trails may be common, consisting of non-system historic 

ways, and primary and secondary system trails.

Trails are few, consisting of 

non-system historic ways, 

and secondary system trails.

Trails are rare to non-existent, 

consisting of historic ways.

Facilities,

Structures

and Signing

Facilities, structures and signing may be utilized for resource protection, administration or 

Wilderness purposes.

Facilities, structures and 

signing may be utilized for 

resource protection when 

other less obtrusive 

measures have been 

exhausted.

Cultural 

Resources

Prehistoric sites may be evaluated but not disturbed (outside the evaluation). Contemporary Native American sites are not 

impacted by non-native activities. Management of Historic structures will be consistent with opportunity class objectives.

Resource

Interpretation

Off-site information is readily available for the enjoyment and 

education of visitors. Prehistoric and cultural sites are not 

interpreted.

An element of discovery is maintained for the enjoyment of 

visitors. Prehistoric and cultural sites are not interpreted.

Management

Objectives

Administrative activities are 

the minimum necessary to 

ensure compliance with Class 

IV objectives. Education is 

conducted on site as well as 

off site. Scientific uses and 

monitoring must be 

Wilderness dependent and 

consistent with Class IV 

objectives.

Administrative activities are 

the minimum necessary to 

ensure compliance with Class 

III objectives. Education is 

conducted on site as well as 

off site. Scientific uses and 

monitoring must be 

Wilderness dependent and 

consistent with Class III 

objectives.

Administrative activities are 

the minimum necessary to 

ensure compliance with Class 

II objectives. Education is 

conducted off site. Scientific 

uses and monitoring must be 

Wilderness dependent and 

consistent with Class II 

objectives.

Administrative activities are 

the minimum necessary to 

ensure compliance with Class 

I objectives. Education is 

conducted off site. Scientific 

uses and monitoring must be 

Wilderness dependent and 

consistent with Class I 

objectives.
Stanislaus

National Forest

32 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Table 4 Mokelumne Wilderness Opportunity Class Desired Condition Objectives

Opportunity Class 1 Opportunity Class 2 Opportunity Class 3 Opportunity Class 4

Resource 

Conditions

Ecosystems unaffected by human manipulation and influences, plants and animals develop and respond to 

natural forces. (FSM 2320.02)

Characterized by natural 

environment predominantly 

unmodified by human 

activity and influences.

Characterized by natural environment primarily unmodified by human activity and 

influences.

Air Class 1 air quality standards are met. AQRVs are protected while allowing ecological processes (fire) to function.

Watershed Watershed conditions are primarily a result of ecological processes and not human caused impacts and 

influences.

Soils Soil conditions are primarily a result of ecological processes and not human caused impacts and influences.

Soil displacement and 

erosion from human activity 

is not measurably different 

from naturally occurring 

areas. Human caused 

compaction does not 

prevent natural plant 

establishment and growth.

Soil displacement and 

erosion from human activity 

is not measurably different 

from naturally occurring 

areas. Minor localized 

compaction and 

disturbance of duff may 

occur in camping areas.

Soil disturbance and erosion resulting from human 

activities occurs at a rate similar to natural processes. 

Localized compaction and disturbance of duff may occur 

in camping and stock use areas.

Riparian Condition of riparian areas is the result of natural ecological processes and not human caused impacts and 

influences.

Vegetation Natural ecological processes, not human caused impacts and influences, determine the composition and 

distribution of plant communities.

Vegetation loss at 

campsites and travel routes 

is minor, temporary, 

recovers annually and is 

not apparent to most 

visitors.

Minor localized loss of 

vegetation may occur; most 

impacts recover annually 

and are apparent to few 

visitors.

Localized moderate loss of vegetation may occur in 

camping areas and where stock are held.

Fish and 

Wildlife

Natural ecological processes, rather than human actions and influences, determine the presence, abundance, 

distribution and behavior of wildlife species.

Visitor use may rarely, and 

only temporarily, displaces 

wildlife.

Temporary displacement of wildlife may occur with no 

cumulative negative effect on population viability.

Displacement of wildlife 

may occur adjacent to trail 

systems and near camping 

areas during high use 

season.

Campsites Prevent new campsites from becoming established. Where available encourage visitors to use established 

acceptable campsites. In low use areas encourage visitors to disperse use to prevent new site formation.

Very few campsites are 

evident.

There are few established 

campsites, and campsite 

density is low.

Established campsites are 

present. Campsite density 

is low to moderate.

Where camping is allowed, 

there is a moderate density 

of established campsites. 

The number of sites 

accommodates use within 

acceptable limits to prevent 

formation of new sites.

Trails No new trails will be developed inside the wilderness except as a resource protection measure.

No system trails, travel is 

cross-country or by 

unmaintained route.

Few system trails and few 

user created trails.

A moderate system of 

developed trails.

A well developed system of 

trails.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 33

April 2010

Forestwide Standards and Guidelines 

The Forestwide Standards and Guidelines provide management direction which applies to all Forest 

lands. These Standards and Guidelines are necessary to implement the Forest Plan in conformance 

with Regional Management direction and legal requirements (such as Clean Water Act, Clean Air 

Act, National Historic Preservation Act, National Forest Management Act, Endangered Species Act, 

and other legislation and regulations such as 36 CFR 219.13). They will be used at the project level 

as an integral part of interdisciplinary planning for all projects and activities. The Standards and 

Guidelines are grouped alphabetically by resource1. 

Air Quality 

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Air Resource 

Inventory and 

Monitoring (1-A)

Monitor air quality to determine effects on forest 

resources from upwind sources and forest management 

activities. Emphasis will be placed on monitoring air 

quality related values (AQRVs) in Class I airsheds. This 

includes measuring condition and trend of sensitive air 

pollution receptors such as lakes and streams, visibility 

and such vegetation as ponderosa and Jeffrey pines and 

certain lichens. The objective of monitoring is to maintain 

or improve air quality to meet Federal and State Clean 

Air Act regulations. 

Class I airsheds cover Wilderness lands enacted prior to 

1977. Class II airsheds cover all other forest lands, 

including Wilderness enacted since 1977 with the 

exception of new acres added to existing Class I areas. 

These new acres are also Class I.

1. Class I airsheds - Identify, inventory and 

monitor air quality related values (AQRVs). 

This includes visibility, water quality and 

certain trees and lichens.

2. Class II airsheds - Identify, monitor and 

regulate any pollutants resulting from forest 

management activities. This includes road 

dust and wood smoke and vehicle 

emissions from areas of concentrated use.

Smoke 

Management 

(1-B)

Prescribed fire shall be conducted so that smoke 

emissions are the lowest achievable, Best Available 

Control Measures (BACMs) will be applied to ensure 

emission reductions.

1. Class I airsheds - prescribed fire shall meet 

particular visibility and other standards of 

the Federal and State. Clean Air Acts. 

2. Class II airsheds - prescribed fire shall 

meet standards for Class II areas. Smoke 

emissions which drift into Class 1 airsheds 

shall not exceed standards for these areas.

Review of PSD 

(Prevention of 

Significant 

Deterioration) 

Applications (1-C)

Review all PSD permit applications which may result in 

an adverse impact on Class I areas. Note: PSD is a part 

of the Federal Clean Air Act designed to regulate 

emissions from new major stationary sources of 

pollution.

Respond with a thorough analysis in a timely 

manner to all PSD applications. Advise the 

Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and 

the California Air Resources (CARB) of 

analysis results.

Cultural Resources 

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Cultural Resource 

Inventory and 

Evaluation (2-A)

Complete a cultural resource inventory prior 

to any land disposal action or any Forest or 

Forest- permitted or assisted action, activity 

or program that has the potential of altering 

prehistoric or historic cultural values to 

identify all potentially eligible cultural 

properties which may be affected (36 CFR 

219.24). 

Field survey coverage intensity shall be determined 

according to the Secretary of Interior's Standards and 

Guidelines on Archaeology and Historic Preservation and 

California Office of Historic Preservation Archaeological 

Survey Guidelines. 

Follow site recording methods established by the California 

Office of Historic Preservation Archaeological Site Record 

Handbook. 

Follow the standards for inventory reports in the Secretary 

of the Interior's Standards and Guidelines on Archaeology 

and Historic Preservation. 

 

1 Practices column indicates the source of the direction if other than the original 1991 Forest Plan (see Forest Plan Amendments)
Stanislaus

National Forest

34 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Perform controlled sample surveys in designated 

Wilderness. 

Consult with members of the potentially affected local 

Native American community to identify specific locations 

and issues. 

Assess the scientific, historic and ethnic 

significance for each cultural property before 

determining further treatment (36 CFR 

219.24).

Use appropriate Programmatic Agreements and Treatment 

Plans whenever possible. 

Apply the National Register of Historic Places criteria in 36 

CFR 60 and regulations in 36 CFR 63 to determine the 

eligibility of a cultural property to the National Register.

Use FSM 2361, FSM 1680, and Advisory Council on 

Historic Preservation's "Treatment of Archaeological 

Properties: A Handbook", and the traditional values of local 

Miwok, Washoe and Piute Indian communities as 

guidelines for evaluating significance.

Evaluate the effect of Forest undertakings 

on the resource.

Apply the Criteria of Effect in 36 CFR 800, and follow FSM 

2361 for determining the effect of an undertaking.

Cultural Resource 

Protection (2-B)

All identified cultural resources are to be 

protected until they are evaluated. The 

integrity and significant values of eligible 

properties and National Historic Landmarks 

are to be protected. When necessary, 

mitigative excavation or data recovery may 

be accomplished.

Use the guidelines in FSM 2361 and FSM 1680 for 

developing and implementing protective measures.

Comply with 36 CFR 800 regulations and follow the 

guidelines in 36 CFR 66, FSM 2361, and the 13 principles 

in the "Treatment of Archaeological Properties" Handbook 

(ACHP).

Conduct compliance inspections on all special use permits 

containing cultural resource stipulations or conditions. 

Protect documents, photographs and other information 

relevant to the administrative, social and contextual history 

of the Forest for research and public use.

Utilize law enforcement patrols to help prevent site 

vandalism and conduct law enforcement investigations 

when cultural resources are impacted using ARPA, 36 CFR 

261.9, and other applicable laws and regulations.

Cultural Resource 

Enhancement 

and Interpretation 

(2-C)

Plan interpretation, research and restoration 

projects for the benefit of the public and of 

cultural resources.

Treatments of cultural properties, including 

maintenance of historic properties, should 

be appropriate to their assessed values (as 

documented in the Statement of 

Significance in the Request for 

Determination of Eligibility and National 

Register nomination form), the state of 

knowledge and methods of cultural resource 

disciplines, and the public interest.

The significant values of National Register 

and eligible historic structures shall be 

conserved by physical protection and 

maintenance or recording to professional 

standards if physical preservation is not 

possible.

Work with Interpretive Services to develop high quality 

brochures, publications and/or audio-visual presentations. 

Work with cooperators to develop high quality interpretive, 

stabilization, and/or restoration projects.

Comply with 36 CFR 800 regulations and follow the 

guidelines in 36 CFR 66, FSM 2361 and the 13 principles in 

the "Treatment of Archaeological Properties" Handbook 

(ACHP).

Issue permits under the Archaeological Resources 

Protection Act of 1979 (P.L. 96-95) for non-Federal 

archaeological research projects on the Forest. 

Encourage non-Federal research projects on the Forest. 

Encourage the Sierra Miwok, Washoe, and Mono Lake 

Paiute to contribute to the Forest's cultural resource 

management activities, to enhance public understanding of 

their traditional and contemporary cultures.

Diversity 

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Biological Diversity 

Management (3-A)

Provide for diversity of wildlife and plant 

communities to meet the overall objectives 

of the land management plan.

Tree species: Reforestation and thinning projects will 

attempt to maintain the species composition of the major 

forest types existing where the projects occur.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 35

April 2010

Fire and Fuels 

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Fire and Fuels 

Management 

(4-A and 4-B) 

SNFPA1

Strategically place area fuels treatments across the landscape to interrupt fire spread and achieve 

conditions that: (1) reduce the size and severity of wildfire and (2) result in stand densities necessary for 

healthy forests during drought conditions. Complete a landscape-level design of area treatment patterns 

prior to project-level analysis. Develop treatment patterns using a collaborative, multi-stakeholder 

approach. Determine the size, location, and orientation of area fuels treatments at a landscape-scale, 

using information about fire history, existing vegetation and fuels condition, prevailing wind direction, 

topography, suppression resources, attack times, and accessibility to design an effective treatment 

pattern. The spatial pattern of the treatments is designed to reduce rate of fire spread and fire intensity at 

the head of the fire.

Strategic placement of fuels treatments should also consider objectives for locating treatment areas to 

overlap with areas of condition class 2 and 3, high density stands, and pockets of insect and disease. 

Avoid PACs to the greatest extent possible when locating area treatments. Incorporate areas that 

already contribute to wildfire behavior modification, including timber sales, burned areas, bodies of water, 

and barren ground, into the landscape treatment area pattern. Identify gaps in the landscape pattern 

where fire could spread at some undesired rate or direction and use treatments (including maintenance 

treatments and new fuels treatments) to fill identified gaps.

Vegetation within treatment areas should be modified to meet desired surface ladder, and crown fuel 

conditions as well as stand densities necessary for healthy forests during drought conditions. Site specific 

prescriptions should be designed to reduce fire intensity, rate of fire spread, crown fire potential, mortality 

in dominant and co-dominant trees, and tree density. Managers should consider such variables as the 

topographic location of the treatment area, slope steepness, predominant wind direction, and the amount 

and arrangement of surface, ladder, and crown fuels in developing fuels treatment prescriptions.

Where young plantations (generally Pacific Southwest Region size classes 0x, 1x, 2x) are included within 

area treatments, apply the necessary silvicultural and fuels reduction treatments to: (1) accelerate the 

development of key habitat and old forest characteristics, (2) increase stand heterogeneity, (3) promote 

hardwoods, and (4) reduce risk of loss to wildland fire. In size class 2x plantations, treatments should be 

designed to reduce fire intensity, rate of fire spread and tree mortality. Design a sequence of fuel 

reduction projects to achieve the standards below.

Plantations (0x-2x)

 3 inches and smaller surface fuel load: less than 5 tons per acre,

 less than 0.5 foot fuel bed depth,

 stocking levels that provide well-spaced tree crowns (for example, approximately 200 trees per acre 

in 4 inch dbh trees),

 less than 50% surface area with live fuels (brush), and

 tree mortality less than 50% of the existing stocking under 90th percentile fire weather conditions (2x 

type)

Design mechanical treatments in brush and shrub patches to remove the material necessary to achieve 

the following outcomes from wildland fire under 90th percentile fire weather conditions: (1) wildland fires 

would burn with an average flame length of 4 feet or less and (2) fire line production rates would be 

doubled. Treatments should be effective for more than 5 to 10 years.

Design a sequence of fuel reduction treatments in conifer forest types (including 3x plantation types) to 

achieve the following standards within the treatment area:

 an average of 4-foot flame length under 90th percentile fire weather conditions.

 surface and ladder fuels removed as needed to meet design criteria of less than 20 percent mortality 

in dominant and co-dominant trees under 90th percentile weather and fire behavior conditions.

 tree crowns thinned to meet design criteria of less than 20%probability of initiation of crown fire under 

90th percentile weather conditions.

Activity Fuels 

(4-B)

All management activities which generate woody residues will have an approved fuel treatment project 

plan. This plan will describe the methods of treatment to be used, the estimated total cost of treatment, 

method of funding, responsible parties to complete treatment, and necessary measures to maintain the 

acceptable fuel profile.

The scope of the plan should encompass the overall area affected by the activity and not be limited to 

each individual unit. The fuel treatments identified will meet the minimum level of treatment as described 

in the standards and guidelines.

The fuel bed will be expressed in terms of Resistance to Control (chains/person-hour handling 

 

1 SNFPA direction does not apply within the Stanislaus-Tuolumne Experimental Forest (SNFPA ROD, p. 15; USDA Forest Service 2004)
Stanislaus

National Forest

36 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

construction rate) and Fire Intensity Levels (FIL)

Treat Fuel According to Following Priorities: 

1. All current and proposed management activities expected to generate woody re residues. 

Mechanical 

Thinning 

Treatments (4-B) 

SNFPA1

For all mechanical thinning treatments2

, design projects to retain all live conifers 30 inches dbh or larger. 

Exceptions are allowed to meet needs for equipment operability.

For mechanical thinning treatments in mature forest habitat (CWHR types 4M, 4D, 5M, 5D, and 6) 

outside WUI defense zones:

 Design projects to retain at least 40 percent of the existing basal area. The retained basal area 

should generally be comprised of the largest trees.

 Where available, design projects to retain 5 percent or more of the total treatment area in lower layers 

composed of trees 6 to 24 inches dbh within the treatment unit.

 Design projects to avoid reducing pre-existing canopy cover by more than 30 percent within the 

treatment unit. Percent is measured in absolute terms (for example, canopy cover at 80 percent 

should not be reduced below 50 percent.)

 Within treatment units, at a minimum, the intent is to provide for an effective fuels treatment. Where 

existing vegetative conditions are at or near 40 percent canopy cover, projects are to be designed 

remove the material necessary to meet fire and fuels objectives.

 Within California spotted owl Home Range Core Areas: Where existing vegetative conditions 

permit, design projects to retain at least 50 percent canopy cover averaged within the treatment unit. 

Exceptions are allowed in limited situations where additional trees must be removed to adequately 

reduce ladder fuels, provide sufficient spacing for equipment operations, or minimize re-entry. Where 

50 percent canopy cover retention cannot be met for reasons described above, retain at least 40 

percent canopy cover averaged within the treatment unit.

 Outside of California spotted owl Home Range Core Areas: Where existing vegetative 

conditions permit, design projects to retain at least 50 percent canopy cover within the treatment unit. 

Exceptions are allowed where project objectives require additional canopy modification (such as the 

need to adequately reduce ladder fuels, provide for safe and efficient equipment operations, minimize 

re-entry, design cost efficient treatments, and/or significantly reduce stand density.) Where canopy 

cover must be reduced below 50 percent, retain at least 40 percent canopy cover averaged within the 

treatment unit.

 Within California spotted owl PACs: where treatment is necessary, remove only material needed 

to meet project fuels objectives. Focus on removal of surface and ladder fuels.

Salvage (4-B)

SNFPA1

Determine the need for ecosystem restoration projects following large, catastrophic disturbance events 

(wildfire, drought, insect and disease infestation, windstorm, and other unforeseen events). Objectives for 

restoration projects may include limiting fuel loads over the long term, restoring habitat, and recovering 

economic value from dead and dying trees. In accomplishing restoration goals, long-term objectives are 

balanced with the objective of reducing hazardous fuel loads in the short-term.

Salvage harvest of dead and dying trees may be conducted to recover the economic value of this 

material and to support objectives for reducing hazardous fuels, improving forest health, re-introducing 

fire, and/or re-establishing forested conditions.

 Design projects to reduce potential soil erosion and the loss of soil productivity caused by loss of 

vegetation and ground cover. Examples are activities that would: (1) provide for adequate soil cover 

in the short term; (2) accelerate the dispersal of coarse woody debris; (3) reduce the potential 

impacts of the fire on water quality; and (4) carefully plan restoration/salvage activities to minimize 

additional short-term effects.

 Design projects to protect and maintain critical wildlife habitat. Examples are activities that would: (1) 

avoid areas where forest vegetation is still largely intact; (2) provide for sufficient quantities of large 

snags; (3) maintain existing large woody material as needed; (4) provide for additional large woody 

material and ground cover as needed; (5) accelerate development of mature forest habitat through 

reforestation and other cultural means; and (6) provide for a mix of seral stages over time.

 Design projects to manage the development of fuel profiles over time. Examples are activities that 

would: (1) remove sufficient standing and activity generated material to balance short-term and longterm surface fuel loading; and (2) protect remnant old forest structure (surviving large trees, snags, 

and large logs) from high severity re-burns or other severe disturbance events in the future.

 Design projects to recover the value of timber killed or severely injured by the disturbance. Examples 

are activities that would: (1) conduct timber salvage harvest in a timely manner to minimize value 

 

1 SNFPA direction does not apply within the Stanislaus-Tuolumne Experimental Forest (SNFPA ROD, p. 15; USDA Forest Service 2004) 2 Apply only to mechanical thinning harvests specifically designed to meet objectives for treating fuels and/or controlling stand densities.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 37

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

loss; (2) minimize harvest costs within site-specific resource constraints; and (3) remove material that 

local managers determine is not needed for long-term resource recovery needs.

In post fire restoration projects for large catastrophic fires (contiguous blocks of moderate to high fire 

lethality of 1,000 acres or more), generally do not conduct salvage harvest in at least 10 percent of the 

total area affected by fire.

Use the best available information for identifying dead and dying trees for salvage purposes as 

developed by the Pacific Southwest Region Forest Health Protection Staff.

Outside of WUI defense zones, salvage harvests are prohibited in PACs and known den sites unless a 

biological evaluation determines that the areas proposed for harvest are rendered unsuitable for the 

purpose they were intended by a catastrophic stand-replacing event.

Consider ecological benefits of retaining small patches of mortality in old forest emphasis areas.

Fire Prevention 

(4-A)

Fire prevention emphasis will be 

placed on those areas where greatest 

potential for loss to life, property and 

high value natural resources occur.

All California Public Resource Codes (PRCs) applicable to fire 

management activities and the Code of Federal Regulations 

(CFR) relating to fire prevention, detection, and pre-suppression 

will be enforced.

Fire Prevention personnel will establish and participate in 

Cooperative Education Programs at schools, fairs, and other 

organized activities within their administrative zone of influence. 

This will be accomplished in conjunction with the California 

Department of Forestry and Fire Protection and county fire 

cooperative education efforts.

Emphasize good fire prevention practices in Forest Service 

generated public information material, news releases, and public 

service announcements.

All contractors working on National Forest land during fire season 

will be required to submit a fire plan for the people and equipment 

under their authority. The fire plan will also contain specific fire 

prevention requirements as determined by the Forest Service.

Fire Suppression 

(4-A)

Initial suppression action on wildfires 

will provide for the most reasonable 

probability of minimizing fire 

suppression costs and resource 

damage consistent with probable fire 

behavior, potential resource loss, 

environmental impacts, safety and 

smoke management considerations.

In Fire Management Zones (See Map 

6, Appendix I) where control is the 

only strategy that will be employed for 

initial suppression it is more cost 

effective to control fires at the 

smallest possible size. When fires 

escape the initial response, the 

selected alternative from the Escaped 

Fire Situation Analysis (EFSA) will 

determine future strategies.

In Fire Management Zones where 

Control, Confine, or Contain 

suppression strategies exist, the 

maximum fire size objective as 

defined in the following Standards 

and Guidelines will be used to 

determine the appropriate 

suppression response.

Once a fire is determined to have the 

potential to exceed, or exceeds, the 

maximum fire size objective, an 

EFSA will be prepared to determine 

the appropriate suppression strategy 

Maintain a suppression capability within each Fire Management 

Zone (FMZ) which will control 97% of all wildfires within the 

Maximum Fire Size Objective (MFSO) at each Fire Intensity Level 

(FIL) by utilization of the appropriate fire suppression strategies as 

indicated in Table 5.

Fire Suppression Tactics indicated in Table 6 will require 

appropriate line office approval for use in the Resource 

Management Areas indicated.

When there is a reasonable choice, equipment used for 

constructing firelines will be restricted from operating on soils with 

erosion hazard rating of 9 or greater or on slopes steeper than 40 

percent. (FSH 5109.17, FSM 5130)
Stanislaus

National Forest

38 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

and control objectives.

Wildfires will not be used to 

accomplish resource management 

objectives.

Fire Suppression 

(4-A) Table 5 Maximum Fire Size Objectives

Management Areas FMZ1 FIL2 MFSO3 Strategy

WSR; NN; WLDF; SIA; SC; GF 1 1-6 10 Control

WSR; WLDF; EXP; SC; GF 2 1-6 10 Control

WSR; NN; WLDF; SIA; SC; GF 3 1-3 50 Control Contain Confine

4-6 20 Control Contain Confine

Wilderness 4 1-6 100 Control Contain Confine

WDLF; SIA; SC; GF 5 1-6 10 Control

WDLF; EXP; SC; GF 6 1-6 10 Control 1Fire Management Zone 

2 Fire Intensity Level 3 Maximum Fire Size Objective (acre)

Fire Suppression 

(4-A) Table 6 Fire Suppression Tactics

A. Aerial applied retardant colored

B. Aerial applied retardant clear

C. Helicopter use

D. Smokejumpers or cargo

E. Use of portable pumps

F. Use of chainsaws

G. Snag Felling

H. Use of Motorized Vehicles

I. Hand constructed fireline

J. Helispot construction

K. Back firing

L. Dozer constructed fireline or trails

Management Areas

Fire Suppression 

Tactics

Needing Approval

A B C D E F G H I J K L

Approving Official

Wilderness

Recommended Wilderness H L Forest Supervisor

Wilderness C E F H J K Forest Supervisor

Wilderness L Regional Forester

Wild And Scenic River

Recreational River None

Scenic River J L Forest Supervisor

Wild River H J L Forest Supervisor

Near Natural None

Wildlife None

Special Interest Areas J L Forest Supervisor 

Research Natural J L Forest Supervisor

Experimental Forest None

Scenic Corridor None

General Forest (GF91)1 None

Developed Recreation None

Winter Sports None

Developed Non-Recreation None 1 General Forest (GF91) differentiates the 1991 General Forest management area 

from the 2004 General Forest land allocation.

Fuel Break 

Construction and 

Maintenance (4-B)

Use fuel breaks to break up large 

expanses of continuous fuels, provide 

for firefighter access and safety, 

increase suppression opportunities, 

and provide pre-existing control points

for prescribed fires.

Priority setting for establishing Fuel 

Locations and Minimum Widths

1. Utilize strategic topographic features in the establishment of 

fuel breaks. The order of priority for locating such features and 

minimum widths are as follows:

Prominent ridge tops. Minimum widths shall be 250 feet

Flat areas or valleys where ground is level or nearly 
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 39

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Break Construction and Maintenance 

projects will consider the following 

factors:

1. Forest Service administrative 

sites or other Forest Service 

areas with high investment in 

buildings and facilities.

2. Areas that have high resource, 

economic, scenic, or historic 

value that cannot be replaced.

3. Protection of high value forest 

resource areas from high risk 

ignitions areas.

level. Minimum widths shall be 300 feet.

Canyon bottoms or ravines are least desirable as 

fuelbreak areas. Minimum width shall be 350 feet.

2. Utilize existing and proposed road systems to provide access 

to and within the fuelbreak system.

3. Where necessary, agreements with private landowners will be

executed to include private lands.

Construction and Maintenance

1. Continuous vegetation under 12 feet tall should be broken up 

into naturally appearing clumps or islands of varied size and 

shape. Separation between clumps or islands should not 

provide horizontal fuel continuity across the fuel break or be 

positioned so that they act as a fire ladder into existing 

overstory. Finally, vegetation removal should be guided by the 

need for free movement of fire equipment throughout the fuel 

break.

2. All slash, snags, or other debris will be disposed of by piling, 

burning, chipping, or removal.

3. Fuelbreak design is to be guided by the Visual Quality 

Objectives for the area. It should include tying breaks into 

other natural or artificial openings. The overall appearance

should fit into the natural land form.

4. Develop water sources where possible within the fuel break 

area.

5. Develop helispots, where possible, in close proximity to water 

sources.

6. Coordinate fuel breaks to minimize conflicts with off-highway 

vehicle use and management.

Plantation Design 

and Fire 

Protection 

Planning (4-B)

Fuel treatment and protection 

planning are incorporated into 

reforestation project plans for the 

establishment of plantations. The fuel 

treatment planning will comply with 

the standards set in the Activity Fuel 

Standards and Guidelines while still 

maintaining the productivity of the 

site. Minimum levels of protection 

planning are established in the 

following Standards and Guidelines.

Areas of continuous even-age plantation without fire defense

system should not exceed the following acres:

1. Slope 0-30% - 100 acres

2. Slope 31-50% - 75 acres

3. Slope 51%+ - 50 acres

The fire defense system should be designed to provide all of the 

following characteristics:

1. Provide a break in fuel continuity in both the horizontal and 

vertical plane.

2. Maintain a fuel profile that will permit suppression forces to 

meet the Maximum Fire Objective for the area by utilizing a 

combination of fuel treatments.

3. Provide for safe and efficient ingress and egress for 

suppression forces.

Prescribed Fire 

and Prescribed 

Natural Fire (4-A)

Prescribed fire will be considered as a 

management tool for all projects 

where it is shown to be cost effective 

and has the ability to meet resource 

management objectives.

Where necessary, agreements with private landowners are 

executed to include private lands.

Planned ignitions and unplanned 

ignitions (lightning) within Wilderness 

will be used only when the following 

Standards and Guidelines are met.

Decision criteria and implementation guidelines are developed 

and approved as a part of the Forest Fire Management Action 

Plan.

Private Land 

Within and 

Adjacent to 

National Forest 

(4-A)

The Stanislaus National Forest will 

offer leadership among state, local 

and private entities for lands adjacent 

to, and intermingled with, the National 

Forest to enhance the efficiency and 

effectiveness of fire management 

activities. This will be accomplished 

Prevention: Assist in the development of fire ordinances at both 

the state and county levels.

Cooperate with California Department Forestry and Fire 

Protection (CDF) and local fire districts to develop good 

understanding of fire ordinances and State and Federal fire laws 

in the community.

Participate with CDF and local private land owners in fuels 
Stanislaus

National Forest

40 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

through a combined analysis process 

to maximize the efficiency of all 

concerned and maintain an adequate 

level of fire protection.

activities management such as Vegetative Management Program 

(VMP).

Provide assistance to local residential areas, mountain 

communities, and organizational camps in the development of 

fuel breaks and other fire defense systems.

Roadside Fuel 

Modification (4-B)

To create a roadside fuel profile which 

will:

1. Limit the spread and intensity of 

roadside ignitions until initial 

attack units arrive.

2. Provide firefighter access to other 

fire defense systems.

3. Provide a line of defense for 

control of wildfire.

Maintain roadside fuel bed to the Activity Fuels Standards and 

Guidelines on all roads that have been identified for fire defense 

purposes.

Treatment area widths for both sides of road as measured (slope 

distance) from road edge are as follows:

1. Slope 0-30% - 50 feet

2. Slope 30-50% - 75 feet

3. Slope 51+% - 100%

Fish and Wildlife 

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Fish and Wildlife 

Habitat 

Administration 

(5-A)

Provide habitat for diverse and viable 

populations of all native and desired 

non-native wildlife and fish and all 

native plants. Maintain and improve 

habitat for Federally listed 

Threatened and Endangered species 

and give special attention to sensitive 

species to see that they do not 

become Threatened or Endangered. 

Cooperate with State and Federal 

agencies in meeting mutual goals.

Management practices will allow for medium to high quality habitat 

for management indicator species, where potential allows, 

according to current habitat capability models for these species. 

Ensure that habitat needs of sensitive species are considered and 

that habitat needs of Federally listed Threatened and Endangered 

species are met.

Cooperate with the California Department of Fish and Game, U.S. 

Fish and Wildlife Service and other concerned agencies in the 

preparation and implementation of Federal and State Endangered 

Species recovery plans, the California Fish and Wildlife 

Management Plan (Sikes Act) and other species habitat plans.

Willow Flycatcher 

(5-A)

SNFPA1

Site Occupancy Definitions

The following definitions apply the standards and guidelines for willow flycatcher conservation.

Occupied Willow Flycatcher Site: a site where willow flycatcher(s) have been observed sometime 

during the breeding season since 1982. For a site to be designated as an occupied site, it must meet the 

following criteria:

 Observation date(s) between 1982 and 2000:

1. Willow flycatcher observed between 15 June and 1 August;

OR

2. Willow flycatcher observed between June 1 - June 14 or August 2 –August 15, unless the willow 

flycatcher was:

 Absent during surveys conducted between June 15 and July 15 in the same year

 Absent during June 15 –July 15 surveys in multiple subsequent years; or

 Detected at a site that is clearly outside of known habitat requirements.

• For inclusion as an occupied willow flycatcher site, willow flycatcher(s) must be identified by the 

Fitz-bew song or in-hand examination. Museum skins that are identified as willow flycatchers may 

also be used if the collection date falls within the range of dates listed above.

• Nests and egg sets in museum collections infer site occupancy, regardless of collection month 

and day.

• All sites where willow flycatchers were identified using these criteria are included in the dataset, 

unless the site is known to have undergone an extreme site conversion rendering it incapable of 

supporting willow flycatchers currently and in the future (e.g., wetland conversions or inundation 

by reservoir).

 Observation date(s) in 2001 or later:

• Willow flycatcher site occupancy will be determined based upon the criteria defined in the 

standardized protocol.

 

1 SNFPA direction does not apply within the Stanislaus-Tuolumne Experimental Forest (SNFPA ROD, p. 15; USDA Forest Service 2004)
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 41

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Historically Occupied Willow Flycatcher Site: a site where occupancy is only known from pre-1982 or 

one that has been surveyed for at least six years over a 10-year period and consistently found to contain 

no willow flycatchers during the breeding season. For a site to be designated as historically occupied, it 

must meet the following criteria:

 Sighting meets the criteria of an occupied willow flycatcher site but the most recent date of detection 

is prior to 1982

OR

 Surveys across a minimum of six separate years during a 10-year period must have been performed 

(alternatively, surveys may be conducted annually for six years within a six- to 10-year period).

• Surveys conducted since June 2000 must be in compliance with the current standardized willow 

flycatcher survey protocol guidelines.

• If a historically occupied site is determined as occupied, the site is upgraded to occupied status 

until or unless the site meets the definition of historically occupied again.

Conditionally Occupied Willow Flycatcher Site: a site documented in the willow flycatcher database 

at the time of the Record of Decision that does not meet the criteria for an occupied site or a historically 

occupied site. For these sites, either the month and date of detection are not known or the month and 

date occur outside of the breeding season as defined in the survey protocol.

There are five sites in the existing database where survey documentation necessary to determine if the 

observation meets the criteria for an occupied site is missing or incomplete. These sites are assigned to a 

temporary category of conditionally occupied until either they receive one survey cycle or the missing 

information is discovered and documented, at which time they will either be found to be occupied or they 

will be dropped from the database. Once these sites are resolved, this category is no longer used.

For occupied and historically occupied willow flycatcher sites: Initiate a 4-year cycle for willow 

flycatcher surveys. Conduct surveys to established protocols in all sites the first year. Second year 

surveys will be conducted in those sites where willow flycatchers were not found. Surveys will not be 

conducted in the third and fourth years. The survey cycle will then be repeated. For conditionally 

occupied sites: Surveys will be conducted in the first year. If willow flycatchers are found, these sites 

will be managed as occupied sites. If not found, these sites will be surveyed in the second year. If birds 

are not found in the second year, these sites will be dropped from the willow flycatcher site database.

In meadows with occupied willow flycatcher sites, allow only late-season grazing (after August 15) in 

the entire meadow. This standard and guideline may be waived if an interdisciplinary team has 

developed a site-specific meadow management strategy. This strategy is to be developed and 

implemented in partnership with the affected grazing permittee. The strategy objectives must focus on 

protecting the nest site and associated habitat during the breeding season and the long-term 

sustainability of suitable habitat at breeding sites. It may use a mix of management tools, including 

grazing systems, structural improvements, and other exclusion by management techniques to protect 

willow flycatcher habitat.

In willow flycatcher sites receiving late-season grazing, monitor utilization annually using regional range 

analysis and planning guide. Monitor willow flycatcher habitat every 3 years using the following criteria: 

rooting depth cores for meadow condition, point intercepts for shrub foliar density, and strip transects for 

shrub recruitment and cover. Meadow condition assessments will be included in a GIS meadow 

coverage. If habitat conditions are not supporting the willow flycatcher or trend downward, modify or 

suspend grazing.

For historically occupied willow flycatcher sites, assess willow flycatcher habitat suitability within the 

meadow. If habitat is degraded, develop restoration objectives and take appropriate actions (such as 

physical restoration of hydrological components, limiting or re-directing grazing activity, and so forth) to 

move the meadow toward desired conditions.

Evaluate site condition of historically occupied willow flycatcher sites. Those sites that no longer 

contain standing water on June 1 and a deciduous shrub component and cannot be reasonably restored 

may be removed from the willow flycatcher site database.

As part of the project planning process, survey emphasis habitat within 5 miles of occupied willow 

flycatcher sites to determine willow flycatcher occupancy. Emphasis habitat is defined as meadows larger 

than 15 acres that have standing water on June 1 and a deciduous shrub component. Use established 

protocols to conduct these surveys. If these surveys determine willow flycatcher occupancy, add these to 

the database of occupied willow flycatcher sites and include them in the 4-year survey cycle of willow 

flycatcher sites described above.

Evaluate proposals for new concentrated stock areas (for example, livestock handling and management 

facilities, pack stations, equestrian stations, and corrals) located within 5 miles of occupied willow 

flycatcher sites.
Stanislaus

National Forest

42 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Yosemite Toad 

(5-A)

SNFPA1

Exclude livestock from standing water and saturated soils in wet meadows and associated streams and 

springs occupied by Yosemite toads or identified as “essential habitat” in the conservation assessment 

for the Yosemite toad during the breeding and rearing season (through metamorphosis). Wet meadow 

habitat for Yosemite toads is defined as relatively open meadows with low to moderate amounts of 

woody vegetation that have standing water on June 1 or for more than 2 weeks following snow melt. 

Specific breeding and rearing season dates will be determined locally. If physical exclusion of livestock is 

impractical, then exclude grazing from the entire meadow. This standard does not apply to pack and 

saddle stock.

Exclusions in this standard and guideline may be waived if an interdisciplinary team has developed a 

site-specific management plan to minimize impacts to the Yosemite toad and its habitat by managing the 

movement of stock around wet areas. Such plans are to include a requirement for systematically 

monitoring a sample of occupied Yosemite toad sites within the meadow to: (1) assess habitat 

conditions and (2) assess Yosemite toad occupancy and population dynamics. Every 3 years from the 

date of the plan, evaluate monitoring data. Modify or suspend grazing if Yosemite toad conservation is 

not being accomplished. Plans must be approved by the authorized officer and incorporated into all 

allotment plans and/or special use permits governing use within the occupied habitat.

Complete one survey cycle in suitable habitat for the Yosemite toad within this species’ historic range to 

determine presence of Yosemite toads.

Management 

Indicator Species 

(5-A)

SNFMISA

Habitat or Ecosystem 

Component

Management 

Indicator Species

Scientific Name Monitoring Strategy

(at the Sierra scale)

Riverine and Lacustrine aquatic 

macroinvertebrates

n/a Index of Biological 

Integrity and Habitat

Shrubland (west-slope 

chaparral types)

fox sparrow Passerella iliaca

Distribution Population 

and Habitat

Oak-associated 

Hardwood and 

Hardwood/Conifer

mule deer Odocoileus 

hemionus

Riparian yellow warbler Dendroica 

petechia

Wet Meadow Pacific tree frog Pseudacris regilla

Early Seral Coniferous mountain quail Oreortyx pictus

Mid Seral Coniferous mountain quail Oreortyx pictus

Late Seral Open Canopy 

Coniferous

blue grouse Dendragapus 

obscurus

Late Seral Closed 

Canopy Coniferous

California spotted 

owl

Strix occidentalis 

occidentalis

American marten Martes americana

northern flying 

squirrel

Glaucomys 

sabrinus

Snags in Green Forest hairy woodpecker Picoides villosus

Snags in Burned Forest black-backed 

woodpecker

Picoides arcticus

Stream and Lake 

Fisheries – 

Structural 

Improvements 

and Maintenance 

(5-B)

Provide medium to high quality 

habitat for resident trout species 

(rainbow, brown, and brook trout) 

according to the habitat capability 

models for these species.

Provide for fish passage on streams where fish migrate, in 

accordance with FSM 2606.32, Region 5 Supplement 38.

 

1 SNFPA direction does not apply within the Stanislaus-Tuolumne Experimental Forest (SNFPA ROD, p. 15; USDA Forest Service 2004)
 

Stanislaus 

National Forest 

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines 

Stream and Lake Provide medium to high quality Maintain high water quality values in accordance with the 

Fisheries – Non- habitat for resident trout species Standards and Guidelines for watershed. 

Structural (rainbow, brown, and brook trout) Retain streamside vegetation so that at least 60% of the stream 

Improvements according to the habitat capability surface is shaded from 11 AM to 4 PM from June 1 to September and Maintenance models for these species. 30 to maintain water temperatures at less than 65 degrees for (5-C) those perennial streams which do not normally exceed this 

temperature. 

Habitat Minimize old forest habitat fragmentation. Assess potential impacts of fragmentation on old forest 

Connectivity for associated species (particularly fisher and marten) in biological evaluations. 

Old Forest Assess the potential impact of projects on the connectivity of habitat for old forest associated species. Associated 

Species (5-E) 

SNFPA1 

Consider retaining forested linkages (with canopy cover greater than 40 percent) that are interconnected 

via riparian areas and ridgetop saddles during project-level analysis. 

If fishers are detected outside the southern Sierra fisher conservation area, evaluate habitat conditions 

and implement appropriate mitigation measures to retain suitable habitat within the estimated home 

range. Institute project-level surveys over the appropriate area, as determined by an interdisciplinary 

team. 

Identify areas for acquisition, exchange, or conservation easements to enhance connectivity of habitat for 

old forest associated species. 

Bald Eagle (5-E) Meet the Forest’s share of the bald 

eagle recovery plan goal of three 

active breeding sites. 

For each bald eagle territory identified on the Bald Eagle Habitat 

Map (Map 2, Appendix I) provide 300 acres of bald eagle target 

nesting stands. These stands should be 150 years or older, multistoried, having 20-40% canopy closure with an average of 10 

suitable nest trees per acre where possible. Preferred species are 

ponderosa pine, sugar pine, and Douglas fir which are 100 to 200 

feet high and dominant in the overstory. Manage for 3 to 4 hard 

snags per acre with the largest sizes equal to the largest trees 

available. 

Provide a 1⁄4 mile buffer between target nest stands and developed 

recreation facilities. When nesting bald eagles are found, 

implement suitable restrictions on nearby activities based on the 

Regional habitat management guidelines and the habitat capability 

model for the species. Protect all historic and active nests, as 

required by the Bald Eagle Protection Act and the Migratory Bird 

Treaty Act. 

California Spotted Conduct surveys in compliance with the Pacific Southwest Region’s survey protocols during the planning 

Owl Surveys (5-E) process when proposed vegetation treatments are likely to reduce habitat quality in suitable California 

SNFPA1 spotted owl habitat with unknown occupancy. Designate California spotted owl protected activity centers 

(PACs) where appropriate based on survey results. 

Great Gray Owl 

Surveys (5-E) 

SNFPA1 

Conduct additional surveys to established protocols to follow up reliable sightings of great gray owls. 

Northern Conduct surveys in compliance with the Pacific Southwest Region’s survey protocols during the planning 

Goshawk Surveys process when vegetation treatments are likely to reduce habitat quality are proposed in suitable northern 

(5-E) goshawk nesting habitat that is not within an existing California spotted owl or northern goshawk PAC. 

SNFPA1 Suitable northern goshawk nesting habitat is defined based on the survey protocol. 

Tree Species 

Composition (5-E) 

SNFPA1 

Promote shade intolerant pines (sugar and Ponderosa) and hardwoods. 

1

 SNFPA direction does not apply within the Stanislaus-Tuolumne Experimental Forest (SNFPA ROD, p. 15; USDA Forest Service 2004) 

Forest Plan Direction 

April 2010 

43 
Stanislaus

National Forest

44 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Wolverine and 

Sierra Nevada 

Red Fox 

Detections (5-E)

SNFPA1

Detection of a wolverine or Sierra Nevada red fox will be validated by a forest carnivore specialist. When 

verified sightings occur, conduct an analysis to determine if activities within 5 miles of the detection have 

a potential to affect the species. If necessary, apply a limited operating period from January 1 to June 30 

to avoid adverse impacts to potential breeding. Evaluate activities for a 2-year period for detections not 

associated with a den site.

Snags and Down 

Woody Material 

(5-G)

SNFPA1

Determine down woody material retention levels on an individual project basis, based on desired 

conditions. Emphasize retention of wood in the largest size classes and in decay classes 1, 2, and 3. 

Consider the effects of follow-up prescribed fire in achieving desired down woody material retention 

levels.

Determine snag retention levels on an individual project basis for vegetation treatments. Design projects 

to implement and sustain a generally continuous supply of snags and live decadent trees suitable for 

cavity nesting wildlife across a landscape. Retain some mid- and large diameter live trees that are 

currently in decline, have substantial wood defect, or that have desirable characteristics (teakettle 

branches, large diameter broken top, large cavities in the bole) to serve as future replacement snags and 

to provide nesting structure. When determining snag retention levels and locations, consider land 

allocation, desired condition, landscape position, potential prescribed burning and fire suppression line 

locations, and site conditions (such as riparian areas and ridge tops), avoiding uniformity across large 

areas.

General guidelines for large-snag retention are as follows:

 westside mixed conifer and ponderosa pine types - four of the largest snags per acre

 red fir forest type - six of the largest snags per acre

 eastside pine and eastside mixed conifer forest types - three of the largest snags per acre

 westside hardwood ecosystems - four of the largest snags (hardwood or conifer) per acre

 where standing live hardwood trees lack dead branches - six of the largest snags per acre (where 

they exist to supplement wildlife needs for dead material).

Use snags larger than 15 inches dbh to meet this guideline. Snags should be clumped and distributed 

irregularly across the treatment units. Consider leaving fewer snags strategically located in treatment 

areas within the WUI. When some snags are expected to be lost due to hazard removal or the effects of 

prescribed fire, consider these potential losses during project planning to achieve desired snag retention 

levels.

Hardwood 

Management (5-I)

SNFPA1

Where possible, create openings around existing California black oak and canyon live oak to stimulate 

natural regeneration.

Manage hardwood ecosystems for a diversity of hardwood tree size classes within a stand such that 

seedlings, saplings, and pole-sized trees are sufficiently abundant to replace large trees that die.

Retain the mix of mast-producing species where they exist within a stand.

Retain all blue oak and valley oak trees except: (1) stand restoration strategies call for tree removal; (2) 

trees are lost to fire; or (3) where tree removal is needed for public health and safety.

When planning prescribed fire or mechanical treatments in hardwood ecosystems: (1) consider the risk 

of noxious weed spread and (2) minimize impacts to hardwood ecosystem structure and biodiversity.

During mechanical vegetation treatments, prescribed fire, and salvage operations, retain all large 

hardwoods on the westside except where: (1) large trees pose an immediate threat to human life or 

property or (2) losses of large trees are incurred due to prescribed or wildland fire. Large montane 

hardwoods are trees with a dbh of 12 inches or greater. Large blue oak woodland hardwoods are trees 

with a dbh of 8 inches or greater. Allow removal of larger hardwood trees (up to 20 inches dbh) if 

research supports the need to remove larger trees to maintain and enhance the hardwood stand.

Prior to commercial and noncommercial hardwood and fuelwood removal in hardwood ecosystems, premark or pre-cut hardwood trees to ensure that stand goals are met. Retain a diverse distribution of stand 

cover classes.

During or prior to landscape analysis, spatially determine distributions of existing and potential natural 

hardwood ecosystems (Forest Service Handbook (FSH) 2090.11). Assume pre-1850 disturbance levels 

for potential natural community distribution. Work with province ecologists or other qualified personnel to 

map and/or model hardwood ecosystems at a landscape scale (approximately 30,000 to 50,000 acres). 

Include the following steps in the analysis: (1) compare distributions of potential natural hardwood 

 

1 SNFPA direction does not apply within the Stanislaus-Tuolumne Experimental Forest (SNFPA ROD, p. 15; USDA Forest Service 2004)
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 45

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

ecosystems with existing hardwood ecosystems; (2) identify locations where existing hardwood 

ecosystems are outside the natural range of variability for potential natural hardwood ecosystem 

distribution; and (3) identify hardwood restoration and enhancement projects.

Include hardwoods in stand examinations. Encourage hardwoods in plantations. Promote hardwoods 

after stand-replacing events. Retain buffers around existing hardwood trees by not planting conifers

within 20 feet of the edge of hardwood tree crowns.

Recovery Species 

Management (5-

L)

Management activities will comply 

with the Endangered Species Act.

Maintain information on the status and known locations of all 

species which are candidates or proposed for Federal listing as 

Threatened or Endangered.

Conduct a Biological Evaluation for any project which may affect a 

species proposed for Federal listing.

Modify or mitigate projects where necessary to avoid adverse 

impacts to habitats for species which are candidates or proposed 

for Federal listing.

Lahontan 

Cutthroat Trout 

(5-L)

Provide high quality habitat for 

Lahontan Cutthroat Trout according 

to the habitat capability model in 

order to maintain viable populations 

in the streams where it occurs.

Follow the management guidelines of the Forest Lahontan 

Cutthroat Trout Habitat Management Plan (1985) and the State of 

California’s recovery plan (1986). Meet the Standards and 

Guidelines for resident trout.

Maintain high water quality values and maintain or restore the 

integrity of riparian habitat in accordance with the Standards and 

Guidelines given under Watershed.

Peregrine Falcon 

(5-L)

Meet the Forest’s share of the 

peregrine falcon recovery plan goals 

of two active breeding territories by 

providing superior nesting habitat at 

two nest sites.

For each peregrine falcon territory, avoid high levels of human 

activity near suitable nesting sites. When active nesting is found, 

restrict logging, road building and other disturbing activities within 

1⁄2 mile of the nest site between March 1 and July 31.

Manage territories to enhance habitat for common prey species 

such as band-tailed pigeons, woodpeckers, jays and robins. Utilize 

opportunities to fund peregrine reestablishment through hacking or 

cross-fostering until the species is delisted. Protect all historic and 

active nests, as required by the Migratory Bird Treaty Act.

Forest Pests 

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Pest 

Management (6-

A)

Insure optimal pest 

management with 

respect to 

environmental 

concerns, biological 

effectiveness, and 

economic efficiency 

while achieving 

resource management 

objectives (FSM 

2140).

An integrated pest management (IPM) approach will be followed during the 

planning and implementation of all activities that influence the vegetation. Under 

this IPM approach, a full range of pest management alternatives, including 

cultural, biological, mechanical and chemical methods, will be considered and 

analyzed on a site-specific, project-level basis. The treatment method(s) will be 

selected through environmental analysis which will consider the environmental 

effects, treatment efficacy and cost effectiveness of each alternative. Monitoring 

and enforcement plans to implement specific measures will be determined during 

this site and project specific process. Pest detection, surveillance, evaluation, 

prevention, suppression and post-action evaluation are integral components of 

the integrated pest management approach (36 CFR 219.27(a) (3)).

Geology and Minerals 

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Mining (7-A)

SNFPA1

Ensure that plans of operation, reclamation plans, and reclamation bonds address the costs of: (1) 

removing facilities, equipment, and materials; (2) isolating and neutralizing or removing toxic or potentially 

toxic materials; (3) salvaging and replacing topsoil; and (4) preparing the seed bed and revegetating to 

meet the objectives of the land allocation in which the operation is located.

Ensure that mine owners and operators limit new road construction, decommission unnecessary roads, 

 

1 SNFPA direction does not apply within the Stanislaus-Tuolumne Experimental Forest (SNFPA ROD, p. 15; USDA Forest Service 2004)
Stanislaus

National Forest

46 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

and maintain needed roads consistent with Forest Service roads policy and management direction for the 

land allocation.

Require mine reclamation to be conducted in a timely manner.

Inspect and monitor mining-related activities on a regular basis to ensure compliance with laws, 

regulations, and operating plans. Base the frequency of inspections and monitoring on the potential 

severity of mining activity-related impacts.

During mining-related activities, limit the clearing of trees and other vegetation to the minimum necessary. 

Clearing of vegetation should be pertinent to the approved phase of mineral exploration and 

development.

Locatable 

Minerals (7-A)

Administer the locatable mineral 

management program on the 

Forest in accordance with 

applicable law, regulations and 

orders. The emphasis is to 

attain voluntary compliance 

from operators with regulations 

related to prospecting and 

development of mineral 

resources. All Standards and 

Guidelines are applicable 

except within: designated 

Wilderness, Wild portions of 

Wild and Scenic River corridors, 

administrative sites, hydroelectric area withdrawals and 

other withdrawn areas. Mineral 

related prospecting and 

development are subject to valid 

existing rights.

Require submission of a Notice of Intent or Plan of Operation for all 

mineral related activities where the potential for significant surface 

disturbance exists.

Approve reasonable means of access consistent with Management 

Area direction when needed for mineral prospecting, exploration and 

development activities. Require prompt reclamation of surface 

disturbance to productive uses consistent with Management Area 

direction. Posting of a properly executed reclamation bond or other 

surety to assure compliance is recommended in most cases.

Limit the duration of approved operations to the extent necessary to 

complete planned work in a phased development process. Approval of 

Plans of Operation greater than one year in duration is not 

recommended without justification.

Conduct periodic site visits to approved operations to determine the 

extent of the work and the need for modifications to approved 

operations to meet changed conditions.

Review cases of suspected or actual abuse of the mining laws related 

to occupancy and use of the National Forest for other than mining 

purposes. Promptly initiate appropriate administrative and/or legal 

remedies to rectify such problems, to prevent unnecessary resource 

damage or unauthorized occupancy.

Conduct validity determinations for proposed operations in Wilderness 

and the Wild portions of Wild and Scenic Rivers or other withdrawn 

areas where a Plan of Operation is required. Do not approve a Plan of 

Operation in a designated Wilderness, Wild portion of a Wild and Scenic 

River corridor or other withdrawn area prior to completion of a validity 

determination.

Limit activity authorized by a Notice of Intent for mineral prospecting and 

required labor within Wilderness to the maximum extent possible. 

Restoration and cleanup of prior operations and recovery of the surface 

resources to as near a natural condition as possible is the objective.

Leasable 

Minerals (7-B)

Administer the leasable 

minerals program on the Forest 

in accordance with Bureau of 

Land Management direction 

including Oil and Gas Onshore 

Order #1 as amended by. The 

1987 Oil and Gas Leasing Act 

and related regulations. All 

standards and guidelines are 

acceptable except within: 

designated Wilderness, Wild 

portions of Wild and Scenic 

River corridors, hydro-electric 

area withdrawals or other 

withdrawn areas. Mineral 

related prospecting and 

development are subject to valid 

existing rights.

Conduct appropriate interdisciplinary analysis as required to provide 

timely response to BLM requests for Forest Service approval 

concerning lease stipulations for applications to drill, deepen or plug 

back.

Restrict or prohibit surface occupancy by leaseholders on lands 

identified as unsuitable for seismic prospecting or drilling activities by 

use of the ‘no surface occupancy’ (NSO) stipulation.

Standard stipulations (Form 3109) provide adequate protection for lands 

under the jurisdiction of the Forest Service related to most operations. 

Request additional stipulations only in unusual cases.

Seismic testing permits will only be authorized after completion of an 

appropriate environmental document. Permit fees will be computed on a 

per-mile basis.

Designated flight paths, precautions for fire suppression and prevention, 

public safety and related restrictions will be considered in approval of all 

seismic testing permits.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 47

April 2010

Lands 

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Landownership 

Adjustment (8-A)

Adjust landownership pattern 

through acquisition and disposal 

to improve administration of the 

Forest and enhance public 

values by consolidation of 

landownership. Acquire lands 

that would best be managed as 

National Forest to achieve public 

benefits and dispose of lands 

that would best be managed in 

private ownership.

Consolidate private and National Forest landownership within 

Management Areas.

Inventory and acquire private land parcels that compromise National 

Forest administration and programs.

Develop and implement a landownership consolidation plan in 

cooperation with major landowners.

Avoid encumbering isolated parcels which are candidates for disposal 

through investments in physical improvements, authorizations, 

agreements, easements, contracts and permits which would create 

potential land title clearance problems.

Acquisition of 

Easements (8-B)

Acquire easements and licenses 

necessary to carry out National 

Forest programs only when 

other access through the 

National Forest is not available 

or feasible.

Initiate cost-share agreements within areas where Forest land is 

intermingled with lands owned by one other entity.

Whenever feasible, locate Forest roads, trails, fuelbreaks, and other 

facilities on Forest lands to avoid the necessity for easements, licenses 

or agreements.

Permanently acquire all rights necessary to carry out long-term 

management objectives of the National Forest including full public 

benefits to avoid repeated costs for acquisition of temporary rights.

Locate facilities or easements acquired to minimize costs and avoid 

disruption of the private land uses to the maximum extent possible.

Inventory, rank and acquire rights-of-way for all system roads, trails and 

other improvements where rights-of-way are needed.

Special Use 

Management - 

Non-Recreation 

(8-C)

Review and process applications 

and administer authorizations for 

non- recreation special uses.

Consider the long-term effects of encumbering National Forest land 

prior to issuance of all authorizations.

Do not grant authorizations for uses which are incompatible with the 

purposes for which the National Forest was created.

Avoid authorizations which legitimize unauthorized uses of the National 

Forest such as trespasses involving physical improvements, livestock 

and encroachments when other remedies are available to terminate or 

control such use.

Authorizations for new electronic sites will be considered only when the 

proposed improvements are incompatible with existing uses of 

approved sites or the location of existing approved sites cannot fulfill 

the objectives for the proposed communications use.

Authorizations for linear uses such as power lines and telephone lines 

will comply with appropriate requirements for burial and will be issued 

whenever possible as amendments to master permits to major utility 

companies. Authorizations will not be granted to individual landowners 

for such installations.

Special Use Permits for access to private land parcels may only be 

issued to individual landowners or homeowners associations when it is 

determined through an environmental assessment that National Forest 

land is the only feasible access route and issuance of a right-of-way 

grant to a public road agency is not appropriate.

Right-of-Way 

Grants for Roads 

and Trails and 

Utilities (8-D)

Convey necessary rights for 

county roads, state highways 

and major utility improvements 

when such conveyances are in 

the long term interest of 

management of the National 

Forest and in the public interest. 

Grant rights-of-way to privately 

owned land within the National 

New utility lines will be confined to existing rights-of-way whenever 

possible or to locations subsequently approved through an 

environmental analysis.

Consider the need for additional future facilities when authorizing initial 

facilities for both above and underground locations.

A Forest Road and Trail Act (FRTA) easement may be granted to the 

County for a County maintained road that crosses through Forest 

Service land. A United States Department of Transportation easement 

may be granted to the State of California, Department of Transportation 
Stanislaus

National Forest

48 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Forest boundary only when an 

environmental assessment 

shows that access across 

National Forest land is the only 

feasible alternative.

for a state highway that crosses Forest Service land.

Grants for roads needed to access private land subdivision 

developments will only be issued to public road agencies such as 

counties, state or legally formed special-assessment districts.

Various easement documents are available for use in granting road 

rights-of-way to cooperators who participate in cost-share agreements 

with the Forest Service. These easements are reciprocal in nature for 

easements acquired by the Forest Service. Trail rights-of-way grants 

are authorized by the Forest Road and Trail Act (FRTA).

Federal Energy 

Regulatory 

Commission 

(FERC) 

Consultation 

(8-E)

Provide for licensed actions that do not compromise the purpose of Congressionally designated areas 

such as Wild and Scenic River corridors. Establish protection, mitigation, compensation and 

enhancement measures in project licenses related to project-induced impacts on other Forest 

Resources.

Conduct interdisciplinary consultation with the proponent, state and local agencies and the FERC to 

assure compliance with applicable laws, regulations, policy and management plans associated with 

proposed project areas.

Execute appropriate agreements and authorizations with project proponents upon acceptance of the 

license application by the FERC to assure timely participation by the Forest Service in project related 

studies and consultation processes and to authorize study by the proponent on National Forest land 

related to the project.

Seek flows below new projects that maintain fishery resources near naturally occurring (pre-project) 

conditions.

Complete the 4E report to the FERC with necessary license conditions to assure project compliance with 

National Forest management objectives and mitigation requirements.

Authorize special use permits for all phases of construction and operation necessary to protect National 

Forest values and to assure compliance with National Forest law, regulation and policy.

Execute appropriate agreements to provide for reimbursement of costs associated with consultation 

concerning proposed projects, to recover costs associated with mitigation of project induced impacts and 

to develop, operate and maintain improvements as mutually agreed between the proponent and the 

Forest Service.

Request the FERC to designate the Forest as a cooperating agency for the environmental review 

process concerning each proposed project in accordance with the National Environmental Policy Act.

Note: The following factors shall be considered in conjunction with relicensing of certain hydro-electric 

facilities. This Standard and Guideline is related only to existing and expired license projects through the 

year 2005. This is not a complete list of all requirements related to these projects. Additional mitigation 

may be required as a result of the FERC consultation process.

1. Beardsley-Donnell #2005: Recreation use near Beardsley Dam and on adjacent Hartley Lake has 

exceeded the capacity of the limited developed facilities for a number of years. During relicensing of 

this project, the Forest Service will seek inclusion of provisions for installation by the licensee of a 

family campground, upgrading of the present day-use facilities, including the access road, extension 

of the existing boat launch ramp and other related work to meet projected and existing recreation 

demand at this popular recreation area. The Forest Service seeks to maintain Donnell Lake as a 

primitive recreation experience and will seek only to improve parking as a condition of relicensing on 

this project.

2. Utica-Murphys #2019: This project area includes two popular lakes and access to the Mokelumne 

Wilderness as well as being located adjacent to the Wilderness boundary. Management planning in 

this area has identified the need to stratify use and provide a mix of recreational opportunities in 

conjunction with the management of this area. A recreation study will be required in conjunction with 

relicensing consultation. Minimum required improvements sought by the Forest Service will include 

development of a boat launch and day use facilities, installation of sanitary facilities and rehabilitation 

of areas adjacent to the reservoirs which have been denuded and eroded by overuse.

3. Spring Gap-Stanislaus #2130: Project facilities include Relief Reservoir, Pinecrest Lake and the 

Philadelphia Ditch which divert water into the Middle Fork of the Stanislaus River through the Spring 

Gap power house. The highest concentration of public use on the Forest occurs within the Pinecrest 

Herring Creek composite planning area. The project-induced recreational impacts are well 

documented. During the re-licensing consultation process, the Forest Service will consider 
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 49

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

requirements for maintenance of Pinecrest Lake at as high a level as possible through July and 

August to optimize public use. Additionally, following guidance within the Pinecrest-Herring Creek 

composite plan, the licensee will be required to share in the development and improvement of public 

recreation facilities within the project area. The removal of improvements at Relief Reservoir will also 

be sought, including the caretaker's cabin which is of limited use and compatibility with the 

recreational and scenic qualities of the area. Diversion of water from the South Fork to the Middle 

Fork of the Stanislaus River which has significantly altered the character of the South Fork will also 

be evaluated. The current 7 CFS flow below the Philadelphia Ditch diversion appears to be 

inadequate and will require study as a part of the relicensing process. Minimum flows to meet habitat 

requirements associated with the Phoenix Project (#1061) will also be required as shown in the 

Phoenix Project #1061 4E requirements. Any possible increase in flows would require a balance 

between fisheries improvement and lake levels for recreation at Pinecrest Lake.

4. Phoenix #1061: The Forest has been working with the licensee to provide for limited public access to 

Lyons Lake as well as development of the Rails-to-Trails proposal along the old railroad grade from 

Sonora to Strawberry. No substantial recreational development is contemplated as part of the 

relicensing. The Forest is concerned with the low flow releases below Lyons Dam, but recognizes the 

potentially serious conflict between domestic water demands and fisheries needs in setting minimum 

fish flows. The problems associated with unrestricted OHV use at and near the reservoir which are 

contributing to significant and detrimental pollution of the water supply are also being addressed in 

the relicensing consultations.

5. Mokelumne River #137: The Eldorado National Forest is the lead Forest in consultations related to 

the relicensing of this project. The Stanislaus National Forest will propose that the licensee participate 

in the rehabilitation of several developed recreation sites along the Mokelumne River which are 

affected as a result of the induced recreation demand which project access roads and facilities create 

on these improvements. The presence and continued need for a number of private dwellings 

associated with this project area is being reviewed. The Forest recommends that all unneeded 

structures within the Salt Springs project be removed or transferred to the Forest Service for 

administrative uses.

Property 

Boundary 

Location and 

Marking 

(8-F)

Survey, mark, post and maintain 

the property boundaries of the 

Forest.

Maintain land title and survey 

records necessary to establish 

or reestablish property 

boundaries and corners.

Inventory, rank and survey unsurveyed and unmarked property lines 

and corners.

Solicit and participate in cooperative landline location and cost-share 

surveys with adjacent land owners.

Limit investments in cadastral surveys of parcels identified for disposal 

or acquisition in the Forest landownership adjustment plan.

Complete land-line surveys prior to conducting resource activities 

adjacent to private property.

Recognize the sensitivity of private land-use concerns and the need for 

site-specific consideration of these concerns during the analysis of 

proposed projects adjacent to inholdings. Specific concerns should be 

analyzed when proposed activities may occur adjacent to developed 

subdivisions or areas developed for public recreation.

Identify and promptly resolve all encroachments on National Forest 

lands.

Range 

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Allotment 

Management 

(9-A)

Livestock grazing and all other 

uses are based on soil and 

vegetative resources. 

Maintaining these resources in 

satisfactory condition is the first 

priority of range management on 

this Forest. Any management 

practice that maintains or causes 

unsatisfactory soil or vegetative 

conditions in an area must be 

modified or if necessary, 

Improve ecological condition of rangelands, where currently 

unsatisfactory, through improved management, and structural and nonstructural improvements.

Develop range resources to their reasonably attainable potential and 

manage them on a sustained yield basis. Manage grazed lands to 

achieve a stable or upward vegetative trend, except in specified areas 

of transitory range. Use management strategies that protect the soil 

and vegetative resources and other resources in a cost effective 

manner. Consider all vegetation dependent uses when developing 

allotment management plans.
Stanislaus

National Forest

50 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

eliminated from that area. (36 

CFR 219.20(b)) AUM increases 

are possible in allotments with 

satisfactory resource conditions. 

In many cases, improving 

resource conditions leads to

increased forage production.

Revise range allotment management plans to be consistent with law, 

regulations, Executive Orders, Forest Service direction and Forest 

Standards and Guidelines, by 1997. Revise and develop allotment 

management plans in consultation with all involved parties, including 

permittees, State or other agencies, and any other involved entities.

On any allotment or unit of allotment, grazing management will be 

based on the vegetative type or soil type contained which is most 

susceptible to damage through improper grazing management. 

Examples: a riparian drainage through annual grassland; meadows 

within transitory range. Allowable use standards will be established in 

the allotment management plans and annual operating plans for each 

unit of each allotment. The standards will be based on Regional 

standards in R5 FSH 2209.21. Priority will be given to range 

improvement on allotments with a high percentage of primary range 

land in unsatisfactory condition, or high conflicts between livestock 

grazing and other resources and uses.

On allotments where discontinuous grazing systems are not in effect, 

adjust permitted Animal Unit Months to achieve allowable use on the 

primary range. Transportation systems in established range allotments 

will include fences and cattle guards where new roads open up natural 

livestock barriers. Reduce or eliminate livestock grazing from ranges in 

unsatisfactory range condition which cannot be improved through 

better management or treatment at the current level of grazing.

Annual Range

Includes any segment of the California annual grassland either in large 

pure types or small types interspersed with shrubs and hardwoods. 

When management is based on this type the following apply:

1. Determine livestock on-dates based on soil moisture conditions 

and expected readiness date on associated perennial range to 

which the livestock are moved.

Perennial Range

Includes meadows, perennial grassland, sagebrush, broadleaf and 

riparian vegetative types. When grazing management is based on 

perennial range the following apply:

1. On allotments or pastures under intensive management provide 

rest or deferment during the growing season at least every third 

year.

2. On allotments under intensive management, as part of an 

approved discontinuous grazing system, allow grazing use to 

exceed normal allowable use (as defined in R5 FSH 2209.21) up to 

one year out of two.

3. Under extensive or maintenance management where continuous 

season-long grazing is allowed, remove livestock when grazing 

reaches the allowable use level specified for the designated key 

areas.

4. Under all management strategies base on-dates for livestock on 

the phenological development of key forage or indicator species. 

Refer to R5 FSH 2209.21 for range readiness standards or use 

comparable criteria for species not listed. One exception is where 

an intensive management system limits early grazing to that which 

the range can withstand.

5. When primary range occurs within riparian areas: Allowable 

herbaceous forage utilization levels will be set according to 

Regional methods at standards that will contribute to the 

achievement of good to excellent vegetative and soil conditions 

(See FSH 2209.21, Range Analysis Handbook).

Transitory Range

Includes all forage available following logging or fire, whether natural or 
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 51

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

seeded where there is no intention of permanently managing the type 

for forage production because tree or shrub canopies will grow to 

severely limit forage production. When management is based on 

transitory range the following apply:

1. Maximize forage utilization consistent with other resource values. 

Utilization may exceed normal range allowable use standards, but 

soils, watershed, riparian, wildlife or recreation considerations may 

modify use.

2. Initiate grazing use to complement silvicultural needs. Heavy 

grazing can help control grass and shrubs and prevent them from 

dominating the site.

Grazing (9-A)

SNFPA1

To protect hardwood regeneration in grazing allotments, allow livestock browse on no more than 20 

percent of annual growth of hardwood seedlings and advanced regeneration. Modify grazing plans if 

hardwood regeneration and recruitment needs are not being met.

Grazing utilization in annual grasslands will maintain a minimum of 60 percent cover. Where grasslands 

are in satisfactory condition and annual precipitation is greater than 10 inches, manage for 700 pounds 

residual dry matter (RDM) per acre. Where grasslands are in satisfactory condition and annual 

precipitation is less than 10 inches, manage for 400 pounds RDM per acre. Where grasslands are in 

unsatisfactory condition and annual precipitation is greater than 10 inches, manage for 1,000 pounds 

RDM per acre; manage for 700 pounds RDM per acre where grasslands are in unsatisfactory condition 

and precipitation is less than 10 inches. Adjust these standards, as needed, based on grassland 

condition. This standard and guideline only applies to grazing utilization.

Where professional judgment and quantifiable measurements find that current practices are maintaining 

range in good to excellent condition, the grazing utilization standards above may be modified to allow for 

the Forest Service, in partnership with individual permittees, to rigorously test and evaluate alternative 

standards.

Range Imp. -

Nonstructure 

(9-B)

Plan non-structural range improvements using interdisciplinary input.

Range Imp. –

Structure (9-C)

Construct all structural improvement to Regional standards. See FSH 

2209.22 R5 and the 1988 USDA publication "Fences" for the 

standards.

Grazing Permit 

Administration 

(9-D)

Table 7 sets forth maximum 

allowable forage utilization levels 

for some common range 

vegetation types of the 

Stanislaus National Forest. 

Allowable uses limit the extent to 

which one or a group of key 

species may be grazed in key 

areas. The allowable use level 

must provide for sufficient 

herbage residue to ensure 

favorable plant vigor and soil 

protection on good and excellent 

condition range, or to contribute 

to improvement in lower 

condition range.

Allowable use levels for specific 

areas will be set at or below 

these maximums to conform to 

local range condition, soil 

stability, or special 

circumstances. Allowable use 

levels will be detailed in the 

Monitor at least 85 percent of allotments yearly to determine grazing 

use levels and condition of range facilities.

Table 7 Maximum Forage Use Levels

(percent of weight removed)

Allowable

Management

Rest-Rotation

(1 year in 2 or 3)

Meadow

Good or Better 75

Fair 60

Poor 30

Very Poor 10

Upland Bunchgrass/shrub

Good or Better 60

Fair 45

Poor 20

Very Poor 10

Riparian Primary Range

Revise "meadow" levels as needed to 

achieve riparian area goals.

 

1 SNFPA direction does not apply within the Stanislaus-Tuolumne Experimental Forest (SNFPA ROD, p. 15; USDA Forest Service 2004)
Stanislaus

National Forest

52 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

allotment management plan for 

each allotment. Pastures 

receiving periodic full growing 

season rest can have higher 

allowable use levels, as shown. 

If condition classes of vegetation 

and soil vary, use the lower class 

to establish the allowable level.

Range Studies 

(9-E)

Management objectives and 

practices for the allotments will 

be specified in their allotment 

management plans.

Monitor ecological condition and trend using Regionally established 

methods and standards (R5 FSH 2209.21) on a ten year schedule.

Noxious Weed 

Management 

(9-E)

SNFPA1

Inform forest users, local agencies, special use permittees, groups, and organizations in communities 

near national forests about noxious weed prevention and management.

Work cooperatively with California and Nevada State agencies and individual counties (for example, 

Cooperative Weed Management Areas) to: (1) prevent the introduction and establishment of noxious 

weed infestations and (2) control existing infestations.

As part of project planning, conduct a noxious weed risk assessment to determine risks for weed spread 

(high, moderate, or low) associated with different types of proposed management activities. Refer to 

weed prevention practices in the Regional Noxious Weed Management Strategy to develop mitigation 

measures for high and moderate risk activities.

When recommended in project-level noxious weed risk assessments, consider requiring off-road 

equipment and vehicles (both Forest Service and contracted) used for project implementation to be weed 

free. Refer to weed prevention practices in the Regional Noxious Weed Management Strategy.

Minimize weed spread by incorporating weed prevention and control measures into ongoing 

management or maintenance activities that involve ground disturbance or the possibility of spreading 

weeds. Refer to weed prevention practices in the Regional Noxious Weed Management Strategy.

Conduct follow-up inspections of ground disturbing activities to ensure adherence to the Regional 

Noxious Weed Management Strategy.

Encourage use of certified weed free hay and straw. Cooperate with other agencies and the public in 

developing a certification program for weed free hay and straw. Phase in the program as certified weed 

free hay and straw becomes available. This standard and guideline applies to pack and saddle stock 

used by the public, livestock permittees, outfitter guide permittees, and local, State, and Federal 

agencies.

Include weed prevention measures, as necessary, when amending or re-issuing permits (including, but 

not limited to, livestock grazing, special uses, and pack stock operator permits).

Include weed prevention measures and weed control treatments in mining plans of operation and 

reclamation plans. Refer to weed prevention practices in the Regional Noxious Weed Management 

Strategy. Monitor for weeds, as appropriate, for 2 years after project implementation (assuming no weed 

introductions have occurred).

Conduct a risk analysis for weed spread associated with burned area emergency rehabilitation (BAER) 

treatments. The BAER team is responsible for conducting this analysis. Monitor and treat weed 

infestations for 3 years after the fire. 

Consult with American Indians to determine priority areas for weed prevention and control where 

traditional gathering areas are threatened by weed infestations.

Complete noxious weed inventories, based on regional protocol. Review and update these inventories 

on an annual basis.

As outlined in the Regional Noxious Weed Management Strategy, when new, small weed infestations 

are detected, emphasize eradication of these infestations while providing for the safety of field personnel.

Routinely monitor noxious weed control projects to determine success and to evaluate the need for 

follow-up treatments or different control methods. Monitor known weed infestations, as appropriate, to 

determine changes in weed population density and rate of spread.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 53

April 2010

Recreation 

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Inventory and 

Planning Recreation 

Inventory and 

Planning (10-A)

Implement and monitor the 

recreation portions of the Forest 

Plan. Maintain a current Recreation 

Information Management (RIM) 

inventory.

Coordinate activities with other resources.

Recreation 

Opportunity Spectrum 

(10-B)

Recreation Opportunity Spectrum (ROS) is a management concept that applies Forestwide. Every 

acre of National Forest land treated by this Forest Plan fits into one of the ROS classes listed below. 

The adopted ROS classes are displayed on Map 5, Appendix I.

1. ROS Primitive Manage the area to be essentially 

free from evidence of man-induced 

restrictions and controls. Provide a 

range of primitive-recreation 

opportunities and experiences.

Meet the ROS objective of Primitive. Interaction between 

visitors is very low and the evidence of other users is minimal. 

Mechanized use is prohibited. Resource improvements will 

normally be limited to minimum, unobtrusive facilities. Road 

development and timber harvest are not permitted.

2. ROS Semiprimitive Nonmotorized

NMFPA

Manage the area so that on-site 

controls are minimized and 

restrictions are subtle. Provide a 

range of semi-primitive nonmotorized recreation opportunities 

and experiences.

Meet the ROS objective of Semi-primitive Non-motorized. 

Interaction between visitors is low but there is evidence of other 

users. Motorized use is normally prohibited, except for: 

4N80Y; 5N02R (NMFPA). Resource improvements will 

normally be limited to minimum, unobtrusive facilities.

3. ROS Semiprimitive MotorizedManage the area so that on-site 

controls and restrictions are evident 

but not dominant. Provide a range of 

semi-primitive motorized recreation 

opportunities and experiences.

Meet the ROS objective of Semi-primitive Motorized. 

Interaction between visitors is low to moderate and there is 

evidence of other users. Motorized use is normally allowed, but 

may be subject to seasonal restrictions. Resource 

improvements occur but are subordinate to the surrounding 

natural environment.

4. ROS Roaded 

Natural

Manage the area so there is only 

moderate evidence of the sights and 

sounds of man. Provide a range of 

roaded natural recreation 

opportunities and experiences.

Meet the ROS objective of Roaded Natural. Interaction 

between users is usually low to moderate with evidence of 

other users prevalent. Resource modification practices are 

evident. Conventional motorized use is provided for in 

construction standards And facilities designs.

A full range of other resource activities is permitted to the 

extent that the general practice description is met.

5. ROS Rural Manage the area to accommodate 

substantial modification of the natural 

environment. Provide a range of rural 

recreation opportunities and 

experiences.

Meet the ROS objective of Rural. Sights and sounds of man 

are evident. Interaction between users is moderate to high. 

Facilities are designed for use by large numbers of people and 

intensified for motorized use and parking. A full range of other 

resource activities is permitted to the extent that the general 

practice description is met.

Motor Vehicle Travel 

Management 

(10-G) MVTM

Motor Vehicle Travel Management applies Forestwide. Every acre of National Forest treated by this 

Forest Plan fits into either the Closed or Restricted categories as shown below. 

1. Closed Motor 

Vehicle Travel 

Management

NMFPA

a. Closed to motorized use except for: 4N80Y; 5N02R (NMFPA).

1. Consider temporary exceptions when threat to life or property dictate otherwise.

2. Consider temporary exceptions for administrative access.

b. Conduct surveys, observe conditions and carry out rehabilitation, as needed, to eliminate 

evidence of, and access by, unauthorized motorized use.

2. Restricted Motor 

Vehicle Travel 

Management

FFPA

WPTFPA

NMFPA

A. Social Setting

1. Private Property: 

a. Inventory, rank and acquire route rights-of-way as needed.

b. Recognize private property during route inventory and revisions. 

c. Locate designated routes to avoid private property unless opportunities and 

agreements for a connected network of routes exist.
Stanislaus

National Forest

54 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

d. Conduct surveys, observe conditions and carry out rehabilitation, as needed, to 

mitigate and minimize conflicts with private property caused by motorized use.

2. User Groups: 

a. Seek partnerships with the State, industry, users and other federal and local agencies 

to develop a successful motorized recreation program.

1. Encourage users to work with local authorities to seek opportunities for hill climbs 

and motocross events on lands other than National Forest.

2. Stay in tune with motorized users. Users are essential in laying out road and trail 

networks and organized groups are interested in resource protection. User 

participation and support are essential ingredients to all motorized recreation 

management activities. 

3. Work with user organizations and vehicle dealers to identify needs, utilize 

volunteers and spread a conservation ethic.

4. Strengthen work with the State and BLM to address joint management of trail 

networks and define roles.

5. Use Adopt-a-Trail to maintain routes.

6. Use public to monitor motorized use and report problems.

b. Monitor public concerns and preferences to identify new issues.

1. Maintain and update the Forest OHV mailing list and periodically make related 

information available to the public.

2. Create a file for public comments and agency responses and review for trends 

and issues.

c. Use public participation to complete route inventories and make recommended 

changes in the route system. Include both users and non-users in this process. 

d. Conduct surveys, observe conditions and carry out rehabilitation, as needed, to 

mitigate and minimize conflicts with other user groups caused by motorized use.

B. Resource Setting

1. Cultural Resources: Follow Forestwide Standards and Guidelines for Cultural Resources. 

In addition:

a. Complete cultural resource inventory and analysis as part of all site-specific motor 

vehicle travel management projects.

b. Complete a module for motorized use and add to the programmatic agreement for the 

treatment of cultural resources.

c. Conduct surveys, observe conditions and carry out rehabilitation, as needed, to 

mitigate and minimize damage to cultural resources caused by motorized use.

2. Fire: Follow Forestwide Standards and Guidelines for Fire. In addition:

a. Locate routes and manage motorized use to minimize conflicts with fuel break and 

other fire management activities.

b. Emphasize good fire prevention practices in Forest Service generated public 

information material, news releases, and public service announcements.

c. Conduct surveys, observe conditions and carry out rehabilitation, as needed, to 

mitigate and minimize fire losses caused by motorized use.

3. Fish and Wildlife: Follow Forestwide Standards and Guidelines for Fish and Wildlife. In 

addition:

a. The wildlife areas (See Wildlife Maps) subject to special management are:

1. Peregrine Falcon (not on Forest Plan Maps)

a. Implement a limited operating period (LOP), from February 1 through July 31, 

on all peregrine falcon territories active within the preceding five years, for at 

least 0.5 miles from the nest.

1. Restrict motor vehicle activities and new road construction, during this 

LOP, according to a management plan for the area.

b. Prohibit new motor vehicle activity within 200 feet of lake shorelines that are 

used by peregrine falcons.

2. Bald Eagle

a. Within Designated Territories (delineated bald eagle management areas, or 

additional territories, based on nesting occupancy):

1. Implement a LOP, from January 1 through August 31.

a. Apply LOP restrictions to motor vehicle activities on level 1 roads 

and OHV routes open to the general public.

b. Allow new road construction, during the LOP, only when surveys 
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 55

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

determine no nesting activity.

c. Encourage use of existing roads and skid trails for vegetation and 

fire management purposes.

d. Construct new roads only for vegetation or fire management 

purposes; close these new roads following their management use.

2. Prohibit new motor vehicle activity in wetlands, streamside management 

zones, and within 200 feet of lake shorelines that are used by bald 

eagles.

b. Outside Designated Territories (new active bald eagle nests outside of 

designated management territories):

1. From January 1 through August 31, implement the following restrictions 

in a buffer area around the nest for a distance determined by the Wildlife 

Biologist on a site-specific basis.

a. Re-route existing OHV use to routes at a safe distance from the 

nest.

b. Close or detour existing roads in the proximity of the nest site.

c. Prohibit motor vehicle activities in the roost area.

3. California red-legged frog (not on Forest Plan Maps)

a. Within 300 feet of streams or ponds that have potential suitable habitat: 

1. Construct new roads or trails or use off-road routes for motorized 

vehicles only after conducting amphibian surveys to the most recent 

protocol for the frog.

2. Allow stream crossings only where the route, through the water, and the 

adjacent streamside areas are naturally resistant to tires or are 

hardened with rock or other materials. 

4. Spotted Owl, Fisher, Marten, Goshawk, Great Gray Owl, Western Pond 

Turtle

a. Active nests of sensitive raptors not otherwise protected in specified 

management areas (not on Forest Plan Maps):

1. Provide special measures to protect nests discovered close to motorized 

trails or 4WD routes where needed for nesting success.

b. Within Fisher/Marten reproductive areas in Forest Plan Near Natural and 

Wildlife management areas (see Forest Plan Wildlife Maps). 

1. Construct new roads or trails or use existing off-road routes for 

motorized vehicles only where approved in the fisher/marten area 

management plan.

c. In area adjacent to waters with known populations of western pond turtle: 

1. Construct new roads or trails or use existing off-road routes for 

motorized vehicles only if at least 1⁄4 mile from occupied habitat or where 

approved by a Wildlife Biologist except for: 1S1727; FR98486; 

FR98515; FR98520; FR98537; FR98539; FR98548; FR98560; 

FR98599. (WPTFPA)

5. Early Successional Species (mule deer and associates)

a. Deer winter concentration areas or critical winter deer range may be closed 

to motorized use from 11/15 to 4/15.

b. Deer summer concentration areas or critical summer deer range may be 

closed to motorized use from 4/15 to 8/1.

b. Conduct surveys, observe conditions and carry out rehabilitation, as needed, to 

mitigate and minimize conflicts with fish and wildlife caused by motorized use.

4. Range: Follow Forestwide Standards and Guidelines for Range. In addition:

a. Conduct surveys, observe conditions and carry out rehabilitation, as needed, to 

mitigate and minimize conflicts with range caused by motorized use.

5. Recreation: Follow Forestwide Standards and Guidelines (as amended) for Recreation. In 

addition:

a. Designate a managed system of existing motorized routes maintained to standards.

1. Conduct route condition ratings, using the Route Condition Rating form and its 

instructions.

a. Utilize interdisciplinary skills and public participation.

b. Manage routes as follows:

1. For routes rated Green (OK): Sign open to motorized use with width 

restrictions, if any. Schedule maintenance to remain in Green.
Stanislaus

National Forest

56 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

2. For routes rated Brown (Needs maintenance): Sign open to motorized 

use with width restrictions, if any. Schedule maintenance to move up to 

Green, with priorities set to avoid moving into Orange.

3. For routes rated Orange (Needs Major Attention): Close to motorized 

use. Schedule maintenance, rehabilitation or mitigation to move up to 

Brown, then Green; or, obliterate.

b. Designated Routes: include roads, routes and trails as described below. If resource 

damage or unresolvable conflicts are likely, the route should be repaired, relocated or 

closed. Designated routes may be installed, signed and maintained by Special Use 

Permittees.

1. Off-Highway: include Motorcycle, ATV, OHV, 4WD and Combined Use routes 

as described below.

a. Designated Motorcycle Routes: include narrow single track trails. 

Designated Motorcycle Routes are open only to single track vehicles less 

than 24 inches wide (Motorcycles Only).

b. Designated ATV Routes: include narrow double track trails. Designated 

ATV Routes are open only to vehicles less than 50 inches wide (Motorcycles 

and ATVs Only).

c. Designated OHV Routes: include full width roughly graded (level 2) Forest 

System roads which are open to public motorized use. Designated OHV 

routes also include other full width routes and trails which are open to 

motorized use. Designated OHV Routes are open to all vehicles, but not 

maintained for conventional highway vehicles.

d. Designated 4WD Routes: include full width roads, routes or trails which are 

not maintained for conventional highway vehicles; 4WD travel is 

recommended.

e. Designated Combined Use Routes: include portions of high standard 

roads for Combined Use by street legal and non-street legal vehicles.

2. Over-Snow: include Wheeled Over-Snow (WOS) routes and Over-Snow Vehicle 

(OSV) routes as described below.

a. Designated WOS Routes: include surfaced roads and other routes which 

are open for WOS use by ATVs.

b. Designated OSV Routes: include roads, routes and trails which are open to 

motorized use. Cross-country over snow travel, by vehicles designed 

specifically for that purpose, will be permitted when there is 12 inches or 

more of snow and no contact is made with native soil or vegetation.

c. Provide comprehensive user information and education programs.

1. Renew the “Host” program emphasis and provide training.

2. Include well done entry stations and bulletin boards at staging areas and contact 

stations.

3. Provide professional quality signs, maps and brochures.

4. Emphasize a conservation ethic through literature, handouts and radio 

announcements with the message being the same: tread lightly, stay on roads 

and trails to protect our sport, our meadows and our environment.

5. Encourage motorized use in appropriate areas.

d. Provide comprehensive project level planning, perhaps within a watershed analysis.

1. Incorporate control measures such as fencing and rehabilitation measures for 

presently disturbed areas.

2. Involve interdisciplinary skills and public participation in route condition ratings, 

nominations, designations, closures, construction and maintenance.

3. Include sign planning, installation and maintenance in contracts for construction 

and maintenance of routes.

4. Strategically locate staging areas serving as trailheads near street legal access 

points.

5. Consider future changes, additional designations and route developments to 

enhance OHV opportunities for loop travel.

6. Consider other selected maintenance level 3, 4, and 5 Forest roads for Combined 

Use where this would enhance OHV opportunities.

7. Provide motorcycle and ATV trail riding opportunities in the Hull Creek, Crandall, 

Penny Pines, Liberty and Pilot Ridge areas.

e. Prepare California Backcountry Discovery Trail (CBDT) nominations after project level 
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 57

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

analysis and sign routes that are accepted by the California Department of Parks and 

Recreation.

1. Provide maps and other information on CBDT segments. Include information on 

segments open to OSV use and other similar OSV opportunities.

f. Seek opportunities to increase OSV route grooming as additional non-Forest Service 

funding is available.

g. Conduct surveys, observe conditions and carry out rehabilitation, as needed, to 

mitigate and minimize conflicts with other recreationists caused by motorized use.

6. Riparian: Follow Forestwide Standards and Guidelines for Riparian. In addition:

a. Conduct surveys, observe conditions and carry out rehabilitation, as needed, to 

mitigate and minimize damage to riparian areas caused by motorized use.

7. Sensitive Plants: Follow Forestwide Standards and Guidelines for Sensitive Plants. In 

addition:

a. Protect sensitive plants from motorized activities which might cause the plants to 

become federally threatened or endangered.

1. Allow OHV use through populations of sensitive plants only where the planned 

impacts are considered acceptable and where proliferation of routes into adjacent 

parts of the population does not occur.

2. Locate OHV staging areas where associated off-site use does not damage 

sensitive plants.

b. Conduct surveys, observe conditions and carry out rehabilitation, as needed, to 

mitigate and minimize damage to sensitive plants caused by motorized use.

8. Soils: Follow Forestwide Standards and Guidelines for Soils. In addition:

a. Conduct surveys, observe conditions and carry out rehabilitation, as needed, to 

mitigate and minimize soil loss caused by motorized use.

9. Special Areas: Follow Management Area Direction (as amended) for Special Interest 

Areas, Research Natural Areas, and Experimental Forest. In addition:

a. Conduct surveys, observe conditions and carry out rehabilitation, as needed, to 

mitigate and minimize damage to special area values caused by motorized use.

10. Transportation: Follow Forestwide Standards and Guidelines for Transportation. The 

existing direction to manage the road system to protect wildlife and riparian values also 

applies to OHV routes and OSV routes. In addition:

a. Prohibit non-street legal vehicles on roads or routes not designated for OHV use.

b. Consider closing to all motorized use those roughly graded roads that do not enhance 

motorized opportunities.

c. Comply with the Highway Safety Act and prepare Combined Use orders as necessary.

d. Utilize seasonal closures to protect road and route surfaces.

e. Develop entrance strategies to discourage normal passenger vehicle travel on 

designated OHV routes.

f. Conduct surveys, observe conditions and carry out rehabilitation, as needed, to 

mitigate and minimize traffic conflicts caused by motorized use.

11. Vegetation: Follow Forestwide Standards and Guidelines for Diversity. In addition:

a. Conduct surveys, observe conditions and carry out rehabilitation, as needed, to 

mitigate and minimize damage to vegetation caused by motorized use.

12. Visual Resource: Follow Forestwide Standards and Guidelines for Visual Resource. In 

addition:

a. Conduct surveys, observe conditions and carry out rehabilitation, as needed, to 

mitigate and minimize damage to the visual resource caused by motorized use.

13. Water: Follow Forestwide Standards and Guidelines for Water. In addition:

a. Conduct surveys, observe conditions and carry out rehabilitation, as needed, to 

mitigate and minimize damage to water quality caused by motorized use.

14. Wild and Scenic Rivers: Follow Management Area Direction (as amended) for Wild and 

Scenic Rivers. In addition:

a. Conduct surveys, observe conditions and carry out rehabilitation, as needed, to 

mitigate and minimize damage to Wild and Scenic River values caused by motorized 

use.

15. Wilderness: Follow Management Area Direction (as amended) for Wilderness. In addition:

a. Conduct surveys, observe conditions and carry out rehabilitation, as needed, to 

eliminate evidence of, and access by, unauthorized motorized use.
Stanislaus

National Forest

58 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

C. Management Setting

1. Administration: 

a. Prohibit motorized use and close motorized routes in non-motorized areas, except for: 

4N80Y; 5N02R (NMFPA). 

b. Prohibit cross-country overland OHV travel. 

c. Recognize OHV activities as legitimate uses of the National Forest and provide 

opportunities, where compatible the other direction and guidelines established in the 

Forest Plan.

d. Manage OHV activities to meet the intent of the Executive Orders 11644 and 11989.

e. Control and direct OHV use to protect resources, promote the safety of all users, and 

minimize conflicts among the various uses of the Forest (36 CFR 219.21 (g)).

f. Resolve motorized activity problems presenting an immediate threat to life or property 

through an immediate closure to vehicle type(s) causing the problem.

g. Include an evaluation of motorized activities in timber sale, reforestation, fuelbreak, fire 

suppression and other projects that may affect Motor Vehicle Travel Management. For 

traffic safety, roads or routes may be temporarily closed during management activities.

h. Consider applications for organized events on a case-by-case basis. 

i. Treat different types of motorized use fairly.

1. Motor vehicle travel is restricted to designated routes. Manage motorized routes 

as open unless signed or physically closed.

a. Cross country overland travel is not permitted. 

b. Cross country over snow travel, by vehicles designed specifically for that 

purpose, is permitted when there is 12 inches or more of snow and no 

contact is made with native soil or vegetation.

2. Prohibit public motor vehicle travel off NFTS routes except as allowed by permit or 

other authorization. Allow parking within one vehicle length (vehicle and trailer) off 

of NFTS routes unless otherwise prohibited. (FFPA)

j. Provide consistent signing.

1. Roads: Forest roads are signed as described below.

a. Roads maintained for conventional highway vehicles: standard highway 

sign, or Forest Service sign with horizontal route number, installed at road 

intersections.

b. Roads not maintained for conventional highway vehicles: standard 

Forest Service sign, or carsonite type marker (on Designated OHV Routes), 

with vertical route number, installed at road intersections.

2. Off-Highway: Forest roads, routes and trails are signed as described below.

a. Designated Motorcycle Routes: carsonite type marker with motorcycle 

symbol (vertical route number, if shown) installed at access points and 

intersections with other designated routes.

b. Designated ATV Routes: carsonite type marker with ATV or 

motorcycle/ATV symbol (vertical route number, if shown) installed at access 

points and intersections with other designated routes.

c. Designated OHV Routes: standard Forest Service sign, or carsonite type

marker, with vertical route number, installed at access points and 

intersections with other designated routes.

d. Designated 4WD Routes: standard Forest Service sign, or carsonite type 

marker, with 4WD (Jeep) symbol and vertical route number, installed at 

access points and intersections with other designated routes.

e. Designated Combined Use Routes: yellow diamond shaped highway sign 

with ATV symbol in addition to standard signs indicating Combined Use by 

street legal and non-street legal vehicles, installed at both ends of the 

Combined Use segment.

3. Over-Snow: Forest roads, routes and trails are signed as described below.

a. Designated WOS Routes: ATV symbol installed at access points from 

winter parking areas.

b. Designated OSV Routes: snowmobile symbol installed at access points 

from winter parking areas.

4. Closed: Forest roads, routes and trails that are closed to motorized use are 

indicated by:

a. the presence of closed signs, gates or barriers.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 59

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

2. Law Enforcement:

a. Provide appropriate levels of enforcement:

1. A Forest Service presence in the use area and application of law enforcement 

based on the need are essential.

2. Forest Service personnel riding the type of vehicles used in the area; these 

contact persons must be well equipped with machine and safety gear and they 

must be qualified riders or drivers.

b. Update Forest Orders and enforce closures and other restrictions.

Mountain Bicycle 

Management 

(10-H)

Mountain bicycle management applies Forestwide. Every acre of National Forest land treated by this 

Forest Plan fits into one of the categories listed below (no open use is included). Special Note: 

Mountain bicycle management applies to and includes all forms of non-motorized mechanical 

transport, except wheelchairs used for access by the physically impaired.

1. Restricted 

Mountain Bicycle 

Management

Mountain bicycle use will be 

controlled and directed to protect 

resources, promote the safety of all 

users, and minimize conflicts among 

the various users of the Forest.

Mountain bicycle use is restricted to existing roads and trails, 

subject to seasonal closures as resource conditions warrant. 

Roads and trails are considered open to mountain bicycle use 

unless signed closed to bicycles.

Mountain bicycle use will be monitored for signs of overuse, 

conflicts and threats to public safety. Mountain bicycle-related 

problems presenting an immediate threat to life or property will 

be resolved through an immediate mountain bicycle closure, as 

it relates to the problem.

2. Closed Mountain 

Bicycle 

Management

Areas of the Forest in which 

mechanized use is prohibited are 

closed to mountain bicycle use.

Wilderness and proposed Wilderness are closed to mountain 

bicycles. Mountain bicycles may be prohibited from using other 

specific areas or trails by Forest Order.

Trail Management 

(10-I)

Maintain trails for their intended use. 

Regulate and restrict trail use as 

mandated by law or policy. Protect 

resource values and user safety 

while reducing conflicts. Emphasize 

and utilize volunteers, through the 

Adopt-A-Trail program and other 

agreements whenever possible.

Follow Forest Service Manual direction for trail management. 

Implement trail use regulations.

Manage the Pacific Crest Trail as outlined in USDA Forest 

Service "Comprehensive Management Plan for the Pacific 

Crest National Scenic Trail", January, 1982. 

Trail Construction and 

Reconstruction (10-J)

Develop a trail system that 

accommodates different types of 

users such as foot, equestrian, 

OHVs and mountain bicycles. 

Construct or reconstruct trails so as 

to avoid impacts to sensitive areas 

such as meadows.

Construct or reconstruct trails to accommodate the predicted 

type of use and capacity while providing the desired recreation 

experiences. Design equestrian trails to safely accommodate 

pack horses as well as horse and rider use. Design trails for

OHVs to provide an enjoyable experience. When applicable, 

utilize closed or obliterated roads as trails.

Trail Construction and 

Reconstruction - 

Special Purpose (10-

K)

Provide for special purpose trails 

such as physically impaired, 

educational, bicycle, and over-snow.

Separate bicycle trails from other uses except when 

incorporated into selected roads. Over-snow trails may be 

installed, signed and maintained by special use permittees.

Interpretive Services 

Planning (10-L)

An Interpretive Services plan for the 

Forest will establish objectives, 

priorities, evaluation criteria, and 

coordinate programs. Each District 

with an Interpretive Services 

Program will develop a Plan.

Maintain and update visitor information, interpretive, and 

environmental education plans including natural, cultural and 

management themes according to the direction of FSM 1661.

Interpretive Services 

Management 

(10-M)

Develop and maintain interpretation 

and visitor information programs.

Provide appropriate levels of information programs to enhance 

visitor understanding of the Forest environment and Forest 

Service management activities. Develop new programs. 

Present quality programs for large and small audiences that 

may include staffed information offices, guided and unguided 

activities, displays, exhibits, brochures and campfire programs.
Stanislaus

National Forest

60 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Sensitive Plants 

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Sensitive Plants 

Interim and 

Recovery 

Management 

(12-A)

Provide for protection 

and habitat needs of 

sensitive plants, so 

that Forest activities 

will not jeopardize their 

continued existence.

Protect sensitive plants from activities which might cause them to become 

Federally listed as Threatened or Endangered.

Identify populations of sensitive plants which occur in areas planned for timber 

sales or other projects.

Modify planned projects to avoid or minimize adverse impacts to sensitive plants.

Where projects may jeopardize a sensitive plant species perform a Biological 

Evaluation, botanical investigation and develop management guidelines, as 

necessary, for the species involved.

Prepare species management guidelines for all sensitive species in order of the 

degree of risk posed by management activities.

Conduct surveys and monitoring necessary to detect potentially damaging 

disturbances, changes in known populations and locations of new populations.

Sensitive Plant 

Surveys (12-A)

SNFPA1

Conduct field surveys for TEPS plant species early enough in the project planning process that the 

project can be designed to conserve or enhance TEPS plants and their habitat. Conduct surveys 

according to procedures outlined in the Forest Service Handbook (FSH 2609.25.11). If additional field 

surveys are to be conducted as part of project implementation, survey results must be documented in the 

project file.

Soils 

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Soil Support 

Services (13-A)

Forest projects and activities 

shall be conducted to 

maintain or improve soil 

productivity. (36 CFR 

219.27(a) (1), 219.27(a)(2), 

219.27(b)(5), 219.27(f)). 

Forest Soil Quality 

Standards and Best 

Management Practices will 

be implemented.

Soil properties or conditions should not be altered to the degree that would 

result in a 15 percent or more reduction in the inherent' productivity 

potential of the soil.

Soil Cover: Manage soil cover to avoid a High Erosion Hazard condition, 

as defined by the R-5 Erosion Hazard Rating method. Soil cover should be 

in place prior to seasonal precipitation.

Soil Porosity: Maintain soil porosity above 90 percent of its natural 

condition on at least 85 percent of a treatment unit or activity area (90 

percent where aerial logging systems are used). Plantable landings and 

skid trails will be tilled, if compacted. Standard does not apply to system 

roads, administrative sites, or livestock driveways and bedding grounds.

Surface Organic Matter: Provide an organic mulch on approximately 

50% of the soil surface after site preparation. Provide for a mix of duff, 

small woody debris less than 3 inches in diameter, and large woody debris, 

mostly decaying and unmerchantable logs (minimum 5 logs per acre)., 

Desired logs are about 20 inches in diameter, about 10 feet long, and 

represent a range of decomposition classes as defined in the Soil 

Management Handbook, FSH 2509.18, Chapter 2. Standard may be 

waived in fuel break areas where fuel loading would be a safety hazard.

Soil Organic Matter: Maintain topsoil organic matter to at least 85 percent 

of its original total in the top 12 inches. Applies to areas dedicated to 

growing vegetation, i.e., timber and forage production, vegetation that 

contributes to the quality of the recreational experience, and for watershed 

protection. Stockpile topsoil to rehabilitate disturbed areas such as borrow 

pits, mined areas, material storage sites, etc.

Best Management Practices (BMPs): Implement BMPs to mitigate the 

environmental impacts of erosion, compaction, and soil displacement. 

Require special soil mitigation to use ground skidding equipment on slopes 

steeper than 35%. Require special soil mitigation to use ground skidding 

equipment on soils that erode, displace, or compact easily. Where actual 

 

1 1920-2, April 19, 2005; Corrected Errata - SNFPA 2004 ROD - TEPS Plant Survey Standard and Guideline. SNFPA direction does not apply within the 

Stanislaus-Tuolumne Experimental Forest (SNFPA ROD, p. 15; USDA Forest Service 2004)
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 61

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

or potential slope instability is identified, specific mitigating measures will 

be developed by an interdisciplinary team including a geologist.

Soil Resource 

Improvement 

(Planning, 

Treatment and 

Maintenance) 

(13-B)

Improve the inherent 

productivity of the soil, or 

return degraded soils to the 

productivity consistent with 

Regional Soil Quality 

Standards and resource 

objectives. (36 CFR 219.27 

(f))

Identify and evaluate the need for soil fertilization and other soil 

improvement techniques in areas where the soil is likely to respond to 

treatment. (36 CFR 219.27(b)(2). Treat areas that are found to be cost 

effective and that will respond favorably.

Productivity lost as a result of soil erosion, soil compaction, loss of organic 

matter, or soil displacement, will be restored as practical to meet Soil 

Quality Standards. Include these areas in the Forest WINS inventory 

(Watershed Improvement Needs Survey), and in project K-V plans for 

restoration and improvement.

Soil Hydrologic 

Functions Soil 

Environmental 

Health (13-C)

Design and implement 

management practices that 

maintain or improve soil 

hydrologic function and soil 

environmental health.

Soil Moisture Regime is unchanged where productivity or potential natural 

plant community are dependent upon specific soil drainage classes.

Soil Hydrologic Function

Infiltration and permeability are not reduced to ratings of 6 or 8 as defined 

in Region 5 Erosion Hazard Rating System (Chapter 50, R-5 FSH 

2509.22).

Use Region 5 Cumulative Watershed Effects Analysis (Chapter 20, R-5 

FSH 2509.22) to determine the extent of area needed to meet the soil 

hydrologic function threshold defined above.

Soil Environmental Health

Soil reaction class, buffering or exchange capacities, or biological 

populations are not altered to the degree that significantly effects soil 

productivity, soil hydrological function, or the health of humans and 

animals.

Develop local threshold values and submit to Regional Forester for 

standardization among forests.

Special Areas 

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Cave Resources 

Inventory and 

Evaluation (14-E)

Follow criteria and 

procedures for identification 

and evaluation of individual 

caves consistent with 36 

CRF Parts 290, in 

accordance with P.L. 100-

691, 36 CFR Part 290, and 

FSM 2356. This should be 

accomplished within one 

year of final rule making.

Compile information regarding cave location, condition, and characteristics 

from readily available sources including the National Speleological Society 

and other interested publics. Inventory should be based on existing, readily 

available data.

Apply the legal criteria to evaluate the significance of each cave.

Prepare nominations for significant caves and submit to the Regional 

Forester for designation.

Cave Resources 

Planning and 

Management 

(14-F)

Administer significant caves 

in accordance with 

provisions of P.L. 100- 691, 

36 CFR Parts 260 and 290, 

and FSM 2356.

Incorporate significant caves, when identified, by amendment into the 

Forest Plan as a Forest Cave Management Plan. This will take the form of 

provisions to protect and maintain significant cave resources. The Forest 

Cave Management Plan will be written in conjunction with the National 

Speleological Society and other interested publics.

Protect caves from vandalism by physical protection, cooperative efforts 

with user groups, signing, or other activities associated with cave resources 

protection developed in the Forest Cave Management Plan.

Conduct law enforcement investigations when cave resources are 

impacted, using 36 CFR 290 and other applicable laws and regulations.
Stanislaus

National Forest

62 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Transportation and Facilities 

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Road 

Construction and 

Reconstruction 

(16-A)

Construct and 

reconstruct Forest 

roads including 

long-term and 

temporary roads.

Conduct an integrated interdisciplinary transportation analysis, following the national 

roads analysis procedures, as part of landscape analysis. Complete unclassified 

road inventories for each national forest within 10 years.

Geometric standards and location will be planned to provide acceptable levels of 

service and traffic safety and meet resource management needs. Traffic Service 

Level C (see Appendix G of the Plan for descriptions of traffic service levels) or 

higher should be used where a significant mix of public and commercial traffic is 

planned. Alignment, width and passing facilities should provide appropriate speed, 

traffic safety and flow on roads with high traffic volumes or public traffic. Traffic 

Service Level D may be used on roads where use will be primarily commercial and 

traffic volumes will be low. On Traffic Service Level D roads limited turnouts and 

sight distance may be acceptable in combination with traffic management for safety.

Surfacing will be planned with consideration for the total cost of transportation, 

including construction, operation and maintenance costs, while meeting resource 

management objectives. Roads with weak subgrades which are susceptible to 

rutting may require surface stabilization. Traffic Service Level will be considered 

when public use justifies smooth dust-free surfaces. Roads with higher traffic 

volumes, often arterial and collector roads, may need more stable and higher-speed 

surface types. Economic analysis and road management objectives will be used to 

determine improvement needs.

Location, design and construction standards will protect soil, watersheds, fisheries 

and other resources.

Road 

Construction, 

Reconstruction, 

and Relocation 

(16-A)

SNFPA1

To protect watershed resources, meet the following standards for road construction, road reconstruction, 

and road relocation: (1) design new stream crossings and replacement stream crossings for at least the 

100-year flood, including bedload and debris; (2) design stream crossings to minimize the diversion of 

streamflow out of the channel and down the road in the event of a crossing failure; (3) design stream 

crossings to minimize disruption of natural hydrologic flow paths, including minimizing diversion of 

streamflow and interception of surface and subsurface water; (4) avoid wetlands or minimize effects to 

natural flow patterns in wetlands; and (5) avoid road construction in meadows.

Transportation 

Management, 

Roads - 

Obliteration (16-

D)

Obliterate roads not 

needed for 

continuing 

management so as 

to protect resources 

and restore 

resource 

productivity.

The Forest Road Obliteration Plan will identify and prioritize roads to be obliterated.

Obliterated roads will be closed to motor vehicles with barricades of natural 

materials, such as logs, or by restoring the natural slope.

Where economically feasible, the natural slope of the obliterated road will be 

restored.

The roadbed will be scarified when necessary to encourage revegetation.

The obliterated road will be cross-drained to prevent erosion.

The roadbed will be reseeded or replanted.

Visual Resources 

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Visual Resource 

Inventory and 

Planning (17-A)

Maintain current data files for: Visual 

Quality Objectives (VQOs), Visual 

Absorption Capability (VAC), and Existing 

Visual Condition (EVC).

Provide visual resource recommendations 

to land managers and interdisciplinary 

team members who are assessing land 

altering projects with a VQO of Partial 

Retention or Retention.

Provide visual analysis using aerial photos, existing VAC 

maps, field analysis, computer perspective plots or 

simulations for projects with a VQO of Partial Retention or 

Retention.

Predict future visual condition on a project basis.

 

1 SNFPA direction does not apply within the Stanislaus-Tuolumne Experimental Forest (SNFPA ROD, p. 15; USDA Forest Service 2004)
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 63

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Visual Quality 

Objectives 

(VQOs) (17-B)

Manage areas to provide a characteristic 

natural appearing landscape 

commensurate with the description stated 

for each VQO practice. Resource 

management activities will be guided by 

the appropriate Landscape Management 

handbooks and Forest Landscape 

Architects' recommendations. The adopted 

VQOs are displayed on Map 8, Appendix I.

VQOs are desired ratings outlined under 

the Forest Service system of Visual 

Resource Management. VQ0s apply 

Forestwide; every acre of National Forest 

land treated by this Forest Plan fits into 

one of the VQO classes listed below (No 

Maximum Modification):

Meet the adopted VQO for all landscape altering projects.

VQOs will be compatible with the applicable ROS classes.

Maintain visual quality by including mitigation measures for 

all activities that have the potential to alter the landscape 

beyond the adopted Visual Quality Objective.

Specific facility and vegetative treatment within major 

highway view sheds will be guided by approved View shed 

Plans.

1. VQO 

Preservation

Allow ecological changes only, except for 

trails.

Design and locate trails, trail bridges, and other trail related 

improvements as unobtrusive as possible in the landscape.

2. VQO Retention Provide a natural appearing landscape 

where changes are not readily evident.

Foreground Distance Zone

Impacts of management activities in highly visible foreground 

areas will be reduced through special treatments.

Middleground and Background Zones 

Visual diversity shall relate to the concept of a “natural 

appearing forested landscape” in a sequence and continuity 

of a view in the middleground or background. Special cutting 

may be applied.

3. VQO Partial 

Retention

Provide a natural appearing landscape 

where changes are evident but are 

subordinate to the surrounding 

characteristic landscape.

Foreground Distance Zone

Where safe, maintain old-growth specimen character trees in 

the immediate foreground distance zone. 

Visual diversity shall relate to the concept of a “natural 

appearing forested landscape” in a sequence and continuity 

of a view in the foreground. 

Special cutting permitted. Impacts of management activities 

in highly visible foreground areas will be reduced through 

special treatments. 

Middleground and Background Zones 

Visual diversity shall relate to the concept of a “natural 

appearing forested landscape” in a sequence and continuity 

of a view in the middleground or background.

4. VQO 

Modification

Allow for modified conditions where 

changes are readily evident and may 

dominate the surrounding characteristic 

landscape.

Visual Resource 

Improvement 

(17-C)

Apply to areas created by management 

activities or where existing conditions 

require improvement.

Schedule and carry out rehabilitation to upgrade landscapes 

that do not meet the adopted VQO for the area. Undertake 

enhancement measures where it is determined that there is 

potential for greater natural appearing variety.
Stanislaus

National Forest

64 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Water 

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Water Quality 

Management 

(18-A)

Comply with all applicable Federal and State 

water quality standards. Prevent or minimize 

as much as possible any water quality impacts 

which may be caused by Forest management 

activities.

Achieve the goals for preventing or minimizing 

water pollution as stated in the Federal Clean 

Water Act. Implement water quality Best 

Management Practices (BMPs) as specified in 

the Management Agency Agreement with the 

California Water Resources Control Board for 

protection of non-point water pollution sources. 

Comply with applicable provisions of the Water 

Quality Control Plan (Basin Plan) of the 

California Central Valley Regional Water 

Control Board.

Implement water quality Best Management Practices 

(BMPs) as needed for all Forest management activities. 

BMPs are a system of nearly 100 practices designed to 

minimize or prevent water pollution from Forest 

management activities. They cover such activities as 

timber harvest, road construction, mining, recreation, fire 

management and grazing. See Appendix K of the EIS 

for a discussion and listing of the water quality BMPs.

Monitor the implementation and effectiveness of BMPs 

in selected areas to determine if they are being carried 

out and if they are accomplishing their objectives.

Analyze cumulative watershed effects (CWE) on all 

applicable proposed Forest management activities to 

determine off-site effects on the beneficial uses of water.

Water Quantity 

Management 

(18-B)

Support water yield increase where 

economically feasible and environ- mentally 

acceptable. Follow Forest Service Manual 

policy for proposed weather modification 

projects, especially in designated Wilderness. 

Provide input to proposals for water supply and 

hydroelectricity which may alter fluvial systems 

by construction of facilities such as dams, 

diversions and tunnels. Such input will support 

valid proposals provided they are consistent 

with sound watershed resource protection 

measures. 

Support all valid uses of water from the 

National Forest. Insure that such uses are 

carried out commensurate with Federal and 

State laws and regulations.

Follow all Federal and State regulatory practices 

required in responding to proposals to develop the water 

resource. 

Keep current all water rights management for beneficial 

uses of water on the Forest.

Watershed 

Maintenance and 

Improvement 

(18-D)

Maintain or improve watershed condition to 

provide stewardship of water and soil 

resources. Survey Forest watersheds and 

restore degraded areas to improve watershed 

condition.

Establish a Forestwide water resources 

inventory (WRI) to determine needs for 

maintenance and improvement of the water 

resource. The WRI is a comprehensive data 

base of water resource information for each 

Forest watershed. It is used to determine 

watershed condition to (1) protect or enhance 

the water resource when planning forest 

management activities and (2) to determine 

watershed improvement needs (WIN).

Conduct periodic watershed surveys to determine the 

current condition of the water resource, identify potential 

WIN projects and assess the potential for cumulative 

watershed effects.

Conduct disaster surveys as needed and prescribe 

applicable emergency rehabilitation treatments. Such 

disasters include wildfires, floods, earthquakes and 

damage from high winds and avalanches.

Implement the following watershed recovery practices 

following major wildfires, except in Wilderness in most 

cases:

1. Restore ground cover as soon as possible when 

necessary to reduce flood flows to protect life and 

property, to maintain soil productivity and/or to 

minimize stream sedimentation and cumulative 

watershed effects.

2. Conduct reforestation activities in a manner which 

reduces the potential for cumulative watershed 

effects, such as dispersing site preparation 

adequately over time and space and/or using 

techniques which minimize land disturbance.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 65

April 2010

Management Area Direction 

The Forest has been divided into Management Areas based on their predominant management 

emphasis. Management Area boundaries were created from issues, concerns and opportunities 

developed during the planning process and from existing administrative boundaries.

Each Management Area has a management emphasis statement, a description of the physical area, 

and a management prescription which describes specific practices, activities, and Standards and 

Guidelines applicable to that Management Area. All Forestwide Standards and Guidelines also apply 

within each Management Area. If additional specific direction is given for a particular Forestwide 

practice, the specific direction applies, in addition to the Forestwide Standards and Guidelines1

. 

 

1 Practices column also indicates the source of the direction if other than the original 1991 Forest Plan (see Forest Plan Amendments).
Stanislaus

National Forest

66 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 67

April 2010

Wilderness and Proposed Wilderness 

Management Emphasis 

Manage to maximize the quality and naturalness of the Wilderness environment. Minimize impacts to 

the Wilderness resource while allowing it to be used for primitive recreation and preserving scenic, 

scientific, educational and historical values. Mechanized use is not normally allowed. All National 

Forest lands within Congressionally designated Wilderness and areas recommended for Wilderness 

will be managed in accordance with the Wilderness Act of 1964 (16 USC 1131-1136) as amended.

Description 

This Management Area contains:

Wilderness 

Carson-Iceberg Wilderness (77,800 acres) 

The Stanislaus portion of the Carson-Iceberg is located in the northeastern part of the Forest. It 

borders the Toiyabe National Forest along the northeast Forest boundary. Approximately 1/2 of the 

Carson-Iceberg Wilderness is within the Toiyabe N.F. Recreation use in this large area includes 

hiking, backpacking, camping and horse riding. Fishing use is light, but hunting is popular near 

trailheads in the fall. A portion of the Clark Fork proposed Wild and Scenic River is within this 

Wilderness. Disaster Creek, which has been found eligible for Wild and Scenic River status, is also 

located here.

Emigrant Wilderness (112,000 acres) 

Located in the east-central part of the Forest, this area is characterized by large expanses of bare, 

glaciated granite and sub-alpine vegetation types, numerous glacial lakes, high quality scenery and 

wilderness recreation opportunities. It is bordered on the east by Toiyabe National Forest and 

Yosemite National Park. The Emigrant Wilderness became part of the National Wilderness 

Preservation System in 1975. The California Wilderness Act of 1984 added 5,855 acres to the 

original area. Recreation use of the Emigrant Wilderness increased rapidly during the 1970's and 

early 1980's but appears to have leveled off since then. It now averages about 100,000 recreation 

visitor-days (RVDs) per year. Most of this use is hiking, camping and backpacking, but pack-stock 

are also commonly used. Fishing is quite popular at most lakes; hunting use is light. Commercial 

livestock grazing occurs in some areas. Tungsten mining in the Snow Lake area has occurred in the 

past. Portions of several streams which are eligible for Wild and Scenic River designation lie within 

this Wilderness. They include Kennedy Creek (proposed Wild and Scenic River), Relief Creek South 

Fork Stanislaus River, Buck Meadow Creek, Summit Creek, and the Cherry Creek system.

Mokelumne Wilderness (22,000 acres) 

The Stanislaus portion of the Mokelumne Wilderness is located in the northern part of the Forest. It 

includes rugged slopes above the Mokelumne River, the Mokelumne River bottom, and other lands 

between Highway 4 and the northern Forest boundary. The Mokelumne Wilderness was created by 

the Wilderness Act in 1964. 13,000 acres on the Stanislaus National Forest were added by the 

California Wilderness Act of 1984. Recreation use of the Stanislaus portion if fairly light, limited to a 

few trails and camping areas. Fishing in the Mokelumne is popular, but access is limited to steep 

trails. Some grazing use occurs. A portion of the North Fork Mokelumne proposed Wild and Scenic 

River is within this Wilderness.
Stanislaus

National Forest

68 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Proposed Wilderness 

Bald Peak (20,500 acres) 

This area is the Bald Peak portion of the Carson-Iceberg Planning Area, located in the northeast 

portion of the Forest. The area is recommended as an addition to the Carson-Iceberg Wilderness. 

The Pacific Crest Trail crosses a corner of the area near Sonora Pass. There is one other hiking trail 

on Douglas Creek which receives only light use. Hunters use the area in pursuit of deer, grouse and 

quail. Grazing occurs throughout the area.

Tryon Peak (3,400 acres) 

The Tryon Peak portion of the Carson-Iceberg Planning Area is located in the northeast corner of the 

Forest. The area is recommended as an addition to the Carson-Iceberg Wilderness. The Pacific 

Crest Trail crosses the western edge of the area along the Sierra Nevada Crest. Hunters use the 

area in the fall. Grazing occurs in the area.

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Fish and Wildlife 

Fisheries Habitat 

Improvement and 

Maintenance - 

Structural 

Improvements, 

Streams and Lakes 

(5-B)

Operate and maintain water control 

structures which are compatible with 

Wilderness values.

Conduct activities only to maintain water control 

structures approved for retention in a way which protects 

Wilderness and associated values.

Range 

Allotment 

Management - 

Extensive or 

Maintenance 

(9-A-2 and 9-A-3)

Manage livestock grazing to preserve the 

characteristics and values of Wilderness.

Improve ecological condition of rangelands, where 

currently unsatisfactory, through improved management 

and structural and non-structural improvements. 

Construct new range improvements only as necessary 

to manage grazing and protect resource values. 

Construct improvements using non-motorized tools and 

access.

Recreation 

ROS Primitive (10-B-1) Provide for very low interaction between 

visitors with a range of primitive recreation 

experiences. Evidence of other users is 

minimal.

Manage to a ROS Class of Primitive. This is the adopted 

ROS level for management of all Wilderness as shown 

on the ROS Map The ROS Class of Semi-Primitive NonMotorized is an acceptable interim level for certain areas 

within Wilderness.

Dispersed Recreation 

Management (10-F)

Provide for recreation activities that are 

compatible with Wilderness Management

Manage dispersed recreation to be consistent with 

guidelines for Wilderness Management.

Closed Motor Vehicle 

Travel Management 

(10-G-1)

MVTM

Closed to motorized use. Manage to Forestwide S&Gs for Closed Motor Vehicle 

Travel Management.

Conduct surveys, observe conditions and carry out 

rehabilitation, as needed, to eliminate evidence of, and 

access by, unauthorized motorized use.

Closed Mountain 

Bicycle Management 

(10-H-2)

Prohibit all mechanized use except 

wheelchairs needed for barrier-free 

access.

Interpretive Services 

Planning (10-L)

Develop and update IS Plans for each 

Wilderness.

Identify objectives, audiences, interpretive messages, 

communication methods and facility requirements for 

each.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 69

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Interpretive Services 

Management (10-M)

Interpret unique features of each 

Wilderness

Prepare maps, brochures, signs and other interpretive 

devices to explain special features and reduce area 

damage.

Interpretive Services 

Facilities not On 

Interpretive Services 

Sites (10-N)

Provide information and education 

material at trailheads outside of 

Wilderness to explain Wilderness use and 

protection

Develop maps, brochures, and publications for visitor 

use that stress Wilderness manners, health, safety, notrace camping, control of dogs, and proper use of 

firearms.

Special Areas 

Research Natural Area 

(RNA) Investigations 

(14-A)

Conduct RNA investigations while 

protecting Wilderness values.

Coordinate activities with PSW/R5 RNA committee.

RNA Management 

(14-B)

Manage RNAs within Wilderness under 

dual designation.

Manage to be consistent with Wilderness guidelines.

Special Interest Area 

(SIA) Investigations 

(14-C)

Conduct SIA investigations while 

protecting Wilderness values.

SIA Management 

(10-D)

Manage SIAs within Wilderness under 

dual designation.

Manage to be consistent with Wilderness guidelines.

Transportation and Facilities 

Road Construction and 

Reconstruction (16-A)

Construct and reconstruct roads only 

where existing valid rights exist.

Limit road construction to that necessary to reasonably 

remove minerals from valid mineral leases and existing 

mining claims. Motorized access for valid mining claims 

must be approved as a part of the plan of operation.

Location, design and construction standards will protect 

soils, watershed, fisheries and other resources.

Transportation 

Management, Roads 

Excluded from 

Highway Safety Act 

(16-C)

Restrict traffic to users with existing valid 

rights.

Limit motorized traffic to users with valid existing mining 

claims and approved plans of operation.

FA&O Facility 

Operation and 

Maintenance (16-F)

Perform needed maintenance on existing 

facilities.

Maintain existing cabins and dams as needed.

Visual Resource 

VQO Preservation 

(17-B-1)

Allow ecological changes only. Trails, trail 

bridges, and other trail related 

improvements will be designed and 

located to be as obscure as possible.

Manage to the VQO of Preservation. This is adopted 

VQO level for all Wilderness as shown on the VQO Map.

Wild and Scenic Rivers 

Wild and Scenic River 

Inventory and Planning 

(19-A)

Conduct studies and prepare 

management plans while protecting 

Wilderness values.

Be consistent with application of Wilderness guidelines.

Wild and Scenic River 

Management (19-B)

Manage Wild Rivers within Wilderness 

under dual designation.

Manage to be consistent with application of guidelines 

for Management Area 2 (Wild and Scenic Rivers).

Proposed Wild and 

Scenic River 

Management (19-C)

Protect and enhance Wild and Scenic 

values of proposed segments within 

Wilderness.

Manage to be consistent with application of guidelines 

for Wild and Scenic Rivers Management Area.

Manage to Wilderness guidelines.

Alternate Management 

(19-D)

Protect Wild and Scenic River values of 

eligible segments proposed for 

Wilderness Alternate Management (See 

Appendix E (EIS) Wild and Scenic River 

Study).

Manage to Wilderness guidelines, all or portions of the 

following segments that are within Wilderness: Summit 

Creek, South Fork Stanislaus, Cherry Creek Segments 

1-4, Disaster Creek, Buck Meadow Creek, and Relief 

Creek.
Stanislaus

National Forest

70 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Wilderness 

Wilderness Inventory 

and Planning (20-A)

Complete and update Wilderness 

Management Plans for all designated 

Wildernesses. Use monitoring data and 

public input to recommend major changes 

in Wilderness management direction. 

Complete formal nominations for 

proposed Wilderness as necessary.

Develop plans using the Limits of Acceptable Change 

(LAC) Methods. Review or develop new management 

strategies or controls for this planning period. Utilize 

systems for judging impacts on Wilderness campsites, 

such as the Frissell method of condition classification 

and LAC.

Wilderness 

Management (20-B)

Manage to preserve unique Wilderness 

characteristics. Implement Limits of 

Acceptable Change (LAC). Wilderness 

management will be consistent with 

adjoining National Park Wilderness 

management and will limit use as 

necessary. Allow commercial uses by 

permit only after evaluation shows that 

such use will not com- promise 

Wilderness resources and character.

Use the Wilderness permit system and/or field 

observation to collect visitor data. Control use as follows: 

When LAC standards are exceeded for a site or area, 

implement appropriate management actions to remedy 

the situation. Close, rotate, or rehabilitate campsites to 

allow for site recovery. Require parties with recreation 

stock to carry feed when conditions warrant. Restrict 

stock use from steep and rocky terrain. Grant permits to 

collect native plants only when needed to meet 

administrative or research needs. 

Limit commercial outfitter/guide activities to those 

meeting specific public needs that cannot be provided 

outside Wilderness. Do not issue permits for training 

activities or recreation events. 

The above Standards and Guidelines are consistent with 

and will be used in conjunction with the Management 

Plans for each Wilderness.

Proposed Wilderness 

Management (20-C)

Protect and enhance Wilderness 

characteristics.

Manage the same as designated Wilderness.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 71

April 2010

Emigrant Wilderness1 

Management Emphasis 

Management emphasis, within the Emigrant Wilderness is to move the Wilderness as a whole 

toward a more pristine condition by maintaining some areas and moving others to a more pristine 

Opportunity Class (Class) designation. Management direction moves the Long Lake, Yellow 

Hammer Lake, Blue Canyon Lake, and the Chewing Gum trail corridor to Class II. The travel corridor 

from Coyote trail head through Horse and Cow Meadow, Hay Meadow, Whitesides, Upper Relief and 

Lower Relief, and Kennedy Creek and Kennedy Lake, move from Class IV to Class III. The double 

corridor between the Crabtree Trail and the Bell Meadow Trail, including Piute, Deer, Long, Kole, 

Leighton, Gem and Jewelry Lakes moves to Class III. The corridor between Mosquito Pass and the 

upper end of Emigrant Lake also moves to Class III.

Description 

This Management Area contains the 112,000 plus acre Emigrant Wilderness. Located in Tuolumne 

County, the Wilderness is characterized by bare glaciated granite, sub-alpine vegetation types, 

numerous glacial lakes, high quality scenery and excellent Wilderness recreation opportunities. 

Recreation use, which includes backpacking, horse packing, hunting, fishing, cross-country skiing 

and rock climbing increased rapidly throughout the seventies and early eighties then dramatically 

declined in the mid 1980's. Use has shown a steady increase since 1989 and now averages around 

75,000 recreation visitor days (RVDs) of overnight use and an estimated 20,000 RVDs of day use 

per year. The Emigrant Wilderness is approximately 140 air miles east of San Francisco and 50 

miles south of Lake Tahoe.

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Indicators, 

Standards and 

Activities 

EWMD

When standards are not met, management actions may be implemented to assure attainment. The least 

obtrusive effective measures to ensure standards are met will be employed. Actual actions taken will 

depend on site specific situations. Reaching these thresholds will not require stepping up to the next level 

of action, but will allow for the stronger response should specific site conditions warrant them. When level 

2 of 3 actions are allowable they will not necessarily be implemented if less obtrusive actions will be 

effective (see Monitoring and Evaluation).

Crowding 

EWMD

The opportunity for solitude is...

The opportunity for a primitive or 

unconfined recreation experience is...

I. outstanding 

II. high to outstanding

III. moderate to outstanding

IV. low to outstanding

Implement the standards, possible actions and thresholds shown 

in Monitoring and Evaluation.

Campsite and 

Stock Holding 

Area Condition 

EWMD

The imprint of human influences is...

I. unnoticeable

II. unnoticeable in most areas

III. substantially unnoticeable

IV. substantially unnoticeable

Human influences on aquatic life, 

hydrologic processes, soils (and) 

vegetation are...

I. unnoticeable

II. unnoticeable in most areas

III. minimal

IV. minimal

Pack and saddle stock are appropriate in all opportunity classes 

except as necessary to protect wilderness resources as 

determined through site specific analysis.

Continue monitoring the condition of larger areas, such as large 

meadows where stock are grazed, through range condition and 

trend analysis as undertaken for cattle allotments. 

Campsite Condition Indicator

Implement the ratings, standards, possible actions and thresholds 

shown in Monitoring and Evaluation.

Stock Holding Area Condition Indicator

Implement the ratings, standards, possible actions and thresholds 

shown in Monitoring and Evaluation.

When a particular category of stock user (commercial, private, 

alternative stock) can be distinguished as the primary cause of the 

problem at a given destination, then tailor actions to that particular 

category when possible.

 

1 Emigrant Wilderness Management Direction, Forest Plan Amendment, USDA Forest Service 1998
Stanislaus

National Forest

72 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Emigrant 

Wilderness 

Opportunity 

Classes 

(20-B-1)

EWMD

The Emigrant Wilderness is subdivided into four (I-IV) Opportunity Classes. The table below shows 

Opportunity Class allocations by destination area. The Emigrant Wilderness Opportunity Class Map also 

shows the allocations. The direction takes precedence in cases of disagreement between the direction 

and the maps.

Table 8 Emigrant Wilderness Opportunity Class Allocations

Destination Unit OC Destination Unit OC Destination Unit OC

Adele Lake D IV Grouse Lake D.2 III Piute Meadow D.2 III

Bear Lake D IV Hay Meadow D.2 III Powell Lake D IV

Big Lake B II High Emigrant Lake C.6 II Pruitt Lake A I

Bigelow Lake C.6 II Hollywood Basin C.6 II Red Bug Lake C.6 II

Black Bear Lake B II Horse and Cow 

Mdw.

D.2 III Red Can Lake B II

Black Hawk Lake A I Horse Meadow C III Relief Reservoir D IV

Black Bird Lake C III Huckleberry Lake C III Ridge Lake B II

Blue Canyon Lake C.5 II Hyatt Lake B II Rosasco Lake C.3 II

Buck Lakes C III Iceland Lake B II Rose Lake A I

Camp Lake D IV Jewelry Lake D.2 III Salt Lick Meadow B II

Chain (Dutch) Lakes C.2 III Karl’s Lake D.2 III Sardella Lake B I

Chewing Gum Lake D IV Kennedy 

L/Ck/Soda C

D.1 III Saucer Meadow D IV

Coolidge Meadow A I Kole Lake B II Shallow Lake B.2 II

Cooper Meadow D.2 III Leighton Lake D.2 III Sharon Lake A I

Cooper Pocket D.3 II Leopold Lake B II Sheep Camp D IV

Cow Meadow Lake C III Lertora Lake C III Snow Lake C.3 III

Coyote Lake B II Long Lake C.4 II Spring Meadow C III

Deadman Lake A.1 II Lord Meadow C III Star Jordan Lake A I

Deer Lake D.2 III Lost Lake B.2 II Starvation Lake C III

Douglas Lake A I Louse Canyon D.2 III Studhorse Meadow A I

Emigrant Lake D.2 III Lower Lewis Lake B II Summit Meadow C.3 III

Emigrant Mdw. Lake C.6 II Lower Relief Valley D.3 II Toejam Lake C III

Estella Lake A I Lunch Meadow D IV Tom’s Canyon B II

Fisher Lakes B.2 II Maxine Lakes B.2 II Upper Lewis Lake A I

Five Acre (Edna) Lake B II Maxwell Lake C III Upper Relief Valley D.3 II

Fraser Lakes B.2 II Mercur Lake A I W Lake B.2 II

Frog Lake C III Mid. Emigrant Lake C.6 II Waterhouse Lake D IV

Gem Lake D.2 III Mid. Lewis Lake B II Whitesides 

Meadow

D.2 III

Granite Lake C III Mosquito Lake B.3 I Wilson Meadow 

Lake

A I 

Grizzly Meadow Lake C.1 III Olive Lake A I Wire/Banana Lakes C III

Groundhog Meadow D.2 III Pingree Lake C.3 II Wood Lake D.2 III

Grouse Creek A I Pinto Lakes C.6 II Y Meadow C III

Grouse Creek Lake A I Piute Lake D.2 III Yellowhammer 

Lake

C.5 II

Campfire Wood 

and Campfires 

EWMD

The imprint of human influences is...

I. unnoticeable

II. unnoticeable in most areas

III. substantially unnoticeable

IV. substantially unnoticeable

Human influences on soils vegetation 

and woody debris accumulation are...

I. unnoticeable

II. unnoticeable in most areas

III. minimal

IV. minimal

A campfire is defined as any controlled fire set by humans in 

association with camping activities for various purposes such as 

cooking, burning garbage, warmth, aesthetics, or social activities. 

Firewood is considered any down woody debris between one inch 

in diameter and 4 inches in diameter. 

Continue campfire restrictions above the 9,000 foot contour. Allow 

site-specific variations based on monitoring firewood availability 

indicators and standards.

Firewood Availability Indicator

Implement the ratings, standards, possible actions and thresholds 

shown in Monitoring and Evaluation.

Do not consider areas with less than sparse stand densities for 
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 73

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

campfire wood gathering. 

Stream Condition 

EWMD

Human influences on aquatic life, 

hydrologic processes, soils (and) 

vegetation are...

I. unnoticeable

II. unnoticeable in most areas

III. minimal

IV. minimal

Evaluate stream condition in the Emigrant Wilderness by the 

degree to which human uses disturb the natural pattern, profile 

and dimension of stream channels.

Measure stream condition in stream reaches sensitive to 

disturbance using the USDA Forest Service Pacific Southwest 

Region Stream Condition Inventory (SCI) protocols (or future 

similar protocols).

Stream Condition Indicator

Implement the standards, possible actions and thresholds shown 

in Monitoring and Evaluation.

Water 

Developments 

EWMD

Ecosystems are unaffected by human 

manipulation and influences so that 

plants and animals develop and 

respond to natural forces.

I. no noticeable effects from 

human uses

II. localized human uses may 

have limited effects in very few 

areas.

III. localized human uses may 

have limited effects in few 

areas.

IV. localized human uses may 

have limited effects in some 

areas.

Human influences on aquatic life and 

hydrologic processes are...

I. unnoticeable

II. unnoticeable in most areas

III. minimal

IV. minimal

The imprint of human influences is...

I. unnoticeable

II. unnoticeable in most areas

III. substantially unnoticeable

IV. substantially unnoticeable

Facilities Structures and Signing may 

be utilized for...

I. resource protection when 

other less obtrusive measures 

have been exhausted.

II. resource protection, 

administration or Wilderness 

purposes.

III. same

IV. same

Maintenance of water impoundment structure will be consistent 

with the USDA Forest Service / California Department of Fish and 

Game joint strategy.

No maintenance activities will occur until site specific analysis is 

completed and a determination is made as to whether the 

structure is necessary to meet the minimum requirements for the 

administration of the area as Wilderness.

Dams without a high enough value to warrant retention should be 

allowed to deteriorate naturally (no maintenance) consistent with 

Forest Service direction, rather than removed. If a safety concern 

dictates removal, conduct the appropriate level of analysis to 

determine removal method.

Dog Control 

EWMD

Ecosystem are unaffected by human 

manipulation and influences so that 

plants and animals respond to natural 

forces (see FSM 2320.2). 

Localize human influences may have 

limited effects in...

I. no noticeable effects from 

human uses.

II. in very few areas.

III. in few areas.

Opportunity class objectives for degree of wildlife disturbance 

vary, however potential management actions would be difficult to 

implement by opportunity class. 

The following direction applies to all opportunity classes.

Dogs out of Control

An unleashed dog not immediately responsive to commands, or a 

dog chasing wildlife or livestock (except working cow dogs), 

digging up burrows, or actions that disturb other visitors.

Education

Educate visitors in the office and the field on Emigrant dog policy 
Stanislaus

National Forest

74 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

IV. some areas.

Wildlife use patterns may show...

I. no noticeable

II. brief, temporary

III. seasonal, temporary

IV. seasonal, temporary

...alterations due to human influences 

but are not permanently altered.

and the effects loose dogs have on wildlife, livestock and other 

visitors.

Wildlife 

Habituation 

EWMD

Ecosystems are unaffected by human 

manipulation and influences so that 

plants and animals respond to natural 

forces (see FSM 2320.2). 

Localize human influences may have 

limited effects in...

I. no noticeable effects from 

human uses

II. in very few areas

III. in few areas

IV. some areas

Wildlife use patterns may show...

I. no noticeable

II. brief, temporary

III. seasonal, temporary

IV. seasonal, temporary

...alterations due to human influences 

but are not permanently altered.

Increase the level of visitor education regarding the storage of 

food. Encourage all Wilderness visitors to store food in bear proof 

containers. In the absence of bear proof containers, encourage all 

visitors to store food using current and appropriate methods to 

protect animals from human foods. Emphasize the methods and 

rationale for this practice in educational materials.

Rock Climbing 

EWMD

The imprint of human influences is...

I. unnoticeable

II. unnoticeable in most areas

III. substantially unnoticeable

IV. substantially unnoticeable

The following direction applies to all opportunity classes to prevent 

damage to rock faces and visual impacts resulting from rock 

climbing activities.

Education Make educational materials readily 

available with information on low 

impact rock climbing techniques.

Rock Drills Prohibit mechanized equipment such 

as rock drills.

Chalk Allow chalk use.

Bolts Prohibit additional climbing bolts.

Pitons Discourage the use of Pitons through 

educational materials and visitor 

contacts.

Chocks Encourage the use of chocks 

through educational materials and 

visitor contacts.

Facilities, 

Structures and 

Signs 

EWMD

The imprint of human influences is...

I. unnoticeable

II. unnoticeable in most areas

III. substantially unnoticeable

IV. substantially unnoticeable

Facilities Structures and Signing may 

be utilized for...

I. resource protection when 

other less obtrusive measures 

have been exhausted.

II. resource protection, 

administration or Wilderness 

purposes.

III. same

IV. same

Provide facilities and improvements only for protection of the 

Wilderness resource. Document and justify conditions for 

providing facilities in the Forest Plan. Install facilities as a last 

resort (FSM 2323.13).

Remove existing structures not determined essential to the 

administration, protection or management of wilderness for 

wilderness purposes or not provided for in the establishing 

legislation. (FSM 2320.3(4)). 

Maintain structures determined essential for administration, 

resource protection, special uses or wilderness purposes. 

Wilderness purposes include recreational, scenic, scientific, 

educational, conservation, and historical use (sec. 4(b)). 

Maintenance activities will be in conformance with all applicable 

laws, policies and direction. 

Do not use interpretive or informational signs (FSM 2324.33f).
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 75

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

The table below displays the management disposition, using the following definitions, for existing 

individual facilities, structures and signs

Maintain Objective is to maintain structure to all applicable FSM/FSH standards.

No Maintenance Structure should be allowed to deteriorate over time. If a public safety 

concern warrants removal, conduct appropriate level of analysis to 

determine method of removal. 

Temporary Use as needed on a temporary basis

Remove Physically remove, relocate, burn if appropriate or scatter if made from 

natural materials. Structures may be relocated outside of Wilderness. 

Management of Existing Structures

National Register Eligible 

Cooper Cabin Maintenance permitted as part of existing grazing permit. Re-evaluate at 

permit cancellation or AMP revision.

Yellowhammer 

Cabin

Maintain only to arrest decay and prevent irretrievable deterioration pending 

completion of site-specific analysis determination for long-term 

management of the site and structures.

Kennedy Cabin Maintenance permitted as part of existing grazing permit. Re-evaluate at 

permit cancellation or AMP revision.

Horse Meadow 

Cabin

Maintenance permitted as part of existing snow survey permit. Re-evaluate 

at permit renewal, transfer, cancellation or revision.

Summit Meadow 

Cabin

No Maintenance

Not Eligible for National Register

Huckleberry 

Cabin

Maintenance permitted as part of existing snow survey permit. Re-evaluate 

at permit renewal, transfer, cancellation or revision.

Buck Lakes 

Partial Structure

No Maintenance

Hay Meadow

Partial Structure

No Maintenance

Other Structures and Facilities

Cooper Allotment 

Fencing

Maintenance permitted as part of existing grazing permit. Re-evaluate at 

time of AMP revision or permit cancellation. Remove unused fences

Kennedy 

Allotment 

Fencing

Maintenance permitted as part of existing grazing permit. Re-evaluate at 

time of AMP revision or permit cancellation. Remove unused fences

Horse Meadow 

Fencing

Maintain minimum necessary for resource protection using native or visually 

unobtrusive materials.

Cow Meadow 

Lake Fencing

Maintain minimum necessary for resource protection using native or visually 

unobtrusive materials. Remove peninsula fence

Huckleberry Lake 

Fencing

Maintain minimum necessary for resource protection using native or visually 

unobtrusive materials.

Buck Lake 

Meadow Fencing

Maintain minimum necessary for resource protection using native or visually 

unobtrusive materials.

Mining Structures 

and Debris

Remove

Bridges Maintain existing bridges. Do not Build Summit Creek Bridge.

Communications Temporary

Snow Sensors Temporary; remove when no longer minimum necessary.

Aerial Snow 

Marker

Remove
Stanislaus

National Forest

76 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Treatment of Existing Facilities, Signs and Structures

Administrative 

Structures

Limit structures and improvements for administrative purposes or under 

special use permit to those actually needed for management, protection, 

and use of the wilderness for the purposes for which the wilderness was 

established (FSM 2324.31).

Determine the long-term need of the improvement and its location before 

authorizing substantial maintenance for administrative or permitted 

improvements (FSM 2324.31).

Historical 

Structures

The Regional Forester may approve stabilization or restoration and 

subsequent maintenance of National Register eligible sites, buildings and 

structures in Wilderness if their continued existence is determined essential 

for administration, protection, special uses or wilderness purposes. All 

structures determined eligible and deemed necessary will be managed 

pursuant to 36 CFR Part 800, regulation implementing Section 106 of the 

National Historic Preservation Act and the Secretary of the Interior's 

Standards and Guidelines for Treatment of Historic Properties.

No maintenance activities will be performed on an historic site, building or 

structure until a treatment plan is completed and approved.

Fencing When maintaining or building fencing, place it in the least visible location 

possible, using the most unobtrusive methods and materials.

Communication

Structures

Maintain communication structures only as necessary for administration and 

protection of the wilderness. Evaluate and document the need for 

communications structures in the Forest plan (FSM 2323.33g).

Other Agency 

and Special Use 

Permit

Periodically review permits for structures in wilderness to determine and 

Special Use whether or not their continued existence is in the public interest. 

If not, terminate the permits and remove the improvements (FSM 2324.3).

Snow 

Measurement 

Sites

Encourage the transfer of existing wilderness sites to locations outside of 

wilderness (FSM 2323.44a).

Range 

Structures

Construction of new range improvements may be approved if they are 

necessary for resource protection (range or wilderness) and for the effective 

management of these resources. Do not approve construction solely to 

accommodate increased grazing. (FSM 2323.26a)

Trails 

EWMD

The imprint of human influences is...

I. unnoticeable

II. unnoticeable in most areas

III. substantially unnoticeable

IV. substantially unnoticeable

Facilities Structures and Signing may 

be utilized for...

I. resource protection when 

other less obtrusive measures 

have been exhausted. 

II. resource protection, 

administration or Wilderness 

purposes.

III. same

IV. same

The opportunity to utilize a high 

degree of skill and self reliance, while 

experiencing risk and challenge is...

I. outstanding

II. high to outstanding

Trails

Design, construct, and maintain trails consistent with the 

opportunity class objectives established in the Forest Plan.

Abolish the trail designation of "un-maintained - Stock use not 

advised". Manage trails currently in this category as historic ways. 

Higher standard trails will be designated as either primary or 

secondary routes.

Historic Ways are travel routes, which have developed as a result 

of long-term use. These routes will not be displayed on public 

maps, leaving them as "routes of tradition and discovery". Historic 

ways will be retained as a managed part of the trail system with 

maintenance activities limited to resource protection needs.

Secondary Trails are shown on public maps and managed to 

provide resource stable travel ways to destinations or connecting 

corridors and generally receive less traffic than primary trails.

Primary Trails are indicated on public maps as the main arteries 

into the Wilderness and may receive relatively heavy use.

User created trails (not designated as historic ways) are not part 

of the established Wilderness Trail system and when identified will 

typically trigger management action to obliterate or discourage 

use.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 77

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

III. moderate to outstanding

IV. low to outstanding

Trails...

I. are rare to non-existent, 

consisting of historic ways.

II. are few, consisting of nonsystem historic ways, and 

secondary system trails.

III. may be common, consisting of 

non-system historic ways, 

secondary and primary 

system trails.

IV. same

Additions of trail to the established system will require site-specific 

analysis compliant with NEPA.

When the objective for maintenance on a trail is determined, 

maintain trails to appropriate standards and guidance found in 

FSH (2309.18). Consider trail re-routes for resource protection 

needs only. Changes in trail management designation may be 

considered through site-specific analysis.

Maintain all existing primary and secondary system trails in 

current designation. In addition, maintain the following trails as:

Historic Ways

 Studhorse Meadow

 Grouse Creek Lake

 Between Cow Meadow Lake and Lord Meadow. 

 Blue Canyon

 Waterhouse

 Snow Lake to Bigelow Lake

 Deer Lake to Long Lake

 Golden Stairs to Rosasco and Pingree Lake

Secondary Trail

 Bell Meadow Trail to Big Lake

 Lower Huckleberry

Trail Signs

Place directional signs only at major trail intersections.

Stream Course Crossing Structures and Bridges

Maintain stream course crossing structures and bridges for 

resource protection. Resource protection needs apply to the 

stream channel and immediate area of the crossing, as well as, 

areas affected by the crossing.

Fisheries 

Management 

EWMD

Ecosystems are unaffected by human 

manipulation and influences so that 

plants and animals develop and 

respond to natural forces.

I. no noticeable effects from 

human uses

II. localized human uses may 

have limited effects in very few 

areas.

III. localized human uses may 

have limited effects in few 

areas.

IV. localized human uses may 

have limited effects in some 

areas.

Human influences on aquatic life and 

hydrologic processes are...

I. unnoticeable

II. unnoticeable in most areas

III. minimal 

IV. minimal

The IAFWA MOU Policy and

Guidelines recognize that specific onthe-ground conditions will have a 

different application of guidelines. 

These different applications are 

The Stanislaus National Forest in consultation with the CDFG 

Region 4, and in consideration of intensive public involvement 

developed the objectives, definitions and decision criteria for the 

Emigrant Wilderness shown in Table 10-1. Use these criteria, 

definitions and objectives as direction to guide the Forest in 

developing initial recommendations when negotiating lake-by-lake 

stocking decisions with the CDFG. Lake by lake decisions will be 

agreed to in a local MOU between the two agencies.

The Fisheries Decision Criteria. in the table below, uses the 

following definitions:

Traditional

ly Stocked

Stocking was an established, routine 

practice prior to Wilderness designation.

Human 

Influences

Any manipulation of the population, 

individuals within the population, or habitat, 

whether direct or indirect or intended or not. 

Examples include angling, stocking, and 

habitat destruction.

The Forest Supervisor may agree to site specific variations of the 

decision criteria in this Direction.
Stanislaus

National Forest

78 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

spelled out in National Forest Plans. 

Specific lake by lake fisheries 

management decisions are reached 

cooperatively between the 

administering agency and the state 

agency in memorandums of 

understanding (MOU) specific to each 

Wilderness.

A new MOU between the Stanislaus 

National Forest and California 

Department of Fish and Game 

(CDF&G) Region 4 will be negotiated 

as the site-specific direction for 

fisheries management.

Fisheries 

Management 

EWMD

Table 9 Emigrant Wilderness Fisheries Decision Criteria

Criteria1 Opportunity Class

I II III IV

1) Was the lake 

traditionally 

stocked before 

Wilderness 

designation

Yes Go to question 2

No Stocking may be considered only with adequate environmental 

analysis and decision document

2) Is a TES 

species being 

adversely affected 

by the fishery?2

Yes No measures may be taken to stock or otherwise enhance the 

fishery without adequate mitigation. 

No Go to question 3

3) Is a TES 

species being 

positively affected 

by the fishery?2

Yes Fishery may be stocked to benefit the TES species as agreed upon 

by the joint agencies.

No Go to question 4

4) Is the fishery 

naturally 

reproducing?

Yes Fishery may be stocked only if human influences (Including angling) 

adversely affect the population.

No No stocking of 

the fishery may 

be considered 

for recreational 

purposes.

Only very unique or 

special fisheries may be 

considered for stocking 

with joint CDFG and FS 

agreement in the local 

MOU.3

Stocking may be 

utilized to maintain a 

wilderness recreational 

fishery. 

1

If the answer to any of the four questions above is unknown for any given fishery, a joint effort 

will be made to determine the answers in the most timely manner possible. During evaluation, 

joint agreement must be reached as to interim management consistent with existing MOUs.

2

When these questions are answered it is assumed the CDFG and the FS have already looked at 

all the factors (historical presence, current presence, % of populations, connectivity of 

populations, etc.).

3

Special or Unique Fishery is unique within the Emigrant in terms of species, size, etc.. Golden 

trout fisheries may fall into this category.

 Fisheries management actions other than stocking that may be undertaken cooperatively 

include indirect measures such as recreation use pattern shifts, and education on low impact 

angling techniques.

 TES = Threatened, Endangered, Sensitive

Wilderness 

Education and 

Visitor Contact 

EWMD

Education is conducted...

I. off-site

II. off-site

III. on-site and off-site

IV. on-site and off-site

Target ethnic, immigrant and economically disadvantaged groups 

within the extended service area of the Stanislaus National Forest 

for Wilderness education. Coordinate this effort with regional 

Wilderness education projects to assure maximum coverage and 

efficiency.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 79

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Do not conduct on-site Wilderness education in opportunity 

classes I and II, unless invited by the visitor or, in response to an 

obvious misuse or violation.

Conduct active on-site education contacts with visitors in 

opportunity classes III and IV.

Prepare a Wilderness Education implementation schedule 

documenting the specific education needs and priorities, including 

activities and target audiences.

Resource 

Interpretation 

EWMD

Prehistoric sites and cultural sites are 

not interpreted. (All Opportunity 

Classes)

An element of discovery is 

maintained...

I. for the enjoyment of visitors

II. same

Off-site information is readily 

available...

III. for the enjoyment and 

education of visitors.

IV. same

Provide interpretation information only in response to inquiries, for 

areas located within opportunity classes I or II.

Produce high quality flyers or brochures to interpret historical and 

natural resources, for areas located within opportunity classes III 

or IV.

Physically 

Challenged 

Access 

EWMD

The opportunity to utilize a high 

degree of risk and challenge is...

I. outstanding

II. moderate to outstanding

III. low to outstanding

IV. low to outstanding

Trails...

I. are rare to non-existent, 

consisting of historic ways.

II. are few, consisting on nonsystem historic ways, and 

secondary system trails.

III. May be common, consisting of 

non-system historic ways, 

secondary and primary 

system trails.

IV. same

Provide the highest level of access without diminishing the 

Wilderness experience. During trail maintenance or 

reconstruction, consider universal design features (such as low 

maximum riser heights when steps are constructed) when they do 

not negatively affect the environment and are commensurate with 

the opportunity class allocations. 

Conduct an inventory of suitable camping areas that are naturally 

flat and obstacle free. Develop a trail difficulty rating and mapping 

system to aid people with disabilities in determining feasible 

itineraries. 

Make trail inventories readily available, but not necessarily 

displayed. Maintain an element of discovery for those visitors 

wishing to experience the Wilderness without knowing every detail 

prior to entering.

Range

EWMD

Ecosystems are unaffected by human 

manipulation and influences so that 

plants and animals develop and 

respond to natural forces.

I. no noticeable effects from 

human uses

II. localized human uses may 

have limited effects in very few 

areas

III. localized human uses may 

have limited effects in few 

areas

IV. localized human uses may 

have limited effects in some 

areas

Human influences on aquatic life 

hydrologic processes, soils (and) 

vegetation are...

I. unnoticeable

II. unnoticeable in most areas

The grazing of livestock, where established prior to the effective 

date of the Act, shall be permitted to continue subject to such 

reasonable regulations as are deemed necessary by the 

Secretary of Agriculture (Sec. 4(d)(4) Wilderness Act of 1964).

FSM Policy 2323.22: (Congressional Grazing Guidelines) - 

...there shall be no curtailment of grazing or grazing permits or 

privileges in an area simply because it is designated as 

wilderness, nor should wilderness designations be used as an 

excuse by administrators to slowly "phase out" grazing. Any 

adjustments to the numbers of livestock permitted to graze in 

wilderness areas should be made as a result of revisions in the 

normal grazing and land management planning and policy setting 

process, giving consideration to legal mandates, range condition, 

and the protection of the range resource from deterioration.

Site-specific range management will be determined in allotment 

management plans and annual operating plans. These plans 

must tier to Forest Plan direction, standards and guidelines for 

range including the Emigrant Wilderness Management Direction.

Site-specific analysis of existing range improvements (cabins, 

water sources, fences, etc.) will be incorporated into AMP 
Stanislaus

National Forest

80 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

III. minimal

IV. minimal

The opportunity for solitude is...

I. outstanding 

II. high to outstanding

III. moderate to outstanding

IV. low to outstanding

The imprint of human influences is...

I. unnoticeable

II. unnoticeable in most areas

III. substantially unnoticeable

IV. substantially unnoticeable

revisions.

Meadows grazed by recreational stock must comply with all 

Forest Plan direction for range condition. Site-specific actions may 

be taken to assure range standards are met in recreation areas. 

These actions may include such measures as limited grazing 

seasons, limited numbers of animals, structures when absolutely 

necessary to protect the Wilderness resource, and other range 

management actions available.

Strongly discourage the use of cowbells on commercial grazing 

allotments. Explore methods for reducing or eliminating the use of 

cowbells in cooperation with the permittees during development of 

annual operating plans. Re-evaluate the use of cowbells, when 

permits change hands, including limiting bells to a maximum of 

10% of cattle.

Work with the allotment permittees to adjust management 

practices whenever possible to meet the opportunity class 

objectives for resources other than range.

Outfitting and 

Guiding 

EWMD

No objectives specific to outfitting and 

guiding are included in the 

opportunity class objectives. All 

objectives and standards will apply to 

outfitted-guided recreation as it 

applies to all visitors.

Complete needs assessments as special use permits expire. 

Utilize guidelines provided in FSH 27909.11(41.53a) and the 

Outfitter-Guide Administration Guidebook.

When a specific wilderness dependent public need is identified, 

issue a formal prospectus to solicit bids for outfitter-guide services. 

Award outfitter-guide permits on the basis of past experience and 

performance, ability to provide needed services, economic 

viability, knowledge of wilderness values and “leave no trace” 

ethics and practices.

Apply all use restrictions and actions to outfitters and private 

visitors equally.

Require outfitter-guides to provide clients with information on 

“leave no trace” practices, Wilderness values and regulations. 

Require outfitters to train all guides and trip leaders to provide the 

same.

Heritage 

Resources 

EWMD

Prehistoric sites may be surveyed 

and evaluated but not disturbed by 

activities outside the evaluation. (All 

Opportunity Classes)

Contemporary Native American sites 

(sacred, gathering) are not impacted 

by non-Native American activities.

The Regional Forester may approve stabilization or restoration 

and subsequent maintenance of National Register eligible sites, 

building and structures in Wilderness if their continued existence 

is determined essential for administration, protection, special uses

or wilderness purposes. All structures determined eligible and 

deemed necessary will be managed pursuant to 36 CFR Part 

800, regulation implementing Section 106 of the National Historic 

Preservation Act and the Secretary of the Interior's Standards and 

Guidelines for Treatment of Historic Properties.

Future project specific undertaking implemented through this plan 

will follow 36 CFR Part 800 regulations implementing section 106 

of the National Historic Preservation Act.

Adopt the standard of no intentional disturbance (other than that 

necessary for professional evaluation), vandalism or looting. 

Implement management actions over and above required law 

enforcement actions, if vandalism of sites or disturbance of 

contemporary Native American sites is discovered. Actual 

selection of appropriate actions will depend on site-specific 

circumstances.

Fire Management 

EWMD

Ecosystems are unaffected by human 

manipulation and influences so that 

plants and animals develop and 

respond to natural forces.

I. no noticeable effects from 

human uses

Continue managing Prescribed Natural Fire (PNF) and wildfire 

under the guidelines of the Stanislaus National Forest, Forest Fire 

Management Action Plan (available at the Stanislaus National 

Forest Supervisor's Office).

In addition:
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 81

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

II. localized human uses may 

have limited effects in very few 

areas.

III. localized human uses may 

have limited effects in few 

areas.

IV. localized human uses may 

have limited effects in some 

areas.

1. Planned ignitions may be used (after appropriate site specific 

planning and NEPA analysis) to reduce the hazard associated 

with vegetative conditions resulting from past human activities, 

primarily fire suppression. Planned ignitions should be used 

when it is determined that a lightning ignited fire in a given 

area would not meet management objectives. Vegetative 

conditions and fuel loads will be analyzed to determine the 

need for planned ignitions. The goal behind these corrective 

actions is to allow fire to function as a naturally occurring 

ecological process.

2. As a long term objective, allow a minimum of 95% of naturally 

occurring wildland fires to be managed to achieve resource 

objectives, rather than be suppressed.

Administrative 

Activities 

EWMD

Administrative activities are limited to 

the minimum necessary to ensure 

compliance with...

I. Opportunity Class I objectives

II. Opportunity Class II objectives

III. Opportunity Class III 

objectives

IV. Opportunity Class IV 

objectives

Administrative activities are those actions undertaken by the 

Forest Service and cooperating agencies to implement the forest 

plan direction.

The following standards and actions are specific to the Emigrant Wilderness and are in addition to FSM 

policies.

Permitted 

Activities

Administrative activities are limited to the minimum necessary to meet the objectives of the 

opportunity classes.

Mechanized 

Use 

Use the minimum tool necessary to administer the Wilderness consistent with opportunity 

class objectives.

Administrative 

Camps

Do not allow administrative camps in Opportunity Class I areas. Allow administrative camps 

in Opportunity Class II only if no other sites in classes III or IV are available.

Locate and manage administrative camps in response to opportunity class standards, 

utilizing minimum impact techniques.

Wilderness 

Permits

Maintain an accurate wilderness permit database.

Issue permits only from Stanislaus National Forest offices. Permits requested in advance 

may be picked up at the pack stations or other offices. If a permit is requested at a pack 

station, the Toiyabe National Forest, or Yosemite National Park with insufficient time to send 

it by mail, the permit information may be taken over the phone, then FAXed to the 

requesting location. If for some reason phone or FAX is unavailable, then the permit may be 

issued manually at the requesting location. Make every effort to ensure timely service to 

visitors.

Day Use Collect data to establish more accurate baseline day use levels. Utilize this information in 

targeting user segments with educational activities and other management actions to 

ensure standards are met.

Existing Forest 

Orders

Continue implementing existing regulations unless monitoring shows a need for additional 

actions or changes.

Monitoring See Monitoring and Evaluation.

Accountability Report Wilderness monitoring activities annually in the Forest Land Management Plan 

Monitoring Report. This report should contain at a minimum:

1. The monitoring activities conducted since the last report, and summary of the results.

2. An accounting of why any scheduled monitoring did not take place.

3. A listing of areas known to be out of standard and the actions taken or planned to 

address the situation.
Stanislaus

National Forest

82 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 83

April 2010

Mokelumne Wilderness1 

Management Emphasis 

The Mokelumne Wilderness will be managed according to the Wilderness Act of 1964 to ensure an 

enduring resource of wilderness for present and future generations. The wilderness character of the 

Mokelumne and its specific values of solitude, physical and mental challenge, scientific study, 

inspiration and primitive recreation will be protected and where necessary restored. The wilderness 

will be administered for public use and enjoyment as wilderness, consistent with the primitive 

conditions and wilderness character, in such a manner that leaves the area unimpaired for future use 

and enjoyment as wilderness. The area will be managed under a concept of non-degradation, to 

prevent further loss of naturalness or solitude, and to restore substandard settings and conditions. 

The limited access and primitive quality of much of the Mokelumne Wilderness will be maintained as 

a finite and unique asset. Management will emphasize maintaining the relatively pristine and 

challenging conditions of the North Fork Mokelumne River Canyon and lower Summit City Canyon. 

Management will minimize the impacts to, and as needed, restore high use areas such as Carson 

Pass. As feasible, actions will be taken to develop and enhance primitive backcountry recreation 

opportunities outside the wilderness to help reduce use pressure and impacts within the wilderness, 

and to meet the needs of non-wilderness dependent recreational use. Management will be consistent 

with the Wilderness Act of 1964, direction provided in 36 CFR 261 and 293, the Forest Service 

manual 2320, and the Wilderness Management Handbook (FSH 2309.19). See the Appendix C for 

key regulations, policies and objectives.

Description 

The 104,500 acre Mokelumne Wilderness is bordered by Highway 88 on the north and Highway 4 on 

the south, and extends from Salt Springs Reservoir east along the North Fork of the Mokelumne 

River and over the Sierra Crest. The dominant feature of the wilderness is the North Fork Mokelumne 

River Canyon. The canyon is 3000-4000 feet deep in places, and is primarily without system trails. 

The rugged nature of this canyon provides unique and outstanding opportunities for solitude among 

central Sierra wilderness areas. The Mokelumne is less used than the adjacent Desolation and 

Carson-Iceberg wilderness areas. In 1994 recreation use was estimated to be 42,000 RVDs, 

compared to 283,000 RVDs in the Desolation and 71,000 RVDs in the Carson-Iceberg.

Hiking, camping, viewing nature, fishing, horseback riding and cross country skiing are all popular 

activities within the wilderness. The proximity of the Mokelumne Wilderness to large urban areas and 

several highways provides a large potential visitor base for the area. However, the topography of the 

Mokelumne, a deep, rugged canyon with a few surrounding peaks, highlands and twenty small lakes, 

tends to concentrate recreational use at the lake basins along the wilderness perimeter. This 

concentrated use is most prevalent in the Carson Pass area.

The Carson Pass area, including Emigrant, Round Top, Winnemucca, 4th of July and Frog Lakes, 

was one of the most, highly used Rare 11 areas in California prior to inclusion in the Mokelumne 

Wilderness in 1984. The area continues to present a challenge for management as wilderness. Many 

factors contribute to the popularity of the area, easy access from Highway 88, high quality scenery, 

three lakes within 2 miles of several trailheads, articles in prominent magazines promoting the 

scenery, historical interest, nearby campgrounds, parking and other recreational facilities. In 1993, 

over half of the visitors with overnight permits entered the wilderness at the trailheads in the Carson 

Pass area. The area is extremely popular with day users, with hundreds of visitors per day using the 

area on peak season weekends.

Special features of the wilderness include the variety of geologic features and diversity of plant 

communities in the Round Top Geological and Botanical Special Interest Area. The North Fork 

Mokelumne River within the wilderness has been recommended for Wild River status. The Snow 

 

1 Mokelumne Wilderness Management Guidelines, Forest Plan Amendment, USDA Forest Service 2000
Stanislaus

National Forest

84 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Canyon Research Natural Area was recognized to promote the protection and study of the 

outstanding western white pine community found there.

The wilderness is jointly administered by the Eldorado and Stanislaus National Forests in Region 5; 

and the Toiyabe National Forest in Region 4. The Mokelumne Wilderness (50,000 acres) was 

designated as part of the original Wilderness Act of 1964. The California Wilderness Act of 1984 

added approximately 54,500 acres to the Mokelumne Wilderness. The acreage of the Mokelumne 

Wilderness is divided, between the three Forests as follows:

 Eldorado National Forest, Amador Ranger District 60,700 acres

 Stanislaus National Forest, Calaveras Ranger District 23,600 acres

 Toiyabe National Forest, Carson Ranger District 20,200 acres

Rapidly growing populations of the foothill communities and regional urban areas are anticipated to 

cause increased demand for recreational opportunities on the three Forests which administer the 

Mokelumne Wilderness. Dispersed recreational use, which includes wilderness, on the Eldorado NF 

is expected to increase from an estimated 2 million RVDs in 1994, to 2.5 million RVDs in the year 

2000, and 2.75 million RVDs in the year 2010. Applying this same trend to the Mokelumne 

Wilderness, use would be expected to increase (without use limits) from an estimated 42,000 RVDs 

in 1994, to 52,500 RVDs in the year 2000, and 57,750 RVDs in the year 2010.

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Administrative Activities 

Administrative 

Activities

MWMG

Limit administrative activities to the minimum requirement necessary for the administration of the 

area as wilderness and the purposes of wilderness. Accomplish management activities with nonmotorized equipment and non-mechanical transport of supplies and personnel. The sight, sound 

and other tangible evidence of motorized equipment and mechanical transport will be excluded 

within wilderness except where needed and justified. (FSM 2326.02 [2]).

Closed Motor Vehicle 

Travel Management 

(10-G-1)

Closed Mountain 

Bicycle Management 

(10-H-2) 

MWMG

Unless specifically authorized, motorized or mechanical vehicles are prohibited in wilderness, 

including over snow vehicles (OSV), off highway vehicles (OHV), mountain bikes and hang gliders 

(36 CFR 261.16). The use of wheelchairs in wilderness is allowed for individuals whose disability 

requires use of a wheelchair. Prevent trespass of motorized or mechanized vehicles (including offroad vehicles, snowmobiles and mountain bikes) into the wilderness. Problems with OSV trespass 

have occurred at Indian Valley, Blue Lakes, Squaw Ridge and Forestdale Divide. A problem with 

mountain bike trespass has been identified at the spur trail from the Kirkwood ski lift service road 

(10N10) to the Emigrant Lake Trail. Work with Kirkwood Ski Area to prevent mountain bike trespass. 

Where problems exist:

 Post wilderness boundary signs, motorized/mechanical vehicle closure signs and other 

necessary information at points of trespass and at key access areas (parking lots, trailheads). At 

specific problem areas install large 4'X 4' sign boards at wilderness boundary specifically 

warning trespassers of prohibition of this use in wilderness, potential fines and that the area is 

being patrolled. Signs need to be clearly visible (i.e.: above snow level if needed) at critical points 

of trespass.

 Conduct winter patrols to enforce regulations on weekends and holidays in known areas of 

trespass.

 Initiate educational programs and efforts for motorized user groups which access areas adjacent 

to the wilderness. Emphasize wilderness values and regulations, problems with 

motorized/mechanized trespass, and work with user groups to develop solutions to problems. 

Where significant trespass problems persist, an environmental analysis will be completed to 

determine if closing the OHV or OSV routes in the problem area is appropriate.

Use of Motorized 

Equipment or 

Mechanized Transport 

MWMG

Follow the direction in FSM 2326 regarding the use of motorized or mechanized equipment and 

transport in wilderness. The objectives are to accomplish management activities with non-motorized 

equipment and non-mechanized transport and to exclude the sight, sound, and other tangible 

evidence of motorized equipment or mechanized transport except where they are needed and 

justified. Forest Supervisors can approve the use of motorized equipment or mechanized travel 

when situation involves an inescapable urgency and temporary need for speed beyond that 
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 85

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

available by primitive means and for exploration and for development of valid existing mineral rights. 

Emergency categories include, including fire suppression, health and safety, law enforcement 

involving serious crimes or fugitive pursuit, removal of deceased persons and aircraft accident 

investigations. The Regional Forester can approve motorized or mechanized uses for other 

administrative purposes.

 Document each incident where motorized use is approved in the wilderness. Complete a 

minimum tool analysis prior to seeking Regional Forester approval for non-emergency 

administrative use of mechanized transport or motorized equipment.

Search and Rescue

Develop consistent policies and procedures for the wilderness, across the three Forests and in 

coordination with the county law enforcement agencies and emergency services for the use of 

aircraft and other motorized equipment in search and rescue, law enforcement and other 

emergencies in the wilderness. 

Aircraft Overflights

The goal is to limit the impacts of overflights on wilderness visitors and resources. Current FAA 

recommended flight level over wilderness areas is 2000' above ground level (AGL). Assess and 

evaluate if low-flying aircraft are adversely impacting the wilderness experience.

 Wilderness rangers to monitor low overflights. Monitoring should identify type of aircraft (military, 

private, commercial) so any future actions can be targeted to specific groups.

 If significant problem exists with military aircraft, implement an educational effort with nearby 

military airbases about the impacts of overflights on wilderness experience.

Wilderness managers contact FAA to ensure current wilderness boundary is on aeronautical charts.

Research 

MWMG

Follow the direction in FSM 2324.41 regarding approval of research in the wilderness. Limit research 

to those activities which are dependent on the wilderness environment.

 Review research proposals with the wilderness manager, Forest Supervisor and an appropriate 

research scientist from one of the Forest Service Research Stations (i.e. PSW or Leopold 

Institute).

Water Quantity 

Management (18-B)

Snow Survey Sites, 

Weather Modification 

MWMG

Follow the direction in FSM 2323.44a regarding snow survey sites within the wilderness, and the 

direction in FSM 2323.45 regarding weather modification programs which target the wilderness.

Do not permit long term weather modification programs that produce a repeated or prolonged 

change in weather directly affecting the wilderness. Do not permit weather modification activities 

which target the wilderness unless: 1) the proponent can provide scientifically supportable evidence 

that the activities will not produce permanent, substantial changes in natural conditions; 2.) the 

proposal includes no feature that will visibly alter or otherwise impact the wilderness; 3.) and the 

proposal will not reduce the value of the wilderness for recreation, scenic, scientific, educational, 

conservation or historic use.

Air Resources 

Air Resource Inventory 

and Monitoring (1-A) 

MWMG

Protect air quality related values (AQRV) in the Mokelumne Wilderness, including visibility, while 

allowing natural forces, such as fire, to assume their natural ecological role. Achieve the air quality 

goals established in the Clean Air Act and meet Federal and State air quality standards for Class I 

airsheds. To fulfill the intent of the Clean Air Act, adequate information regarding the condition of air 

quality related values in the Mokelumne Wilderness is needed. Initial research indicates that 

visibility, ambient air quality (ozone levels and S02, N02 and NOx), lichen plots, and lake water 

chemistry (pH, ANC and clarity) are key AQRVs to monitor in the Mokelumne.

 Complete and implement an air resources monitoring schedule and program for the Mokelumne 

Wilderness (see Appendix B).

 Identify appropriate sensitive receptors of key AQRVs to monitor and determine the existing 

condition of each sensitive receptor.

 Establish baseline information useful to the regulatory process in predicting the effects of air 

pollution sources on the identified sensitive receptors.

 Determine if existing air pollution is resulting in man-caused change in the conditions of identified 

sensitive receptors.

 Review and respond to operational permits for new or modified point sources (Prevention of 

Significant Deterioration review), which have the potential to threaten the air quality in the Class I 
Stanislaus

National Forest

86 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

airshed.

 Work with air resource agencies if mobile or area-wide sources are causing significant adverse 

effects on the Class I airshed.

 Manage smoke from wildland fire in or near the Mokelumne Wilderness in a manner that causes 

the least impact to the natural range of variability AQRVs within wilderness.

Facilities 

Trail Management 

(10-I) 

MWMG

Develop trails outside the wilderness, and make improvements to signing and parking at nonwilderness trailheads, as opportunities become available, to help disperse visitors from high use 

wilderness areas. Examples of areas where these improvements of new developments might be 

made include: the Coast to Crest Trail, Red Lake Peak Trail, Meiss Lake Trailhead, Devils Lake, 

Hidden Lake, Devils Hole Lake, and Summit Meadow Lake. Some trails within the Mokelumne 

Wilderness may need to be managed for a more challenging experience than currently exists to 

meet the Opportunity Class objectives. Trail improvements will be constructed to blend into natural 

landscape as unobtrusively as possible.

 Do not develop new system trails inside the wilderness except as a resource protection 

measure, where no other management options are available.

 Materials used in trail maintenance and construction (if ever required) will harmonize with the 

natural environment. Use native materials unless collection of these materials will create 

unacceptable impacts. Otherwise use natural materials, unless alternate materials are required 

to protect resources.

 Relocate trails away from meadow and riparian areas where possible.

 Fords to be used in preference to bridges at stream crossings. 

 Provide the minimal tread needed for the designated trail experience level and types of use.

 Naturalize and rehabilitate abandoned trails and old jeep roads in wilderness as feasible and 

needed.

 No trails will be constructed in the Musser-Jarvis watershed, the water supply for Markleeville. 

 Evaluate the user created route to the summit of Round Top to determine future actions to 

prevent resource damage and minimize the visual impacts of this route.

 Improvement or relocation of the Woods Lake, Carson Pass or Lost Cabin Trailheads might be 

made to resolve traffic problems or to prevent resource damage. To prevent increased use in the 

Carson Pass area, no net gain in parking facilities will be allowed in these areas.

 Two areas of gully erosion associated with old roadways at Ladeaux Meadow will be treated to 

prevent further erosion and sedimentation. Restoration involves: l.) restoring flow to natural 

channel and stabilizing gully with native materials; and 2.) and raking a portion of roadway to 

encourage natural re-vegetation.

 Trail construction and maintenance will follow guidelines in Trails Management Handbook. (FSH 

2309.18) Trails will be managed to meet Opportunity Class objectives for each management 

area. Trails will be designated with specific difficulty levels and management prescriptions, using 

the following guidelines:

Opportunity 

Class

Trail Experience/Condition

Most Difficult More Difficult Easiest

1. Pristine No system trails would be constructed or maintained.

2. Primitive X x --

3. Remote x X x

4. Portal -- X x*

X - Trails in these areas would primarily be managed for this experience level and prescription.

x - Some trails in these areas may be managed for this experience level and prescription.

* - FSM 2311.11 Exhibit 2 indicates trails designated as "easy" are generally inappropriate for 

areas managed as an ROS class of primitive. Managing trails for an "easiest" classification 

may be appropriate in some cases to meet management objectives for Opportunity Class 4 

areas.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 87

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Below are the trail management prescriptions. In addition to this scheduled maintenance, routine 

maintenance, such as cleaning water bars and logging out will be performed annually or as 

appropriate given the management prescription.

 Most Difficult - Maintained for primitive experience. No tread maintenance. Drainage is functional 

and not likely to fail. Trail sides not brushed, but tread kept passable. Tread may be rough, but 

provisions are made for resource protection. Expected use level is less than 30 users annually. 

Condition surveys and maintenance performed every 3-5 years.

 More Difficult - Maintained for near primitive experience. Tread maintained for resource 

protection. Drainage performance is the same as Most Difficult. Limited brushing, slide removal 

and drainage maintenance. Logs or similar rustic structures may be used at stream crossings. 

Expected use level is 30-600 users annually. Condition survey and maintenance performed 

every 2-3 years.

 Easiest - Maintained for intermediate level experience. Tread surface is relatively smooth. Tread 

and backslopes groomed, rocks removed, structures maintained. The drainage specifications 

are the same as Most Difficult. Trail sides brushed out to Trail Handbook standards. Expected 

use level is 600 plus users annually. Condition survey and maintenance performed every 1-2 

years. Logged out annually.

Number of User-Created Trails

The number of user-created trails will not exceed the existing number of acceptable user created 

trails along a given segment of system trail.

The number of user-created trails will serve as an indicator of impacts in high use areas. Monitoring 

will occur along trails in selected Class 3 and Class 4 areas where current use is at or near social

standards. Unwanted user-created trails will be obliterated or blocked. The number of user-created 

trails will be counted, mapped and photographed along a given segment of trail. This would 

establish a baseline of the acceptable number trails. Monitor to determine if user-created trails are 

increasing.

Range of Actions if Standard is Exceeded. (Actions in bold may require further analysis)

 Obliterate or discourage use of unwanted user-created trails.

 Educate visitors to disperse when traveling off-trail and to avoid trampling plants, walking in wet 

areas and other fragile areas.

 Increase wilderness patrols.

 Prohibit off-trail use in sensitive areas where resource damage is occurring.

 Reduce group size limit in a specific area.

 Restrict off-trail travel where significant resource problems are occurring.

 Implement a quota system to limit use. 

Changes in Trail Width

An increase of 50% in trail width of will serve as a yellow flag to analyze the situation and initiate 

appropriate actions.

Changes in trail width can be caused by heavy recreational use and by grazing operations. 

Monitoring points would be established in known problem areas to assess the extent of problem.

Range of Actions if Standard is Exceeded. (Actions in bold may require further analysis)

 Educate visitor to walk single file along trails.

 Use rocks and other natural barriers to contain use within existing trail tread and prevent 

increases in tread width.

 Enhance or develop trails in non-wilderness areas, and redirect use.

 Change access conditions, reduce parking and road access signs, move trailhead further from 

boundary.

 If caused by grazing operations, work with permittee to reduce impacts. Require permittee to 

contribute to trail maintenance commensurate with damage caused by livestock.

 Require day use permits to provide greater opportunity to educate visitors.

 Reduce group size or the number of animals per group for a specific area.

 Implement a quota system to limit use.
Stanislaus

National Forest

88 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Accessibility 

MWMG

In accordance with Section 507 of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) of 1990, those persons 

whose disability requires the use of a wheelchair can use either motorized or non-motorized 

wheelchairs in the wilderness. Wheelchairs are defined in Section 507 (c) (2) of the ADA as "a 

device designed solely for use by a mobility-impaired person for locomotion that is suitable for use in 

an indoor pedestrian area." For situations and requests where there are questions regarding the 

appropriateness of the use of a device, use the Wilderness Access Decision Tool to assist in 

evaluating the situation and reaching a decision.

Access sites outside the wilderness will conform to the ADA Access Guidelines. When provided, 

information will be in a format available to persons with disabilities. Trails within the wilderness are 

not required to be designed to accommodate wheelchair use. Improving trails to accommodate 

wheelchairs may be considered when not in conflict with wilderness values. Wilderness managers 

analyzed the potential to improve trails within the Mokelumne Wilderness to specifically 

accommodate wheelchairs. Better options to provide trails designed specifically for wheelchairs exist 

in non-wilderness areas. Equestrian outfitter/guide services provide an option to increase wilderness 

accessibility for disabled visitors.

Sign Management 

MWMG

Provide sufficient signing at trailhead to convey all important wilderness education and regulation 

information. Provide minimal signing within wilderness; directional signing at major system trail 

junctions and signing for resource protection as needed. Survey and sign wilderness boundary as 

needed and feasible. Conduct inventory of existing wilderness trailhead and trail junction signing to 

determine signing needs. Below are sign standards to be used at trailheads and along trails.

All signing within the wilderness to be constructed of unfinished natural wood. Letters will be routed 

and left unpainted.

Wilderness Boundary Survey and Signing

Prioritize boundary survey and signing needs. Identify areas where motorized or mechanical vehicle 

trespass has been a problem, or other threats to wilderness necessitate survey and signing of 

wilderness boundary. Coordinate with engineering staff on each forest to accomplish survey and 

signing.

Trailhead Sign Boards

Purpose: Identify the trailhead and provide board space for a map, forest orders, educational 

material and wilderness regulations. Could also be used for trailhead self-registration boxes. 

Location: This sign is placed at every trailhead with trails leading into the wilderness.

Design Recommendations: A 3'X 3' sign board (plywood or boards) attached to two 4"X4" or 6"X6" 

posts for lightly used trailheads. A 4' X 8' sign board for heavily used trailheads to better convey 

"leave no trace" information and regulations. The larger sign board is recommended for the following 

trailheads: Carson Pass, Woods Lake, Lost Cabin, Emigrant Lake, Tanglefoot, Salt Springs, 

Woodchuck Basin, Kinney Meadows. Signs may either be a bulletin board format as indicated in 

Appendix C, or a well designed sign panel incorporating a map and other information to fulfill the 

Purpose described above.

Wilderness Portal Sign

Purpose: Indicates entrance into wilderness area along main travel routes.

Location: At or near wilderness boundary on major system trail or waterway.

Specifications: Five-sided routed wood wilderness signs, as in FSH 7109.11 (5-46,47). Two sizes: 5' 

horizontal sign or 3' vertical sign.

Recommend large horizontal portal sign for the eastern end of Salt Springs Reservoir to inform 

visitors arriving in boats that they are entering the wilderness. Recommend replacing portal signs at 

the following trails: Lost Cabin, Woods Lake, Beebe Lake, and elsewhere as needed.

Trail Name and Destination Sign

Purpose: Identifies trail name and major destinations (mileage and directional arrows optional).

Location: Along trails leading into wilderness, within 1/4 mile of trailhead.

Design Recommendations: Same as Standard Trail Directional Signs found in FSH 7109.11 (541). 

Sign board is natural wood 1 ", size variable depending on number and length of lines. Letters

routed 1" high. Trail name at top underlined. Sign mounted on 4"X4" or 6"X6"post the top of which is 

approx. 3 1/2' above ground. National Trail symbol can be mounted on post below sign where 

applicable. (See Appendix C)
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 89

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Interior Trail Junction Sign

Purpose: Provides destination direction at major system trail junctions within wilderness. 

Location: At major system trail junctions.

Design Recommendations: Sign consists of a single unfinished wood 4"X4" or 6"X6" post, the top of 

which is chamfered. Top of post is approximately 3 1/2' above ground. Trail destination is routed in 

1" (unpainted) letters vertically on post with vertically-oriented arrow. Destinations are routed on as 

many sides as needed. Post is oriented so visitor reads correct destination as she/he faces trail 

leading to this destination. National Trail markers can be placed on post below lettering as needed.

Fire Management 

Fire Management 

(4-A) 

MWMG

The management of fire for the Mokelumne Wilderness will be outlined in specific Forest Fire 

Management Plans prepared by each Forest. The Fire Management Plans will develop 

prescriptions for where and when lightning fires will be allowed to burn in the Mokelumne 

Wilderness, address the need for planned ignitions to remove unnaturally high accumulations of 

fuel, and identify areas that need protection from fire. When fire suppression strategies are 

employed, fires will be controlled with a minimum impact to wilderness resources.

The objectives for Mokelumne Wilderness in the Fire Management Plans are:

 To allow lightning fires to assume, as nearly as possible, their natural ecological role in 

wilderness.

 To reduce, to an acceptable level, the risks and consequences of wildfire within wilderness or 

escaping from wilderness. (FSM 2324.2).

 To provide a coordinated Wilderness Fire Management Strategy for all three Forests that 

manage the Mokelumne Wilderness.

When the Fire Management Plans are completed, monitor fire regime (including frequency, intensity 

and acres) and compare to historic range of variability.

Use planned ignitions only to remove any unnaturally high accumulations of fuel.

Use the appropriate management response, considering least cost, to meet resource objectives.

Minimum impact suppression tactics and guidelines (such as the MIST guidelines developed in 

Region 1 and the Light hand Tactics developed in Region 6) will be developed and used in 

management actions for wilderness fires. Appropriate fire personnel will be trained in these fire 

management concepts and strategies.

The responsible line officer will inform wilderness managers of all wilderness fires and appoint a 

wilderness resource advisor for all Class C fires, or larger (>10 acres), in the wilderness. This 

advisor will be responsible for ensuring fire management activities have minimum impact on 

resources and are compatible with wilderness management objectives.

The emergency use of motorized equipment such as chain saws, portable pumps, helicopters and 

aircraft (including the use of fire retardant) will be made by the Forest Supervisor or District Ranger 

on a case by case basis.

Fish and Wildlife 

Fish and Wildlife (5-A) 

MWMG

Natural ecological processes, rather than human actions and influences, determine the presence, 

abundance, distribution and behavior of wildlife species. The vertical and horizontal diversity of 

habitats and habitat requirements of indigenous species (including cover, breeding sites, migration 

routes, and food sources) are protected or restored from human caused impacts and influences. 

Viable populations of all indigenous species are protected, and management practices are 

developed and implemented to ensure sensitive species do not become threatened or endangered 

because of Forest Service actions (FSM 2670).

 Habitat alteration and disruption of wildlife due to recreation use is limited to the extent described 

in the Opportunity Class objectives.

 At capable sites, the structure of grass/forb habitat in meadows is sufficient to maintain 

populations of both predator and prey, such as great gray owl and their prey.

 Habitat of sensitive species, such as mountain yellow-legged frog and Yosemite toad (including 

breeding sites and movement corridors) is protected or restored from human caused impacts, 

including impacts from livestock grazing and fish stocking.

 Forests will assess achievement of these desired conditions and objectives by determining 

presence, condition and trend of habitat, and assessments of animal populations.
Stanislaus

National Forest

90 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Fish and Wildlife 

Habitat Coordination 

MWMG

Direction for the management of fish and wildlife in Wilderness is provided in an agreement, 

"Policies and Guidelines for Fish and Wildlife Management in National Forest and Bureau of Land 

Management Wilderness" (in FSH 2309.19). Further direction is provided in a Memorandum of 

Understanding (MOU) between Region 5 of the Forest Service and the California Department of 

Fish and Game (CDFG). The IAFWA agreement states that different applications of the IAFWA 

guidelines will be spelled out in National Forest Plans or wilderness management plans.

 Finalize, document and implement the decisions and agreements for fisheries management, 

including specific fish stocking decisions and future management of lake level dams, in the 

Mokelumne Wilderness reached between Region 2 of the California Department of Fish and 

Game and the Eldorado, Stanislaus and Toiyabe National Forests.

Fisheries Habitat 

Improvement - Nonstructural (5-C) 

MWMG

Fish-stocking is permitted only on waters previously stocked, to maintain an indigenous species (in 

this case, species of fish traditionally stocked prior to designation may be considered indigenous) 

which is likely to survive and has been depleted by human influences, or to aid in the recovery of an 

indigenous threatened or endangered species (FSH 2309.19). Management of wilderness fisheries 

will emphasize quality and naturalness (FSM 2323.34).

Fisheries Habitat 

Improvements - 

Structural

(5-B) 

MWMG

Existing streamflow maintenance and lake level enhancement dams will be managed according to 

FSM 2323.35b and the agreement developed with Region 2 of the California Department of Fish 

And Game regarding the management of fisheries in the Mokelumne Wilderness. Lake level dams 

which no longer meet CDFG and Forest Service management objectives will be removed from the 

CDFG special use permit and allowed to disintegrate over time. A decision to repair a dam or allow 

a dam to disintegrate may require further site-specific analysis.

 Safety hazards, such as sharp pieces of steel or concrete, would be treated or removed.

 Those dams which are to be retained would continue to be operated, restored, and maintained 

by CDFG under the existing special use permit.

 Any repair work would be completed by non-motorized means, and using native rock where 

possible.

Recovery Species 

Administration and 

Management (5-L) 

MWMG

Populations of federally listed threatened and endangered (T&E) species and Forest Service 

sensitive species will be protected and where needed, restored. Priorities for inventory of wildlife 

species in the wilderness will be based on known or potential T&E or sensitive species habitat and 

where wilderness uses are a potential conflict with these resources.

 Campsites and trails will be relocated as required to protect T&E and sensitive species.

Through formal consultation with the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS), specific range 

standards were adopted by the Stanislaus and Toiyabe National Forests for areas which have 

Lahontan cutthroat trout (LCT). These standards were developed in a multi-Forest programmatic 

biological assessment, and accepted by USFWS with minor changes in a biological opinion on July, 

15, 1994 (USFWS 1994a). These standards would be applicable to those streams in the 

Mokelumne Wilderness which have been identified as existing or potential recovery habitat for 

Lahontan cutthroat trout. Raymond Meadows Creek was identified as existing LCT habitat, and Jeff 

Davis Creek and Forestdale Creek were identified as potential recovery habitat in the recovery plan 

developed by USFWS for this species.

Heritage Resources 

Heritage Resource 

Management (2-B) 

MWMG

Heritage resources will be managed in a manner compatible with wilderness management 

objectives. 

Monte Wolfe Cabin

Complete evaluation to determine if the Monte Wolfe Cabin is eligible for the National Register of 

Historic Places, including developments in the surrounding area such as the outhouse. If the cabin is 

eligible, and restoration or maintenance of the cabin is determined essential to heritage resource 

management in the wilderness, seek approval will be from the Regional Forester to maintain the 

structure (as required by FSM 2323.82). Specific long term management of the cabin will be 

determined when Regional Forester makes decision.

 If this approval is granted, the Eldorado NF will prepare a brief management plan for the cabin 

and agreement with the Monte Wolfe Foundation regarding future management of the cabin.

 If the cabin is not eligible for the National Register, or approval to maintain the structure is not 

granted by the Regional Forester, the cabin will be allowed to deteriorate. Documentation and 

mitigation required by section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act will be completed.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 91

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Unauthorized locks, signs on the cabin, and private belongings in the cabin will be removed. 

Occupancy of the cabin is prohibited until future management of the cabin is determined. The 

resource will be protected as required by NHPA until a decision on future management of the cabin 

is determined.

Manage the cabin and site to prevent degradation of the primitive wilderness character and 

Opportunity Class l objectives of the Middle Mokelumne Canyon management area. 

Monitor the cabin yearly.

Heritage Resource 

Interpretation (2-C) 

MWMG

All interpretation of heritage resources will be done outside of the wilderness (FSM 2323.83).

Heritage Resource 

Inventory and 

Evaluation (2-A) 

MWMG

Heritage resources would be identified, evaluated and protected as required by federal laws and 

regulations, and managed in a manner compatible with wilderness character and Opportunity Class 

objectives. To address the effects of wilderness use on heritage resources, these resources will be 

inventoried, any damage assessed and mitigation measures developed according to the following 

schedule. Inventories will start with the highest use areas in each forest and continue until all use 

areas are surveyed.

Forest or District Archaeologist will survey areas prior to trail reconstruction, campsite rehabilitation 

or other ground disturbing activities occur.

Schedule to Address Effects to Heritage Resources

Forest Priorit

y Complete Inventory, Develop and Implement Treatment Plans

Eldorado NF 1 Carson Pass area, including: Emigrant, Round Top, Frog and 

Winnemucca Lakes.

2 Plateau area, including: Black Rock, Cole Creek, Long and Beebe 

Lakes.

2 Granite Lake to Grouse Lake area.

2 Shriner Lake to Moraine Lake area.

3 Other high use or known sensitive areas, or at least 5 miles of trails 

per year until complete.

Stanislaus 

NF

1 Blue Hole area.

2 Wheeler Lake area.

3 Other high use or known sensitive areas, or at least 5 miles of trails 

per year until complete.

Toiyabe NF 1 Raymond Lake area.

2 Jeff Davis Creek area.

2 Raymond Meadows area.

3 Other high use or known sensitive areas and at least 5 miles of 

trails per year until complete.

Lands 

Minerals Management

Locatable Minerals 

(7-A)

Leasable Minerals 

(7-B) 

MWMG

The Forest Service Manual (FSM 2800 and 2320) and the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR 228 

and 293) provide direction for the management of mineral activities in wilderness where there are 

valid existing rights.

Manage any mineral development activity, with valid existing right, to minimize impact on wilderness 

resources and preserve wilderness character to the extent possible.

Forest Service mineral examiner to verify valid existing rights prior to authorizing any significant 

surface disturbing mineral access or development activity.

Mineral information-gathering activity in designated wilderness, including prospecting, is only for 

scientific and educational purposes. Mineral information-gathering activity must be authorized in 

writing by authorized officer. Terms and conditions of authorization must specify purpose of 

proposed activity.

The gathering of mineral information, including prospecting, in a wilderness area is not permitted for 

recreational activities, for commercial exploration or for non-commercial purposes for personal gain, 

whether by hand tools, panning, sluicing or other methods. (R5 Supplement 230094-1).
Stanislaus

National Forest

92 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Periodically review wilderness mining claims to ensure annual assessments and holding fees are 

current. For claims which are out of date, notify the BLM to review case file and issue abandoned 

and void notices as appropriate.

Land Adjustment (8-A) 

MWMG

Acquire private lands within the wilderness, as feasible, to protect wilderness values, forestall noncompatible land uses, and reduce conflicts.

Table 10 Mokelumne Wilderness Inholdings

Forest Location Parcel Ownership acres

Acquisition

Priority

Ranking*

Toiyabe 

NF 1. Sec. 7, T9N, R20E Raymond 

Canyon

Chandler

(trustee) 40 32

2. Sec. 7, T9N, R20E Raymond 

Canyon Orloff 43 28

3. Sec. 7, T9N, R20E Raymond 

Canyon York 37 28

4. Sec. 18, T9N, R20E Raymond 

Canyon Hawle 20 28

5. Sec. 9, T9N, R19E Jeff Davis Creek Dressler Co. 160 28

6. Sec. 26, TION, R18E Carson Pass State of CA 40 27

7. Sec. 35, TION, R18E Forestdale 

Creek State of CA 40 27

Stanislaus 

NF

8. Sec. 28&29, T8N, 

R16E Round Valley Garthawaite 10 35

9. Sec. 8, T9N, R20E mining claim 9 32

Eldorado 

NF

10. Sec. 5&8, T8N, R19E Deer Valley PG&E 481 39

11. Sec. l9&30, T10N, 

R18E Caples Lake PG&E 120 35

12. Sec. 2, T9N, R18E Summit City 

Creek PG&E 160 35

13. Sec. 3&10, T9N, 

R18E Devils Corral PG&E 320 34

14. Sec. 13&24, T8N, 

R16E Cole Creek Southern Pacific 400 32

15. Sec. 36, T8N, R16E Tanglefoot State of CA 40 31

16. Sec. 36, T8N, R 16E Tanglefoot State of CA 120 27

Total 2040

*These rankings were the result of a cooperative project between the USDA-Forest Service, 

The Wilderness Land Trust and Colorado State University. The rankings incorporated an 

assessment of development potential, ecological importance and social impacts. There is a 

cabin located on the Underwood Valley parcel on the Calaveras District. The owner has an 

easement allowing motorized access. Another cabin is located on one of the parcels along 

Raymond Canyon Creek on the Carson District. This cabin is accessed by trail, and is rented 

as a wilderness retreat.

Property Boundary 

Location and Marking 

(8-F) 

MWMG

Prioritize wilderness boundary survey and signing needs. Identify areas where motorized or 

mechanical vehicle trespass has been a problem, coordinate with engineering staff on each Forest 

to accomplish survey and signing.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 93

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Range 

Range Planning and 

Analysis (9-E) 

MWMG

Forage utilization levels and range carrying capacity will be determined in Allotment Management 

Plans (AMP). Base proper forage utilization levels on physical, biological and social objectives for 

wilderness management area. (FSH 2309.19, 22.22)

 Where conflicts between grazing operations and recreational use persist, or where cattle 

consistently wander outside allotment boundaries, Allotment Management Plans will analyze if 

there are opportunities to exclude livestock from popular wilderness camping areas or problem 

areas with minimal loss of forage to the permittee. Analysis will include considering changes in 

allotment boundaries to make use of natural barriers, the forage value, recreational value of area 

of conflict and desired conditions and objectives for resources.

 Vacant allotments will remain vacant until site-specific environmental analysis determines the 

future management of these allotments. This analysis will determine if grazing can occur in the 

area and still meet the desired conditions, and protect the recreation and other resource values 

of the area. A "No grazing" alternative will be included as part of this analysis.

 No grazing is permitted in the Musser-Jarvis watershed, which is the water supply for 

Markleeville.

Range Management 

(9-A) 

MWMG

Grazing will be managed in a manner that utilizes forage while meeting Forest Plan direction and 

management area desired conditions and objectives for all wilderness resources including Riparian 

Areas, Fish and Wildlife, Vegetation, Watershed/Water Quality, and Soils. Livestock management 

will be accomplished through Grazing Permits and Allotment Management Plans (AMP).

Desired Conditions

The desired condition for the range resource is to maintain wilderness ecosystems so that plants 

and animals respond to natural forces and are unaffected by human influences. The goal is to 

maintain or restore vegetation within the reference range of variability for the potential natural 

vegetation in all range types, maintain or restore ecosystem function, biological diversity and the 

biotic integrity of aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems 

 Apply Standards and Guidelines from Forest Plans and Amendments to the Forest Plans to 

maintain or achieve desired conditions.

 Apply the specific range standards and guidelines developed through formal consultation with 

the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS) and adopted by the Stanislaus and Toiyabe 

National Forests for areas which have Lahontan cutthroat trout (see Fish and Wildlife direction).

Range Ecological Condition and Trend

Implement grazing Standards and Guidelines and Management Practices so as to achieve the 

following conditions:

Opportunity Class Range Ecological 

Condition Trend

1. Pristine Excellent to good Stable to upward

2. Primitive Excellent to good Stable to upward

3. Remote Good Stable to upward

4. Portal Good Stable to upward

Examples of Range of Actions to be Taken if Standard is Exceeded. (Actions will be taken through 

the administration of the grazing permit and allotment management processes.)

 Work with permittees to implement or change management practices which will help improve 

condition, including herding and salting.

 Take permit action, including changing the season of use or reducing the number of animals.

 Rest area until resources have recovered and standards are met.

Minimize conflicts with recreational use

Administer grazing allotments to minimize conflicts between recreational users and grazing 

operations. Seek to resolve conflicts and problems in Annual Operating Instructions, AMP revisions 

and visitor education.

Educate wilderness visitors regarding the law and policy governing grazing management in 

wilderness, and where and when visitors may expect to see livestock. (See Interpretive Services)

Use salting and herding management practices to minimize conflicts with recreational use in popular 
Stanislaus

National Forest

94 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

camping areas and to prevent cattle from wandering to lakes outside allotment boundaries. 

Problems have been identified at identified at Black Rock Lake, Cole Creek Lakes and Long Lake.

Use of Cowbells

The use of cowbells will be permitted in those allotments where this management practice was 

established at the time of this amendment (1998).

In allotments which are currently vacant, if filled, the use of cowbells will permitted only if this 

management practice was used by the previous permittee.

Range and wilderness managers will work with permittees through Annual Operating Instructions 

and Allotment Management Plans to reduce the noise impacts of cowbells on recreation users.

Livestock Impacts to System Trails

Where damage to system trails is caused by permitted livestock, the permittee will provide trail 

maintenance and repair commensurate with impacts caused by livestock.

Problems will be resolved, and appropriate maintenance determined in cooperation with the 

permittee in the Annual Operating Instructions. Specific trails of concern are trail 19E53 (Sandy 

Meadow) and trail 18E02 (Woodchuck Basin) on the Stanislaus Meadow Allotment, and trail 17E27 

(Cole Creek Lakes) on the Pardoe Allotment. 

Range Improvements -

Structural (9-C) 

MWMG

Construction of additional fencing or other structural range improvements will be considered only 

when necessary for resource protection and where other non-structural management practices are 

not effective or feasible.

Fencing materials which harmonize with the environment will be used. Fence installation or repair 

will normally be accomplished using non-motorized equipment and access. Exceptions may be 

made except where practical alternatives to motorized use do not exist and such use will not have a 

significant adverse impact on the natural environment.

No additional permanent fencing or other range improvement structures will be permitted in 

Opportunity Class 1 and 2 areas. Only temporary fencing to protect T&E species will be allowed in 

these areas.

Ladeaux Meadow

In order to protect the habitat and viability of the mountain yellow-legged frog population in the 

stream at Ladeaux Meadow, a fence will be installed around the perimeter of the meadow, just 

within the trees surrounding the meadow. The goal of the alignment is to minimize the impact of the 

fence on visual resources and to make the fence as unobtrusive as possible to recreation visitors.

Educational information will be included in signing at the Beebe Lake Trailhead informing visitors 

about the purpose of the fence.

Fence will remain until monitoring determines that the desired conditions in the meadow have been 

achieved and that grazing can occur without adversely affecting the frog population, or until the 

analysis for the Allotment Management Plan for this allotment determines another strategy.

Recreation 

ROS Primitive (10-B-1) 

MWMG

Wilderness, including areas designated as Opportunity Class 1, 2, and 3 are to be managed to meet 

ROS Class objectives for Primitive. Opportunity Class 4 areas are also to be primarily managed to 

meet ROS objective of Primitive. The area is characterized by a natural environment predominantly 

unmodified by human activity.

ROS Semi-Primitive 

Non-Motorized (10-B2) 

MWMG

Some aspects of Opportunity Class 4 areas may be managed to meet ROS Class objective of 

Semi-Primitive Non-motorized (SPNM). The area is characterized by a predominantly natural or 

natural appearing environment. The management of trails and social encounters may be managed 

to meet objectives for SPNM, and some evidence of other visitors and visitor use may be apparent.

Wilderness (20-B) 

MWMG

The Mokelumne Wilderness is to be managed for public use, enjoyment and understanding in a way 

which maintains the wilderness character and prevents degradation of wilderness resources and 

values. Outstanding opportunities for solitude, physical and mental challenge, and primitive 

recreation are to be maintained. Recreational use will be managed to meet the Opportunity Class 

objectives, and to prevent the associated standards from being exceeded. Recreation use not 

dependent on wilderness will be directed to recreation opportunities outside the wilderness. 

Management will emphasize education, (both on-site and off-site) including contacting repeat user 

groups, requiring overnight permits to be issued from an office to increase visitor education, and 

increasing wilderness patrol. Generally, indirect controls are preferable to direct actions to protect 
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 95

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

the wilderness resources. Direct measures such as restricting certain types of activities and limits on 

use will be implemented as needed to meet management objectives.

Permits

Wilderness permits for overnight use, currently required from April 1 through November 30, will be 

required year round. This change will occur with the re-issuance of the Region 5 order requiring 

overnight visitors to obtain visitor permits for the Mokelumne and other wilderness areas.

Forests will jointly pursue networked, computer issuance of overnight permits to reduce cost of 

administering permits and facilitate availability of information needed for effective management.

Collect information on day use through a voluntary self-registration system, trail counters or other 

method. Locations where information is currently needed include: Carson Pass, Lost Cabin, Woods 

Lake, Caples Lake/Emigrant Lake, Upper North Fork/Hermit Valley, Ebbetts Pass.

Carson Pass Management Area (Frog, Winnemucca Lakes and Round Top Lakes)

Camping in the will be restricted to a limited number of designated campsites or a designated 

camping area (6-8 campsites total) at Round Top and Winnemucca Lakes. A quota for the overnight 

permits in this area will be implemented based on the number of designated sites. The quota period 

would be from Memorial Day through Labor Day.

The stay limit for these campsites is two nights.

No camping will be permitted within 1/4 mile of Frog Lake (ENF).

To reduce impacts of day use in the Carson Pass area, adjust parking areas as needed to control 

use.

Fourth of July Lake

A quota for overnight permits will be established to prevent further unacceptable resource conditions 

from developing and to meet desired social conditions by limiting use at peak season at this Fourth 

of July Lake. There are 6-8 acceptable established campsites in the lake basin which fall within the 

campsite density standard.

 Only 6 groups/permits will be allowed at 4th of July Lake at one time.

 The stay limit for this area is 3 nights.

 The quota period would be from Memorial Day through Labor Day. c. Emigrant Lake

 To protect and promote the restoration of the shoreline of Emigrant Lake, camping is prohibited 

within 300 feet of Emigrant Lake. Camping on snow is excepted from this restriction. Direct 

visitors to utilize durable sites in forested areas just north of the lake.

Salt Springs Management Area

 Coordinate with PG&E to ensure recreational boat use on Salt Spring Reservoir does not 

degrade wilderness values. Problems with campsite structures, garbage and human waste have 

occurred at the east end of the reservoir.

Use Regulations

 Group size will be limited to 12 people per group for day use and 8 people per group for 

overnight use. Exceptions may be made for groups passing through the Mokelumne from other 

wilderness areas on the Pacific Crest Trail on a case by case basis. Exceptions will not exceed 

15 people per group. Document the exceptions and monitor the number of variances granted 

each year.

 Camping will be prohibited within 100' of streams, trails and the high water mark of lakes.

 Disposing of human waste or wash water will be prohibited within 200' of lakes, streams, trails 

and campsites. Instruct visitors to bury human waste in shallow hole, 6-8 inches deep.

 Encourage recreation users to clean all gear (hiking boots, clothing, tack, trailers) and animals 

(dogs and recreational stock) of weeds, burrs and seeds to help prevent introduction of exotic 

species, especially noxious weeds.

Area Restrictions

Within the Mokelumne Canyon and below Telephone Gulch in Lower Summit City Canyon overnight 

recreational stock use is allowed only in the following areas (see map):

 Munson Meadow/Camp Irene/Lake Valley corridor.

 In lower Summit City Canyon from Telephone Gulch to the end of the maintained system trail 

(where the trail crosses Summit City Creek)
Stanislaus

National Forest

96 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

 From the Hermit Valley Trailhead to approximately 1/2 mile below Deer Creek.

Camping with stock in these areas is subject to the following limits:

 The length of stay is limited to two nights.

 No more than four animals per group.

 Supplemental certified weed free feed or processed feed, such as alfalfa pellets or crimped oats 

must be carried and used.

 Existing system trails in this area are to be managed for primitive conditions, maintenance is to 

be conducted for resource protection. Non-system trails and primitive travel routes will not be 

upgraded into maintained system trails. Information would be dispersed to users through 

trailhead signing, wilderness maps and other means that the trails in the canyon are maintained 

in a primitive and challenging condition and are not recommended for stock use.

The following additional limits apply to the Munson Meadow/Camp Irene/Lake Valley corridor: 

 Camping with stock is only permitted at Camp Irene.

 Only one stock group permitted at Camp Irene at one time. A quota and reservation system for 

overnight stock use at Camp Irene will be implemented. If the total number of stock groups 

camping at Camp Irene exceeds 10 in one season, the Districts will assess conditions to insure 

desired conditions and management objectives for the area are being achieved.

 Llamas and pack goats will be excepted from this area restriction due to their smaller size, feed 

requirements and padded feet. Llamas and pack goats will be permitted to use the entire 

Mokelumne Canyon within the group size limits and other appropriate regulations, including the 

requirement to carry supplemental certified weed free or processed feed in the Canyon.

Regulations

The following regulations cover all recreational stock including horses, mules, llamas and pack goats

 Holding or confining stock within 200' of lakes, streams, or other water sources and within 100' 

prohibited.

 Confine stock away from camping areas.

 Tying stock directly to trees except for loading, unloading or short rest breaks while traveling is 

prohibited. When confining stock for longer periods of time direct visitors to use high line (hitch 

line), temporary corral, portable electric fence or other method.

 Scatter manure when breaking camp or leaving rest area.

 The number of animals per group is limited to 12 animals per group for both day use and 

overnight use. Exceptions may be made for groups passing through the Mokelumne from other 

wilderness areas on the Pacific Crest Trail on a case by case basis. Exceptions will not exceed 

25 animals per group. Document the exceptions, monitor the number of variances granted each 

year and any resource impacts from these exceptions.

 No grazing will be permitted in the Round Top Special Interest Area to protect the botanical 

values for which this area was designated.

 Stock will be required to stay on trails in the Round Top SIA to prevent resource damage.

 All feed brought into the wilderness must be certified weed free, or processed feed, such as 

alfalfa pellets or crimped oats.

 Encourage recreational stock users to feed animals weed free feed two days prior to a trip into 

the wilderness.

Opportunities for Solitude 

The following indicators will be monitored to measure impacts on opportunities for solitude. a. 

Number of groups or people encountered per day while traveling.

Opportunity Class Max. # groups

encountered

Max. # people 

encountered

1. Pristine 1 --

2. Primitive 3 --

3. Remote 8 --

4. Portal -- 150

Groups are a good indicator in lightly used areas where people tend to travel in cohesive units. In 

portal areas, groups of day users often spread out, making differentiation of groups difficult. 

Counting individuals is a more accurate measure in these areas. The Opportunity Class 4 standard 
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 97

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

was set according to what was judged to be reasonably achievable at Carson Pass. The typical visit 

in this area is less than a full day (2-3 hours). The goal is to not exceed an encounter level of 50 

people in a typical 2-3 hour visit. If the standard is exceeded more than 20% of the time, analysis 

and actions will be taken to prevent the standard from being exceeded. Actions to achieve this goal 

will be phased in over several years.

Range of Actions if Standard is Exceeded. (Actions in bold may require further analysis)

Opportunity Class Occupied campsites within continuous 

sight or sound

1. Pristine 0

2. Primitive 1

3. Remote 3

4. Portal 4

 Redirect visitors to non-wilderness trails.

 Improve signing, parking and promotion of nearby non-wilderness trails.

 Develop trails outside the wilderness.

 Reduce trailhead access, parking and road signs.

 Lower trail maintenance levels to discourage use.

 Review group size limits and consider lower limits.

 Require day use permits in areas where this use is significant.

 Implement quota system for summer use in affected areas.

In areas where the number of available campsites far exceed the above standard (if all were 

occupied) could be closed and as needed rehabilitated. However, before eliminating campsites, the 

situation would be analyzed to determine if this action would cause the formation of new campsites.

Range of Actions if Standard is Exceeded. (Actions in bold may require further analysis)

 Information and education to visitors on using screened sites, away from lake and stream 

shorelines and other visitors.

 Emphasize visitors respecting others by keeping noise levels low in the evening and morning.

 Redirect visitors to trails and destinations outside wilderness.

 Limit the number of established campsites at popular destinations. Undesirable or unacceptable 

established campsites should be closed: those too close to water, trails or other campsites; 

those in riparian areas or on other fragile ground; and those excessively impacted sites where 

erosion is a problem. Before eliminating campsites, consider if this action will cause the 

formation of new sites. An acceptable number of suitable campsites for each destination will be 

established based on the campsite mapping and inventory information, and the above 

standards.

 Reduce access, parking and road signs at trailheads leading into areas where standard is 

exceeded.

 Review group size limits and consider lower limits.

 Implement quota system for summer use in areas where standard is exceeded.

Campsite Management

Emphasize "leave no trace" wilderness camping concepts. In high use areas, primarily Opportunity 

Class 3 and 4, visitors will be encouraged to use established campsites on durable ground. In areas 

where no well established campsites exist, low use areas such as Opportunity Class 1 and 2, 

encourage visitors disperse their use to prevent new campsites from becoming established.

Undesirable or unacceptable established campsites will be closed, including those too close to 

water, trails (obtrusive to system trails) or other campsites, those in riparian areas or on other fragile 

ground, and those excessively impacted sites where erosion is a problem. Campsites to be closed 

will be rehabilitated if, natural recovery is unlikely within 10 years and rehabilitation efforts are 

feasible and likely to be successful. Inform visitors of suitable alternate sites.

A general goal for Opportunity Class 3 and 4 areas is to prevent the total disturbed area at 

campsites from exceeding 1000 sq. feet. As feasible, sites larger than this will be naturalized, 

reduced and rehabilitated.
Stanislaus

National Forest

98 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Campsite Condition

All campsites will be inventoried and rated as one of the following modified Frissel condition classes: 

Ground vegetation is flattened or trampled, but will likely recover. Minor disturbance of organic litter. 

Minimal physical change except for possibly a simple rock fire ring. Total disturbed area is generally 

less than 100 sq. ft.

Some ground vegetation is worn away, particularly around the fire ring or center of activity. Some of 

the organic litter has been disturbed, but duff and litter are still present on most of site. The typical 

total disturbed area is 100-500 sq. ft.

Ground vegetation has been lost on most of site. Most of the organic litter has been disturbed. Bare 

mineral soil may be exposed on some of the site (less than 25%). Minor tree root exposure may be 

present. A typical disturbed area is 500-2000 sq. ft.

Bare mineral soil is widespread. All ground vegetation is absent. Two or more, large (i.e. 2000+ sq. 

ft.), completely barren campsites may have merged. Many tree roots may be exposed on the 

surface. Soil erosion may be evident.

For campsites in all areas the following information would be collected: campsites mapped; named 

or legal location; distance from water, trail and other sites; visibility/screening; and the site would be 

rated using the above modified Frissel campsite condition classification system. This quick rating of 

campsites would be repeated every 3-5 years to determine any changes.

Range of Actions if Standard is Exceeded. (Actions in bold may require further analysis) 

 Increase leave no trace visitor education and signing.

 Redirect visitors to opportunities outside the wilderness.

 Enhance or develop trails in non-wilderness areas.

 Increase patrol of the area and direct visitor contact and education.

 Close selected campsites.

 Reduce access, parking and road signs to the area.

 Consider lower group size limits or length of stay limit in the specific area.

 Review specific uses of the area (camping, campfires, stock use) and evaluate need for 

restriction of a specific use. Implement restrictions as appropriate.

 Designate campsites.

 Implement quota system to limit use.

Standards for Campsite Condition Classes

Opportunity Class Campsite Condition Class Ratings

A B C D

1. Pristine This condition class 

is the goal ,for 

Class 1 areas.

less than 10% total 

# of sites in a 

mgmt. area.

--

2. Primitive ok This condition 

class is the goal or 

Class 2 areas.

less than 10% 

total # of sites 

for a destination.

--

3. Remote ok ok less than 50% 

total # of sites 

for a destination.

--

4. Portal ok ok ok --

--Campsites in this class condition would be prevented from forming. Where they 

already exist, further degradation would be prevented. Sites would be restored if 

needed and feasible.

Change in Campsite Condition

A decline in an individual campsite condition of 25%, or a decline in the sum of the campsite 

condition for a destination or management area of 25%, as measured by the campsite impact index, 

will serve as a yellow flag to analyze situation and initiate actions where appropriate.

A detailed campsite inventory will be conducted in areas where existing heavy use is likely to create 

unacceptable (class D) campsite conditions, or in lightly used areas where increasing use threatens 

desired conditions and management objectives for the area. Parameters include total campsite 

area, area of barren core, vegetation loss and bare mineral soil increase. These elements will be 
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 99

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

rated and weighted to arrive at a score, the campsite impact index, for each campsite and a total 

score for destinations or management areas.

Range of Actions if Standard is Exceeded. (Actions in bold may require further analysis) 

 Increase leave no trace visitor education and signing.

 Redirect visitors to opportunities outside the wilderness.

 Increase patrol of the area and direct visitor contact and education.

 Reduce access, parking and road signs to the area.

 Consider lower group size limits or length of stay limit in the specific area.

 Review specific uses in the area (camping, stock use, campfires) and evaluate need for 

restriction on a specific use. Implement restrictions as appropriate.

 Designate campsites.

 Implement a quota system to limit use.

Total Number of Campsites

Many more established campsites exist throughout the Wilderness than are needed to meet current 

levels of recreation use. The goal for campsite management in the wilderness is to prevent new 

campsites from becoming established. Encourage visitors to use established campsites or practice 

"leave not trace" techniques which prevent campsite formation. Once unacceptable campsites (see 

the general direction for campsite management) have been closed, the total number of acceptable 

campsites will be established for each destination and management area based on the campsite 

mapping and inventory information and the standards for campsite condition classes, and the 

number of occupied campsites within sight and sound.

Campfire Management 

Building, using or maintaining a campfire above 8000' in the Mokelumne Wilderness, and in the 

entire Carson Pass Restricted Area (management zones 16, 17, 18, 19), is prohibited. Elsewhere 

firewood availability standards and monitoring will be used to determine where and when campfire 

restrictions are needed below 8000'. Campfires are prohibited in the Salt Springs management area 

due to the heavy fuel loading, steep slopes and high wildfire danger. Re-inventory amount of dead 

and down woody debris (firewood availability) at Shriner Lake to determine if campfire restrictions 

are needed in that management area. Where not restricted, visitors will be directed to use previously 

established fire rings or to build "no trace" fires. The construction of new fire rings is prohibited. 

Remove all fire rings in areas where restrictions on campfires are in effect.

Firewood Availability

Firewood (dead and down woody debris) availability at all campsites would be rated as "none", 

"scarce", "moderate", or "abundant" using the following definitions**. Comparable unused areas 

(same species, elevation, slope, aspect) would also be rated.

 Abundant: Dead and downed wood suitable for campfires is readily available within a 300' of the 

campsite. Collecting wood for 4 large campfires (a party of four staying at the site for 4 days) 

would not noticeably reduce the amount of down wood available.

 Moderate: Dead and downed wood suitable for campfires is available within a 300' of the 

campsite. However, collecting wood for 4 large campfires (a party of four staying at the site for 4 

days) would noticeably reduce the amount of down wood available.

 Scarce: Little dead and downed wood suitable for campfires is readily available within a 300' of 

the campsite. There is not enough down wood for 4 large campfires (a party of four staying at 

the site for 4 days).

 None: There is no dead or down wood suitable for campfires within 300' of the campsite. In 

areas where dead and down wood naturally occurs, limbs may be stripped from green trees, 

branches removed from large logs or snags, or other damage may be occurring as a result of 

attempts to gather firewood.

Standard for Firewood Availability

In applying standard, determine if other impacts related to campfires are occurring including damage 

to green trees, damage to standing dead trees, excessive fire rings or fire scars. If needed, 

implement campfire restrictions by destination or management zone, as appropriate.

Sensitivity of Vegetation Type to Wood Collection*: Firewood Availability**

Very High: These areas are not productive enough to support wood collection. Campfires to be 
Stanislaus

National Forest

100 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

discouraged or prohibited at destinations where dominant vegetation sensitivity to wood collection is 

very high.

High: No more than 50% of the campsites within these vegetation types should exhibit a lower 

firewood availability class than a com arable unused area.

Moderate-High: No more than 75% of the campsites at a destination within these vegetation types 

exhibit a lower firewood availability class than a comparable unused area. No more than 50% of the 

sites should exhibit "scarce" or less firewood.

Moderate, Low, Very Low: No more than 75% of the campsites at a destination within these 

vegetation types should exhibit "scarce" or less firewood.

*The dominant vegetation type for destinations and management areas have been determined from 

the potential natural vegetation (PNV) mapping completed for the Mokelumne Wilderness.

**Campsites were inventoried (in 1993) using the firewood availability ratings and definitions listed 

above. If future management determines more effective methods of measuring down woody debris 

(using fuel loading photographic series, or other measurement or rating), work with Forest or Zone 

ecologists to relate these new measurements or ratings to the interpretations of vegetation type 

sensitivity to firewood collection based on productivity.

Range of Actions if Standard is Exceeded.

 Educate visitors on resource concerns and impacts from fires.

 Promote "no trace"/minimum impact fires.

 Promote the advantages and use of backpack stoves.

 Prohibit campfires in the area.

Rock Climbing

National policy regarding the management of climbing bolts and other fixed anchors is being 

determined through a negotiated rule-making process. Existing fixed anchors in the wilderness will 

be inventoried and evaluated to determine future management. Wilderness managers will work with 

the climbing community and other interested parties in this process.

Winter Use

Monitor social conditions on peak season weekends in areas receiving high levels of cross country 

skiing use to determine if further controls are needed.

Remove the blue diamond markers on the Winnemucca cross-country ski loop.

Interpretive Services Planning

Wilderness education is the primary tool for management of wilderness visitors. A Mokelumne 

Wilderness Education Schedule will be developed. This schedule will define wilderness education 

needs and actions for wilderness users, internal education and training needs for Forest Service 

personnel and volunteers, and wilderness awareness education for the general public. The schedule 

would identify specific wilderness education needs, audiences to be reached and methods of 

providing education.

The following educational needs have been identified:

 "Leave No Trace". Communicate the "Leave No Trace" program of minimum-impact 

backcountry skills and ethics.

 Wood Campfires. Inform visitors about the impacts of wood campfires on wilderness resources, 

specific campfire restrictions within the Mokelumne Wilderness and the reasons for restrictions, 

and information on `no trace' fire options.

 Campsite Closures at Specific Lakes. Inform visitors about specific camping closures, reasons 

for closure and alternate camping areas.

 Wilderness Stock Travel. Provide information on minimum-impact backcountry stock camping 

and use techniques.

 Dogs in the Wilderness. Inform visitors of the impacts dogs can have on other visitors, 

regulations regarding dogs in the Mokelumne Wilderness, past problems and other reasons for 

the regulations.

 Air Quality. Inform visitors and the public about the special protection afforded Class I areas 

(including the Mokelumne Wilderness), the role of air quality in their wilderness experience and 

the threats to wilderness air quality.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 101

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

 Grazing in Wilderness. Inform wilderness visitors about law and policy regarding grazing in 

National Forest Wilderness, the management of grazing in the Mokelumne Wilderness, and 

where and when grazing occurs in the Mokelumne.

 Backcountry Opportunities Outside Wilderness. Inform visitors of recreation and backcountry 

opportunities outside the wilderness. Target visitors to high use areas such as Carson Pass area 

and non-wilderness dependent use.

 Fire Management. Inform the wilderness visitors and the public about the role of fire in the 

wilderness ecosystem, and new management strategies resulting from the Mokelumne 

Wilderness Fire Management Plan.

 Exotic Plant Species and Noxious Weeds. Educate visitors on the threat of invasive exotic plant 

species to the wilderness ecosystem, and how they can help prevent introduction of these 

species.

 Wilderness Risks. Inform wilderness visitors that they assume responsibility for the risks and 

hazards associated with wilderness use. Visitors are responsible for knowing hazards and 

adequate preparing for their trip. Immediate rescue in the wilderness may not be possible.

 Training for Front Desk Personnel and Volunteers. Provide annual training for Forest Service 

employees and volunteers who issue permits and provide the public with wilderness information 

so that current and consistent information on "leave no trace" practices, wilderness regulations 

and restrictions are provided to the public.

Interpretive Services Management

When feasible, the Mokelumne Wilderness Map will be updated to reflect changes in policy, 

regulations and trails.

Riparian 

Riparian Area 

Management (11-A) 

MWMG

The condition of riparian areas is primarily the result of natural ecological processes and not human 

caused impacts and influences. The goal is to maintain or restore riparian areas to a condition within 

the natural or reference range of variability. Preferential consideration will be given to riparian 

dependent resources where conflicts among land uses exist. (FSM 2526) Protect riparian areas 

from degradation through the management of livestock grazing, recreational uses, and other human 

influences.

 At a minimum, riparian areas will be maintained or restored in proper functioning condition (PFC) 

as defined in the Riparian Area Management, TR 1737-9 1993 - Process for Assessing, Proper 

Functioning Condition (BLM, 1993), and Riparian Area Management, TR 1737-9 1993 - Process 

for Assessing Proper Functioning Condition for Lentic Riparian Wetland Areas (BLM, 1994).

 The species composition and structural diversity of native riparian plant and animal communities 

is maintained or restored.

 Riparian areas would be restored where human caused impacts threaten ecosystem function, 

where natural recovery is unlikely, and where restoration is likely to succeed. The first priority will 

be those areas identified as "at risk", second priority would be for those areas identified as "nonfunctional" (see PFC references). Upward trends in vegetation would be expected in 3-5 years 

and in physical functions in 5-10 years.

Soils 

Soil Management 

(13-A) 

MWMG

Soil conditions are primarily a result of ecological processes and not human caused impacts and 

influences. Limit soil displacement and erosion to a rate similar to that which occurs naturally. Soil 

cover, soil moisture, porosity, soil cover and organic debris woody debris reflect site capability. 

Achievement of objectives and desired conditions would be assessed through measures of soil 

movement, erosion, compaction and productivity.

 Limit soil erosion, disturbance and compaction resulting from human activities to the extent 

described for campsites, trails and soils in each Opportunity Class.

 Campsite and trail conditions will be monitored and actions initiated to eliminate unacceptable 

erosion, compaction or removal of soil cover and woody debris.
Stanislaus

National Forest

102 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Special Areas 

Proposed Wild and 

Scenic River 

Management (19-C)

North Fork Mokelumne 

River 

MWMG

The 18 miles of the North Fork Mokelumne River within the Wilderness is proposed for Wild River 

status. Wilderness and Wild River designation are generally compatible.

 The area is to be managed to an ROS Class of Primitive, with very low interaction between 

visitors and the evidence of other users remaining minimal.

SIA Management (14-

D)

Round Top Botanical 

and Geological SIA 

MWMG

Wilderness uses will be managed to protect the Special Interest Area (SIA) values. Recreational 

activities which require minimal facility, which produce minimal impacts, and which are designed for 

short stays will be favored.

 Recreational stock must stay on system trails in the Round Top SIA.

 No grazing of recreational stock in the Round Top SIA.

 No outfitter guide permits issued for this area. 

RNA Management 

(14-B)

Snow Canyon RNA 

MWMG

Protect RNA from wilderness use activities which modify the environment. Discourage uses which 

contribute to modification of RNA. Prohibit uses if they threaten RNA research and educational 

values.

 Campfires are prohibited.

 Provide limited access. Trails will not be constructed.

 Monitor campsite conditions in the RNA. Prevent an increase in the number of established 

campsites and prevent increased impacts at existing campsites.

Special Uses 

Special Uses 

MWMG

Non-commercial organizations (travel groups, youth groups, educational institutions) will be directed 

to contact District offices to determine if special use authorization is required and to obtain 

information on wilderness use regulations and restrictions. Those organized recreational events 

which require a special use authorization would not be permitted in the wilderness, but redirected to 

non-wilderness locations.

 Competitive events, training events and contests are not be permitted in the wilderness (FSM 

2323.13h).

Outfitters and Guides 

MWMG

Outfitter and guide use will be managed to ensure compatibility with the wilderness resource and 

other visitors. Outfitter/guide services are administered through special use permits following 

procedures outlined in the Forest Service Special Uses Handbook (FSH 2709.11) and the 

Outfitter/Guide Administration Guidebook. Wilderness use by organized camps under special use 

permit will be considered part of the use allocated to outfitter/guides. The use of the wilderness by 

organized camps is subject to all of the same conditions and requirements as outfitter/guides. The 

determination to allow the use of the wilderness, type, number and location of trips, and the number 

of service days will defined in their operating plans.

Issuing Permits

Outfitter/guide special use permits will be evaluated on a case by case basis to determine if a public 

need exists for the service and will be limited to those activities which meet the following criteria: 

a. Meets a demonstrated public need. The following elements will be considered in determining 

whether or not there is a public need for a particular service:

1. The service is needed to achieve the public purposes and agency objectives for 

wilderness, including: recreational, scenic, scientific, educational, conservation, and 

historic use.

2. Significant numbers of potential visitors have been making unsolicited requests for new or 

additional services in the area.

3. Existing outfitter services are not able to accommodate the activity or number of visitors 

requesting the activity within the existing permitted service days.

4. Non-commercial public use is not adequately achieving these purposes.

5. Commercial use will not conflict with existing non-commercial use of the area.

6. Will not conflict with special management objectives, such as RNA or SIA.

b. Wilderness dependent. the service cannot be provided in a non-wilderness area. In determining 
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 103

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

wilderness dependency, the following elements will be considered:

1. Solitude and unconfined, primitive recreation are central components of the experience.

2. The trip focus on a specific resource or condition found only in the wilderness.

3. The service cannot be provided on public lands outside the wilderness, there are no similar 

and suitable non-wilderness locations available.

c. Capacity and allocation. Determine capacity of area based on objectives and standards for 

social and resource conditions, allocate total capacity among private, commercial outfitted, and 

institutional public users.

1. Is compatible with wilderness character, values and resources and with the specific 

Opportunity Class objectives and desired conditions for the area of operation.

2. Will not degrade wilderness conditions, and specifically will not cause standards to be 

exceeded.

3. Is compatible with current types and levels of use.

d. Economic viability.

1. The type of service is economically viable. Additional direction on issuing outfitter special 

use permits: • Outfitter and guide permits will not be issued for the Carson Pass, Fourth of 

July Lake and Emigrant Lake management areas.

2. Permits to collect native plants will be issued for administrative or research needs.

3. Outfitter and guide use will be not be permitted in Opportunity Class 1 areas to protect the 

primitive experience and conditions in these areas.

4. Outfitters and guides using pack and saddle stock will not be permitted in the Mokelumne 

Canyon to protect the vegetation and soils at the limited camping areas in the area.

5. When an existing outfitter/guide permits expire, a new permit will not be issued unless the 

criteria are met. If these criteria have been met and a service has been identified to be 

provided by an outfitter, selection of permitee will be based on past experience and 

performance, ability to provide the needed service, financial viability, knowledge of 

wilderness values and "leave no trace" practices.

Permit Management 

All wilderness use regulations and restrictions (including group size limits, campfire closures, and 

quotas) apply to outfitters and guides. Permits will specify the total amount of use, in service days, to 

be permitted. Any specific planned trip dates, trip destinations, the season of use, and frequency of 

multiple trips to specific locations will be defined in operating plans. The number of service days or 

trips allowed in specific areas will be compatible with Opportunity Class objectives for the areas of 

operation and the current level of private use.

Maximum Levels of Outfitter Guide Use

The following maximum use levels for outfitter guide services to be permitted in the Mokelumne 

Wilderness are maximum use levels to be allowed and not a goal or target to fill. All outfitter use 

needs to meet the criteria listed under "Issuing Permits" prior to approving the use and issuing a 

permit.

Type of Use Trip days per month Service days per year

(client days)

Day hiking 3 (x 5 months x 12 people=) 180

Backpacking 7 (x 5 months x 8 people=) 280

Recreation Stock 12 480

Winter use 10 (x 3 mo. x 8 or 12 people) 240-360

Total 32 1180-1300

Outfitter Performance Requirements

Specific performance requirements will be defined in the outfitter/guide operating plans. Outfitter 

campsite conditions, use practices and client education will be monitored.

 Outfitters and guides will provide clients with information on "leave no trace" practices, 

wilderness values and regulations. Outfitter will train all guides and trip leaders to provide the 
Stanislaus

National Forest

104 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

same. Districts will assist outfitters in fulfilling these requirements.

 Outfitters and guides who use recreational stock will be required to carry and use supplemental 

weed free or processed feed for overnight trips.

 Outfitters and guides will be required to provide trail maintenance commensurate with their 

impact on trails.

Vegetation/Sensitive Plants 

Vegetation 

Management 

MWMG

Natural ecological processes, such as fire and environmental variation, determine the composition, 

distribution, structure, vigor and function of plant communities. The goal is to maintain or restore 

vegetation within the range of variability for the potential natural community. Viable populations of 

indigenous plant species, including threatened, endangered and sensitive species, are protected 

from human caused impacts and influences. Human uses and influences are managed to achieve 

these conditions. Monitoring to evaluate vegetation condition and assess impacts from human use 

and influences will include: forage utilization, condition and trend; vegetation loss at campsites; 

amount of dead and down woody debris; presence and extent of new populations of exotic species 

(particularly noxious weeds); population trends of sensitive plant species; and current fire regimes 

compared to historic fire regimes.

Exotic Species 

Management 

MWMG

The goal is to prevent any exotic species from becoming established, to eradicate invasive exotic 

species when identified, and to eradicate other non-native species as feasible and desirable. Use 

prevention, education, detection and eradication strategies to achieve these goals.

Education

Recreational users, including recreational stock users, will be educated on the threat of invasive 

exotic weeds, and how they can help prevent the spread of exotic species into the wilderness.

Prevention

All feed brought into the wilderness must be certified weed free, or processed feed, such as alfalfa 

pellets or crimped oats.

Encourage wilderness users to clean all equipment (hiking boots, tack, trailers), clothing and animals 

of weeds, burrs and seeds prior to entering the wilderness.

Encourage recreational stock users to feed animals weed free feed two days prior to a trip into the 

wilderness.

A risk assessment for noxious weed introduction will be completed as part of the planning and 

analysis for any ground disturbing activity. The assessment will be completed or reviewed by the 

Forest noxious weed coordinator.

All equipment used in administrative ground disturbing activities will be cleaned prior to entry into the 

wilderness to prevent noxious weed introduction.

Fire management and suppression activities conducted in the wilderness will incorporate planning 

and practices to prevent the introduction of exotic species into the wilderness.

Detection

Forest noxious weed coordinator will train wilderness rangers, volunteers and others working in the 

wilderness how to identify invasive exotic plant species.

The Forest noxious weed coordinator will coordinate and implement annual inventory and mapping 

of noxious weeds in the wilderness. Inventory will focus on trailhead, trail corridors, grazing 

allotments and other areas vulnerable to infestation. The annual goal for inventory will be 200 acres 

or 40 linear miles of trail per year.

Sites where noxious weeds have been eradicated will be monitored for at least two years following 

eradication to determine success.

Eradication

Prompt eradication is the desired response to infestations of exotic noxious weeds. Use the 

minimum tool principle in developing eradication and control strategies. Employ methods which 

achieve eradication or control objectives while causing the least impact on wilderness resource. 

Manual removal of noxious weeds will be given preference where effective. The use of herbicides 

requires Regional Forester approval. Required environmental analysis will be conducted.

Insect and Disease 

Management (6-A) 

Indigenous insect and plant disease are to be allowed to play, as nearly as possible, their natural 

ecological role within the wilderness. Epidemics which threaten adjacent lands or resources may be 

controlled (FSM 2324.11)
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 105

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

MWMG

Sensitive Plant 

Management (12-A) 

MWMG

Direction in FSM 2670 will be followed including, maintain viable populations of all native species, 

and develop and implement management practices to ensure sensitive species do not become 

threatened or endangered because of Forest Service actions.

 Forest Botanist will develop priorities for inventory of sensitive plant populations in the wilderness 

based on known and potential habitat, and where impacts of wilderness uses present a potential 

conflict.

 Forest Botanist will survey routes of new trail construction, trail reroute or other ground disturbing 

projects prior to project implementation, and a Biological Evaluation completed as required by 

Forest Service Manual direction (FSM 2670).

Visual Resources 

VQO Preservation 

(17-B-1) 

MWMG

The visual quality objective for the wilderness is Preservation. Only ecological changes in the 

landscape are to be allowed.

 Trails and other improvements will be designed and located to be as unobtrusive as possible. 

Watershed/Water Quality 

Watershed 

Maintenance (18-D) 

MWMG

Maintain satisfactory natural watershed condition (FSM 2323.41). Watershed conditions are a result 

of natural forces and are substantially unaffected by human caused impacts and influences. 

Hydrologic function, channel morphology (including width/depth ratio, pool parameters, bank angle 

and stability), flooding, erosion, and deposition reflect site capability. 

 Achieve at least 80% of the range of reference variability on stream conditions (using the USDAFS Region 5 Stream Condition Inventory (SCI) June 1996). Where conditions are greater than 

80%, prevent degradation. Maintain existing condition on stream reaches where condition is 

within the range of reference variability.

 Rehabilitate areas where human caused land disturbing activities, such as grazing and 

recreation use, have degraded wilderness resources and natural recovery will take longer than 

10 years. 

Water Quality 

Management (18-A) 

MWMG

Wilderness uses will be managed to ensure lakes and streams meet State water quality standards 

for non-degradation. Baseline information on water quality would be collected and periodic 

monitoring completed.

 Water quality is not allowed to be degraded as a result of human uses and influences.

 Monitor bacteria levels (fecal/coliform) and clarity of selected lakes and streams within the 

wilderness every 5 years to determine if water quality is within State standards and to provide 

baseline information to track any degradation in water quality.

 Wilderness visitors to utilize "cat method" of dispersed, shallow burial of human waste.

 Washing directly into lakes, streams or other water sources is prohibited.

 The use and disposal of soaps, detergents, toothpaste or other contaminants directly in lakes, 

streams or other water sources is prohibited.

 Disposal of human waste or wash water, and holding or confining recreational stock within 200' 

of lakes, streams or other water sources is prohibited.

 Implement all applicable Best Management Practices for water quality identified in the Region 5 

Water Quality Handbook.

Wilderness 

Wilderness Inventory 

and Planning (20-A) 

MWMG

Use monitoring data and public participation to inform major changes in management direction.

 Complete campsite inventory in the following management areas: 5, 9, 15, 20, 21, 22, 25, 26, 

27, 28, 29, 30 (partial inventory completed as of 1998), 31, 33, 34, 36, 37, 41 and 42.

 Reassess Shriner Lake to determine if campfire restrictions are needed.

 Monitor the indicators identified in this amendment (see Recreation and Range) and use this 

information to guide future management. A monitoring plan, with procedures and forms, has 

been developed for all indicators.

 Conduct necessary survey, inventory and planning to establish AQRV monitoring as indicated in 

Air Resources in this amendment.

 Survey and evaluate heritage resources as indicated in the schedule under Heritage Resources 
Stanislaus

National Forest

106 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

in this amendment and an evaluation of Monte Wolfe Cabin.

 Develop consistent search and rescue policies and procedures between the Forests and in 

conjunction with other agencies.

 Collect day use data at trailheads receiving high levels of this use.

 Complete Wilderness Education Action Schedule as indicated under Interpretive Planning in this 

amendment.

 Survey stream and riparian conditions along Cole Creek within the wilderness. 

Wilderness 

Management (20-B) 

MWMG

Control of Dogs

Dogs will not be allowed to run at large, chase wildlife or harass other visitors.

 Dogs will be required to be on a leash or under physical control in the Carson Pass, Emigrant 

Lake and Fourth of July Lake management areas.

 Elsewhere in the wilderness dogs must be under immediate voice control. Immediate voice 

control is defined as the dog being within 50' of the owner and the dog immediately obeys voice 

commands or signals.

 Dogs actively being used in search and rescue, grazing management operations, or other 

administrative purposes, and dogs actively being used in the legal hunting of wildlife are 

excepted from the 50' requirement.

 Monitor compliance with this direction, and restrictions adjusted as needed.

Noise

Maintain outstanding opportunities for solitude and inspiration, minimize noise impacts of recreation 

uses and disturbance of visitors seeking solitude. Encourage visitors to leave radios, tape and CD 

players at home. Enforce 36 CFR 261.10 (h) which prohibits use of any device which produces 

noise in such a manner and at such a time so as to unreasonably disturb any person, and 36 CFR 

261.10 (d) which prohibits the discharge of firearms within 150 yards of a campsite or occupied area, 

or in a manner whereby any person or property is exposed to injury or damage.

Firearm Use

Recreational shooting is not a wilderness dependent activity, and the noise from this activity can 

disturb other visitors seeking solitude. The desired condition is for recreation shooters to engage in 

this activity in appropriate non-wilderness settings.

Standards and Guidelines

 Provide education to provided hunters and others carrying firearms on the value of solitude and 

quiet in wilderness, and the impacts of shooting on other users. Target shooters will be 

encouraged to engage in this activity in appropriate non-wilderness areas.

 Monitor incidents and complaints regarding recreational shooting. All complaints regarding 

recreational shooting will be documented in incident reports. Develop a user-friendly form for 

volunteers (such as at the Carson Pass) to record complete information about shooting incidents 

and complaints. If monitoring indicates there are persistent problems regarding recreational 

shooting, further actions will be considered including a special order restricting this use in the 

wilderness, if needed.

Wilderness Patrol Levels 

The following recommended minimum frequency of wilderness ranger patrols are based on the 

Opportunity Class allocations which reflect existing and desired visitor use levels for each 

management area and desired education and management strategies.

 Opportunity Class 1 - One patrol trip per season

 Opportunity Class 2 - Two to four patrol trips per season

 Opportunity Class 3 - Patrol every 2-4 weeks in summer season (4-8 trips in average season)

 Opportunity Class 4 - Patrol every weekend day in peak season

Opportunity Class 1 -

(Pristine) 

MWMG

The area is characterized by a natural environment predominantly unmodified by human activity.

Resource Conditions

Soils: Soil displacement and erosion resulting from human activity does not measurably differ from 

naturally occurring rates. Soil compaction and loss of organic soil horizons at camping areas are 

minimal and do not exceed limits which prevent natural plant establishment and growth.

Vegetation: Vegetation loss at camping areas and along travel routes is very minor and temporary. 

Impacts recover annually and are not apparent to most visitors.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 107

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Fish and Wildlife: Habitat and species diversity is governed by environmental variation (climate, 

elevation) and natural forces such as fire, succession and drought. Wildlife behavior and use 

patterns show no noticeable alteration. Visitor use rarely, and only temporarily, displaces wildlife.

Trails: There are no mapped or maintained system trails. Travel is cross-country or along 

unmaintained and unmapped paths. Few user-created trails exist, and no new ones are allowed to 

form.

Campsites: Very few established campsites are evident. Where camping occurs there is little 

noticeable loss of vegetation, increase in bare mineral soil or disturbance of duff, litter or woody 

debris. Fire rings are not present. Impacts recover annually.

Social Conditions

This area provides an outstanding opportunity for isolation, solitude and freedom from evidence of 

human activities. The environment offers excellent opportunities to experience a high degree of 

challenge, risk and self-reliance. Travel is cross-country or on unmaintained travel routes, requiring a 

high level of outdoor skills. Encounters with other parties are rare to non-existent, whether traveling 

or camping. Established campsites are out of sight and sound of one another.

Management

Management emphasizes sustaining and restoring the natural ecosystem. On-site contact with 

visitors by Forest Service personnel is rare, and usually in response to a problem or by invitation. 

Information on leave no trace techniques, wilderness rules and regulations are communicated to the 

visitor outside the area, at trailheads, visitor information centers or ranger stations. Infrequent patrols 

and monitoring of conditions are conducted only as is necessary to achieve management objectives. 

New trails will not be constructed, and existing trails will not be maintained. Abandoned trails may be 

rehabilitated to natural conditions. No signs, administrative structures or facilities are present.

Opportunity Class 2 - 

(Primitive) 

MWMG

The area is characterized by a natural environment predominantly unmodified by human activity.

Resource Conditions

Soils: Soil displacement and erosion resulting from human activities are not measurably different 

from naturally occurring rates. Minimal soil compaction and disturbance of duff, litter and dead 

woody debris may occur in camping areas. This disturbance of organic soil horizons will not exceed 

limits which prevent natural re-vegetation.

Vegetation: Impacts from recreational use are limited to localized, minor loss of vegetation. In many 

areas these impacts recover annually and are apparent to few visitors.

Fish and Wildlife: Habitat and species diversity is governed by environmental variation and natural 

forces such as fire, succession and disease, except where fish stocking is allowed to occur. 

Temporary displacement of wildlife may occur with no cumulative negative effect on population 

viability. Uses are managed to prevent displacement of threatened, endangered or sensitive 

species.

Trails: Few system trails exist. There are few user-created trails, and new ones are not allowed to 

form.

Campsites: There are few established campsites, and campsite density is low. Established 

campsites may exhibit a minor loss of vegetation and/or a small area of bare mineral soil which may 

persist year to year.

Social Conditions

There is a high probability of experiencing isolation and solitude, with little evidence of recent human 

activity. The environment offers visitors good opportunities to experience risk, challenge and selfreliance through the utilization of outdoor skills. Off of trails, this area presents the same challenging 

opportunities and conditions as Class 1. Encounters with other parties are infrequent, whether along 

travel routes or at campsites. Campsites are predominantly out of sight and sound of others.

Management

Management emphasizes sustaining and restoring the natural ecosystem. Direct on-site 

management involves minimal visitor contacts. Information on leave no trace techniques and 

wilderness rules and regulations is primarily communicated to the visitor outside the area. Patrols 

and monitoring of conditions are conducted as needed to achieve management objectives. Trails 

are maintained for light use. Only minimal directional signing is provided at major trail junctions. 

Temporary signing may be used for resource protection only when other less obtrusive measures 

have been exhausted.
Stanislaus

National Forest

108 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Opportunity Class 3 - 

(Remote) 

MWMG

The area is characterized by a natural environment predominantly unmodified by human activity.

Resource Conditions

Soils: Soil disturbance and erosion resulting from human activities occurs at a rate similar to the 

natural process. Some localized soil compaction and disturbance of duff, litter and dead woody 

debris occurs in camping areas and holding areas for recreational stock.

Vegetation: Localized moderate loss of vegetation may occur in camping areas and where stock are 

held.

Fish and Wildlife: Habitat and species diversity is governed by environmental variation and natural 

forces such as fire, succession and drought, except where fish stocking is allowed to occur. 

Temporary displacement of wildlife may occur with no cumulative negative effect on population 

viability. Uses are managed to prevent displacement of threatened, endangered or sensitive 

species.

Trails: A moderately developed system of constructed trails exists. Some user-created trails exist, 

however, no new user created trails are allowed to form.

Campsites: Established campsites are present. Campsite density is low to moderate. The number of 

established sites accommodates use within acceptable limits, preventing the formation of new sites. 

Some campsites may exhibit a moderate area of vegetation loss, bare mineral soil in center of 

campsite and tenting areas, or disturbance of duff, litter and woody debris. These impacts can be 

expected to persist year to year and are apparent to many visitors.

Social Conditions

There is a moderate probability of experiencing, isolation, solitude and freedom from the sights and 

sounds of humans. The area provides visitors the opportunity to interact with the natural 

environment with a moderate degree of challenge, risk and self-reliance through the utilization of 

outdoor skills. There is a moderate probability of encountering other users on the trail and at the 

campsite. Campsites may be within sight and sound of others.

Management

Management will emphasize protecting and restoring the natural ecosystem while accommodating 

primitive recreational use and enjoyment. This area is regularly patrolled, and there is a moderate 

chance of encountering wilderness rangers. Contact is initiated by Forest Service personnel as part 

of their routine duties, and includes checking visitor permits, addressing unacceptable impacts and 

providing information on leave no trace techniques, wilderness regulations and restrictions. Trails 

are regularly maintained for moderate levels of use. Trails are reconstructed only as necessary for 

resource protection. Signing is limited to directional signs at major trail junctions. Temporary signs 

may be used for resource protection only after other less obtrusive measures have been exhausted.

Opportunity Class 4 - 

(Portal) 

MWMG

The area is characterized by a natural landscape primarily unmodified by human activity. Conditions 

in some localized areas may show substantial evidence of visitor use.

Resource Conditions

Soils: Disturbance and erosion of soils occurs at a rate similar to the natural process. Localized soil 

compaction and disturbance of duff and litter occurs in camping areas and areas used by stock.

Vegetation: There may be localized moderate loss of vegetation in camping areas.

Fish and Wildlife: Habitat and species diversity is governed by environmental variation and natural 

forces such as fire, succession and drought, except where fish stocking is allowed to occur. 

Displacement of wildlife may occur adjacent to trail systems and near camping areas during high 

use season. Uses are managed to prevent displacement of threatened, endangered or sensitive 

species.

Trails: There is a well developed system of constructed trails. User-created trails exist, however, no 

new user-created are allowed to form.

Campsites: Where camping is allowed, there is a moderate density of established campsites at 

popular destinations. The number of established sites accommodates use within acceptable limits to 

prevent formation of new sites. Many campsites may exhibit a moderate area of vegetation loss 

and/or bare mineral soil which persists from year to year and is apparent to most visitors.

Social Conditions

Opportunities to experience isolation, solitude and freedom from the sights and sound of man are 

generally moderate, but may be low at peak season. The visitor has the opportunity to interact with 

the natural environment with a relatively low degree of challenge or risk. The probability of 

encountering other parties is relatively high along trails or at established campsites during peak 

season. Many campsites are within sight and sound of others. The area typically receives a high 

percentage of day users, with overnight visitors moving through the area.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 109

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Management

Management will emphasize protecting and restoring natural ecosystems while accommodating 

primitive recreational use and enjoyment. The area will be frequently patrolled by Forest Service 

personnel. On-site management involves actively contacting visitors to check visitor permits, 

providing information about leave no trace techniques, wilderness rules and regulations and 

addressing unacceptable impacts. Trails are regularly maintained for moderate to heavy use. 

Signing consists of wilderness boundary signs, trailhead signs with destinations, trailhead 

information boards with leave no trace messages and wilderness regulations, and directional signs 

at major trail junctions. Temporary signs may be used for resource protection only when other less 

obtrusive measures have been exhausted.

Mokelumne 

Wilderness 

Opportunity Classes 

(20-B-2) 

MWMG

Table 11 Mokelumne Wilderness Opportunity Class Allocations

# Management Zone acres Opportunity Class

Present Desired

1 Salt Springs Reservoir 2299 4 3

2 Mokelumne Peak 6782 2 1

3 Tanglefoot Canyon 2595 3 3

4 Shriner Lake 408 3 3

5 Cole Creek Canon 4768 2 2

6 Mosquito Lake 659 2 2

7 Munson Meadow 2105 3 3

8 Cam Irene 1152 2 2

9 Lower Summit City Creek 1112 2 2

10 Lower Beebe Lake 4227 2 2

11 Three Lakes Plateau 1833 3 3

12 Pardoe Lake 413 3 3

13 Beebe Lake 1352 3 3

14 Martell Flat 706 3 3

15 Upper Summit City Creek 4230 3 3

16 Corrie Lochan 919 2 2

17 Fourth of July Lake 475 4 3

18 Emigrant Lake 2416 4 3

19 Carson Pass 1511 4 4

20 Forestdale Basin 1358 3 3

21 Devils Corral 2033 2 2

22 Granite Lake 1194 3 3

23 Snow Canyon 1059 2 2

24 Grouse Lake 834 3 2

25 Middle North Fork Mokelumne 12461 1 1

26 Stevenot Camp 2256 2 2

27 Upper North Fork Mokelumne 943 3 3

28 Jackson Canyon 2761 2 2

29 Sand Meadow 2429 3 3

30 Wheeler Lake 1096 3 3

31 Frog Lake 1014 3 2

32 Underwood Valley 2214 2 2

33 Lake Valley 883 3 2

34 Lower North Fork Mokelumne 5270 2 2

35 Sheep Meadow 2967 3 3

36 Indian Valley 4898 3 2

37 Reynolds Peak 1022 3 3

38 Raymond Peak 921 2 2

39 Raymond Lake 3058 3 3

40 Raymond Creek Canyon 2197 2 2

41 Jeff Davis Peak 5466 3 2

42 Thornburg Canyon 6184 2 3
Stanislaus

National Forest

110 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 111

April 2010

Wild and Scenic Rivers and Proposed Wild and Scenic Rivers 

Management Emphasis 

Management emphasis for these areas is to manage selected river corridors to preserve their 

notable values or features as part of, or for eventual inclusion in, the National Wild and Scenic River 

System. Direction provides for management of recommended segments in accordance with the Wild 

and Scenic Rivers Act of 1968 as guided by FSH 1909.12, Chapter 8, and the 1982 Guidelines for 

River Management (USDA/USDI). Proposed Wild and Scenic Rivers within Wilderness will be 

managed under dual designation. No timber harvest is scheduled; however, a wide range of resource 

activities are permitted depending upon the proposed classification of Wild, Scenic or Recreational.

Designated and proposed Wild and Scenic Rivers, along with immediate environments, will be 

managed to preserve their free flowing condition and protect their outstandingly remarkable values. 

To the extent of Forest Service authority, no development of hydroelectric power facilities or other 

water resource developments would be permitted. Opportunities for public recreation and other 

resource uses are based on the classification of each identified river segment.

Description 

This Management Area generally contains those National Forest lands within 1/4 mile on either side 

of approximately 40 miles of existing Wild and Scenic Rivers and 160 miles of proposed Wild and 

Scenic Rivers. Wild and Scenic Rivers and Proposed Wild and Scenic Rivers are displayed on Map I4. Appendix E (Wild and Scenic River Study) of the EIS contains detailed descriptions of each 

proposed Wild and Scenic River.

Wild and Scenic Rivers 

Tuolumne River 

The designated corridor of the Tuolumne Wild and Scenic River includes 29 miles of river and 

portions of the steep middle-elevation mountain slope bordering the river. This area is located in the 

south-central part of the Forest. The western half of the area was burned by wildfire in 1987. The 

following classifications were approved, along with a management plan, in 1988. 

Segment Length (mi) Classification

Yosemite - Early Intake 5 Wild

Early Intake - Cherry Creek 1 Recreational

Cherry Creek - Lumsden 4 Wild

Lumsden Area 4 Scenic

Lumsden - Terminus 15 Wild

Merced River 

The Stanislaus National Forest portion of the Merced Wild and Scenic River corridor includes 11 

miles of river and portions of the steep, south-facing slope bordering the river. The river is located in 

the extreme southern portion of the Forest and forms the boundary between the Stanislaus and 

Sierra National Forests. By special agreement, the Sierra National Forest manages the Merced Wild 

and Scenic River corridor. A management plan is being prepared. A boundary/classification study 

approved in 1989 established a Recreational classification for this Wild and Scenic River.

Proposed Wild and Scenic Rivers 

North Fork Mokelumne River 

This area includes 27 miles of the North Fork Mokelumne River from Highland Lakes To Salt Springs 

Reservoir. It also includes all Stanislaus National Forest lands within 1/4 mile of the river. The river is 
Stanislaus

National Forest

112 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

located in the northern portion of the Forest and forms part of the boundary between the Stanislaus 

and Eldorado National Forests. By special agreement, the Eldorado National Forest has studied the 

North Fork Mokelumne below Salt Springs. That portion of the river has been found eligible for Wild 

and Scenic River status. A suitability study is being prepared by the Eldorado. The following 

classifications are recommended for the segments of the proposed Wild and Scenic River managed 

by the Stanislaus.

Segment Length (mi) Classification

1. Highland Lakes - Mokelumne Wilderness 9 Recreational

2. Wilderness Boundary - Salt Springs 18 Wild

North Fork Stanislaus River 

This area includes all 23 miles of eligible segments of the North Fork Stanislaus River, from Highland 

Creek to the confluence with the Middle Fork Stanislaus River. It also includes all lands within 1/4 

mile of each segment. The river is located in the west-central portion of the Forest. The following 

classifications are recommended for this proposed Wild and Scenic River.

Segment Length (mi) Classification

4. Highland Creek - McKays Reservoir 13 Wild

3 Recreational

6. McKays Reservoir - M.F. Stanislaus 7 Wild

Stanislaus River 

This area includes the 1.5 mile eligible segment of the Stanislaus River, from the North/Middle Fork 

Stanislaus confluence to Clark Flat. It also includes all lands within 1/4 mile of the segment. The river 

is located near the western boundary of the Forest. Wild classification is recommended for this 

proposed Wild and Scenic River.

Middle Fork Stanislaus River 

This area includes 41.5 miles of eligible segments of the Middle Fork Stanislaus River and its 

tributaries, Deadman and Kennedy Creeks. It also includes all lands within 1/4 mile of each segment. 

The area is located in the east and central portions of the Forest. The following classifications are 

recommended for this proposed Wild and Scenic River.

Segment Length (mi) Classification

1. Deadman Creek 8 Recreational

2. Kennedy Creek 8 Wild

5. Relief Reservoir - Clark Fork 12 Recreational

6. Clark Fork - Donnell Reservoir 3 Wild

12. Sand Bar - NF Stanislaus 10.5* Wild

Clark Fork 

This area includes all 11 miles of the Clark Fork, from its headwaters in the Carson-Iceberg 

Wilderness, to its confluence with the Middle Fork Stanislaus River. It also includes all lands, within 

1/4 mile of the river. The river is located in the north-central portion of the Forest. The following 

classifications are recommended for this proposed Wild and Scenic River.

Segment Length (mi) Classification

1. Headwaters - Wilderness Boundary 8 Wild

2. Wilderness Boundary - M.F. Stanislaus 9 Recreational
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 113

April 2010

Clavey River1 

This area includes all 47 miles of the Clavey River, from the headwaters of its tributaries Bell Creek 

and Lily Creek in the Emigrant Wilderness, to its confluence with the Tuolumne River. The 

headwaters of Bell Creek originate approximately 0.5 mile southeast of Burst Rock, within the 

Emigrant Wilderness. The headwaters of Lily Creek consists of two forks, the western originating 

from Chewing Gum Lake and the eastern from Y Meadow Lake, both within the Emigrant 

Wilderness. The following classifications are recommended for this proposed Wild and Scenic River:

Segment Length (mi) Classification

1. Bell Creek 6 Wild

1 Scenic

2. Lily Creek 9 Wild

2 Scenic

3. Bell/Lily Confluence - 3N01 5 Scenic

4. 3N01 - Cottonwood Road 4 Wild

4 Scenic

5. Cottonwood Road - Tuolumne 14 Wild

2 Scenic

South Fork Tuolumne River 

This area includes the 2 mile eligible segment of the South Fork Tuolumne River, from its confluence 

with the Middle Fork Tuolumne to its confluence with the main Tuolumne River. It also includes all 

lands within 1/4 mile of the segment. The river is located in the south-central portion of the Forest. 

Scenic classification is recommended for this proposed Wild and Scenic River. 

Niagara Creek 

This area includes the one mile eligible segment of Niagara Creek, from Highway 108 to Donnell 

Reservoir. It also includes all land, below the highway, within 1/4 mile of the segment. The creek is 

located in the north-central portion of the Forest. Scenic classification is recommended for this 

proposed Wild and Scenic River.

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Fish and Wildlife 

Fisheries Habitat 

Improvement and 

Maintenance - 

Structural 

Improvements, 

Streams and Lakes 

(5-B)

Conduct activities, as allowed under the Wild 

and Scenic Rivers Act, to maintain fisheries 

improvement structures as necessary, 

protecting the Wild and Scenic River values.

Utilize natural materials for all improvements. 

Emphasize maintenance of the watershed to prevent 

or control erosion.

Range 

Allotment 

Management - 

Extensive or 

Maintenance 

(9-A-2 and 3)

Grazing management will be specified in the 

management plan for the particular river and 

in the allotment plan for the allotment(s) 

involved.

Grazing is not permitted in the Tuolumne 

Wild and Scenic River area, except as occurs 

when livestock are herded through on the 

way to or from their allotments.

Manage grazing to protect Wild and Scenic River 

values.

 

1 Clavey River Wild and Scenic River Suitability, Forest Plan Appeal Review Decision, USDA Forest Service 1995
Stanislaus

National Forest

114 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Recreation 

ROS Primitive 

(10-B-1)

Provide for very low interaction between 

visitors with a range of primitive recreation 

experiences. Evidence of other users is 

minimal.

Manage to the ROS Class of Primitive. This is the 

adopted ROS level for all Wild Rivers within 

Wilderness as shown on the ROS Map (1-5).

ROS Semi-primitive 

Non-motorized 

(10-B-2)

NMFPA

Provide for low interaction between visitors 

with a range of SPNM recreation 

experiences. Evidence of other users is 

unobtrusive.

Manage to the ROS Class of Semi-primitive Nonmotorized, except for: 4N80Y; 5N02R (NMFPA). This 

is the adopted ROS level for all Wild Rivers outside of 

Wilderness and some Scenic or Recreational rivers as 

shown on the ROS Map (1-5).

ROS Semi-primitive 

Motorized (10-B-3)

Provide for low to moderate interaction 

between visitors with a range of SPM 

recreation experiences. Evidence of other 

users is moderate.

Manage to the ROS Class of Semi-primitive 

Motorized. This is the level for some Scenic Rivers as 

shown on the ROS Map (1-5)

ROS Roaded Natural 

(10-B-4)

Provide for moderate interaction between 

visitors with a range of roaded natural 

recreation experiences. Evidence of other 

users is moderate.

Manage to a ROS Class of Roaded Natural. This is 

the adopted ROS level for some Recreational Rivers 

and some Scenic Rivers as shown on the ROS Map 

(1-5).

Dispersed Recreation 

Management (10-F)

Provide for recreation activities that are 

compatible with Wild and Scenic River 

Management.

Manage to be consistent with guidelines for Wild and 

Scenic River Management. Wild Rivers: Locate 

facilities outside of Wild Rivers. Provide only primitive 

camping facilities at inventoried sites to enhance visitor 

appreciation for this program. Scenic and Recreational 

Rivers: Provide moderate sized recreation facilities 

that are accessible from the rivers. Screen buildings 

and improvements. Keep them at least 100 feet from 

the river's edge.

Closed Motor Vehicle 

Travel Management 

(10-G-1)

MVTM

NMFPA

Closed to motorized use. Manage to Forestwide S&Gs for Closed Motor Vehicle 

Travel Management, except for: 4N80Y; 5N02R 

(NMFPA). 

Clark Fork

Headwaters - Wilderness

Clavey River

Bell Creek (6 mile Wild portion)

Lily Creek (9 mile Wild portion)

3N01 - Cottonwood Road (4 mile Wild portion)

Cottonwood Road - Tuolumne (14 mile Wild 

portion)

Middle Fork Stanislaus

Kennedy Creek

Clark Fork - Donnell Reservoir

Sand Bar - North Fork Stanislaus

North Fork Mokelumne

Wilderness - Salt Springs Reservoir

North Fork Stanislaus

Highland Creek - Mckays (13 mile Wild portion)

Mckays - Middle Fork Stanislaus

South Fork Tuolumne

Stanislaus

Tuolumne

Yosemite - Early Intake

Cherry Creek - Lumsden

Lumsden Area - Don Pedro
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 115

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Conduct surveys, observe conditions and carry out

rehabilitation, as needed, to eliminate evidence of, and 

access by, unauthorized motorized use.

Restricted Motor 

Vehicle Travel 

Management 

(10-G-2)

MVTM

Provide opportunities for motorized 

recreation compatible with Wild and Scenic 

River values as shown below.

Manage to Forestwide S&Gs for Restricted Motor 

Vehicle Travel Management. Use restrictions to 

protect Wild and Scenic River values.

Clark Fork

Wilderness - Middle Fork Stanislaus

Clavey River

Bell Creek (1 mile Scenic portion)

Lily Creek (2 mile Scenic portion)

Bell/Lily Confluence - 3N01

3N01 - Cottonwood Road (4 mile Scenic portion)

Cottonwood Road - Tuolumne (2 mile Scenic portion)

Middle Fork Stanislaus

Deadman Creek

Relief Reservoir - Clark Fork 

North Fork Mokelumne

Highland Lake - Wilderness

North Fork Stanislaus

Highland Creek - Mckays (3 mile Recreational 

portion)

Merced

Tuolumne

Early Intake - Cherry Creek

Lumsden Area

Niagara Creek

Conduct surveys, observe conditions and carry out 

rehabilitation, as needed, to mitigate and minimize 

damage to Wild and Scenic River values caused by 

motorized use.

Restricted Mountain 

Bicycle Management 

(10-H-1)

Make travel compatible with Wild and Scenic 

River values.

Use restrictions to protect Wild and Scenic River 

values. Close routes, where impacts are 

unacceptable, to uses causing the damage. This is an 

acceptable practice for Scenic and Recreational 

Rivers.

Closed Mountain 

Bicycle Management 

(10-H-2)

Prohibit use of certain areas because of 

national policy or conflicts with Wild and 

Scenic River values. 

All Wild rivers within Wilderness are closed to 

mountain bicycles.

Interpretive Services 

Planning (10-L)

Develop and update IS plans for Wild and 

Scenic Rivers

Identify objectives, audiences, interpretive messages, 

communication methods and facility requirements for 

each.

Interpretive Services 

Management (10-M)

Interpret unique features of Wild and Scenic 

Rivers.

Prepare maps, brochures, signs and other interpretive 

devices to explain special features and reduce area 

damage.

Interpretive Services 

Facilities not on 

Interpretive Sites 

(10-N)

Install interpretive facilities for Wild and 

Scenic Rivers.

Blend facilities to complement the unique character of 

each area. Locate facilities outside of Wild Rivers.
Stanislaus

National Forest

116 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Special Areas 

Research Natural 

Area (RNA) 

Investigations (14-A)

Conduct RNA investigations while protecting 

Wild and Scenic River values.

Coordinate activates with PSW/R5 RNA Committee.

RNA Management 

(14-B)

Manage RNAs within Wild and Scenic Rivers 

under dual designation.

Manage to be consistent with Wild and Scenic River 

guidelines.

Special Interest Area 

(SIA) Investigations 

(14-C)

Conduct SIA investigations while protecting 

Wild and Scenic River values.

SIA Management 

14-D)

Manage SIAs within Wild and Scenic Rivers 

under dual designation.

Manage to be consistent with Wild and Scenic River 

guidelines.

Timber 

Special Cutting -

Other (15-I)

Design special cutting methods to obtain 

specific Wild and Scenic River management 

objectives (36 CFR 219.15, 219.27(b)).

Special cutting methods will be used to improve the 

quality of Wild and Scenic River resources.

Fuelwood and 

Miscellaneous Forest 

Products (15-M)

Permit or make available fuelwood and other 

forest products on all available lands within 

Scenic and Recreational classifications only.

Fuelwood and other forest products will be made 

available through sale, administrative use and 

personal use where such uses can protect or enhance 

an do not conflict with other Wild and Scenic River 

objectives.

Transportation and Facilities 

Road Construction 

and Reconstruction 

(16-A)

In Scenic and Recreational Rivers, construct 

and reconstruct roads to standards which 

meet resource management and resource 

protection needs, while protecting Wild and 

Scenic River values.

Road construction or reconstruction is not allowed 

Wild Rivers. Road construction or reconstruction in 

Scenic Rivers will be accomplished within the criteria 

for Scenic Rivers.

Transportation 

Management, Roads 

Subject to Highway 

Safety Act (16-B)

On designated roads outside Wild River 

segments, manage traffic for safe and 

efficient use by unrestricted public traffic, 

including passenger cars, and permitted 

commercial use.

Roads subject to the Highway Safety Act are 

maintained at Maintenance Levels 3, 4, or 5, suitable 

for passenger cars. 

Signing standards on unrestricted roads are planned 

for public traffic safety and convenience. 

Public use is not restricted except by seasonal 

closures which may be imposed to protect resources.

Visual Resource 

VQO Preservation 

(17-B-1)

Provide a high quality visual setting where 

changes are unnoticed both within the 

Management Area and from the rivers.

Manage to a VQO of Preservation. This is the adopted 

VQO level for all Wild Rivers within Wilderness as 

shown on the VQO Map

VQO Retention 

(17-B-2)

Provide a high quality visual setting where 

changes are not readily evident.

Manage to a VQO of Retention. This is the adopted 

VQO level for Wild, Scenic and Recreational Rivers 

which are outside of Wilderness, as shown on the 

VQO Map. 

Portions of some Scenic and Recreational Rivers exist 

in a condition equal to Partial Retention. This is an 

acceptable interim level, which will be upgraded to 

Retention over time through natural process and/or 

rehabilitation.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 117

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Wild and Scenic Rivers 

Wild and Scenic River 

Inventory and 

Planning (19-A)

Complete formal recommendations for 

proposed Wild and Scenic Rivers. Complete 

legislative packages for recommended Wild 

and Scenic Rivers as necessary. Complete 

Wild and Scenic River Management Plans 

for rivers designated as Wild and Scenic 

Rivers.

Develop plans using the Limits of Acceptable Change 

(LAC) methods.

Wild and Scenic River 

Management (19-B)

Manage according to the requirements of the 

Wild and Scenic Rivers Act of 1968, as 

amended and according to the guidance 

provided by FSH 1909.12, Chapter 8, and 

the 1982 Final Revised Guidelines for River 

Management (USDA/ USDI).

Wild and Scenic Rivers, along with their 

immediate environments, will be managed to 

preserve their free flowing condition and to 

protect and enhance their Wild and Scenic 

River values.

Implement Limits of Acceptable Change 

(LAC) and limit use as necessary.

No development of hydroelectric power facilities would 

be permitted for (1) projects exempted from licensing 

by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission or (2) 

projects on rivers designated through sections 2, 3 and 

5(a) of the Wild and Scenic Rivers Act. The Forest 

Service will recommend to FERC that a project on a 

river found eligible and suitable for inclusion in the Wild 

and Scenic Rivers System should not licensed 

because it is inconsistent with the purposes for which 

the National Forest was created or acquired and, if 

necessary, impose conditions on any license issued 

for a project on that river that fully protect its 

outstandingly remarkable characteristics and freeflowing nature.

Use permits and/or field observations to collect visitor 

data. Control use as follows: When LAC standards are 

exceeded for a site or area, implement appropriate 

management actions to remedy the situation.

Wild and Scenic River management will be 

consistent with adjoining National Forest, 

National Park and Bureau of Land 

Management Wild and Scenic River 

management.

Allow commercial uses by permit only after 

an evaluation shows that such use will not 

compromise Wild and Scenic River values.

Close, rotate, or rehabilitate campsites to allow for site 

recovery. Require parties with recreation stock to carry 

feed when conditions warrant. Restrict stock use from 

steep and rocky terrain. Grant permits to collect native 

plants only when needed to meet administrative or 

research needs.

Limit commercial permits for outfitter guides to 

activities that meet specific public needs and cannot 

be provided outside Wild and Scenic River areas. Do 

not issue permits for training activities or recreation 

events. The above Standards and Guidelines are 

consistent with and will be used in conjunction with the 

management plans for each Wild and Scenic River.

Proposed Wild and 

Scenic River 

Management (19-C)

Protect and enhance the Wild and Scenic 

River characteristics. To the extent of Forest 

Service authority, no development of hydroelectric power facilities would be permitted.

Manage the same as designated Wild and Scenic 

Rivers.

Wilderness 

Wilderness Inventory 

and Planning (20-A)

Manage Wild Rivers within Wilderness under 

dual designation

Be consistent with application of guidelines for 

Wilderness and Proposed Wilderness.

Wilderness 

Management (20-B)

Manage Wild Rivers within Wilderness under 

dual designation

Be consistent with application of guidelines for 

Wilderness and Proposed Wilderness.
Stanislaus

National Forest

118 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 119

April 2010

Near Natural 

Management Emphasis 

Emphasis is placed on providing a natural appearing landscape in a non-motorized setting. Public 

motorized use is not normally allowed and no timber harvest is scheduled. Wildlife habitat 

management, watershed protection, dispersed non-motorized recreation, livestock grazing and 

minerals uses are allowed. The area is characterized by a high quality visual setting where changes 

are rarely evident. Land altering practices are limited in scope and duration. It meets the Forest 

Service criteria for the Recreation Opportunity Spectrum class of Semi-primitive Non-motorized. 

Special timber harvest methods to enhance recreation or to salvage losses may be employed.

Description 

This management area contains: 

Tuolumne River Canyon 

This area consists of the lower Tuolumne River canyon, below Cherry Oil Road, between the canyon 

rim and the corridor boundary of the Tuolumne River Wild and Scenic River. It includes steep middleelevation mountain slopes in the southwest part of the Forest and most was the Tuolumne River 

inventoried roadless area. The area borders private and Bureau of Land Management (BLM) land 

along the western Forest boundary, and the City and County of San Francisco's power facilities at 

Early Intake are located near the eastern boundary of the area. Most of the area was burned by 

wildfire in 1987. This area includes deer winter range. Gold mining was an historic activity.

North Mountain 

This area, located in the southeast portion of the Forest, includes a major portion of the North 

Mountain inventoried roadless area. It consists of middle-elevation forested slopes on North 

Mountain and the steep mountain slopes of the upper Tuolumne River canyon, above Cherry Oil 

Road, between the canyon rim and the corridor boundary of the Tuolumne Wild and Scenic River. 

The area borders Yosemite National Park, along the eastern Forest boundary, and the City and 

County of San Francisco's power facilities at Early Intake are located near the western boundary of 

the area.

Bell Meadow Area 

This area was part of the Bell Meadow inventoried roadless area, located in the central part of the 

Forest. It is characterized by limited timber interspersed with meadow and granitic rock. The area is 

important wildlife habitat and contains several key deer fawning areas. It contains several trails and is 

a popular entry point to the Emigrant Wilderness, which borders the area on the east. It is heavily 

hunted for deer in the fall. Grazing occurs throughout.

Clavey River Canyon 

This area, located in the south-central part of the Forest, includes the Clavey River and canyon from 

Forest road 1N04, south, to the Tuolumne River Canyon. The area includes widely scattered timber, 

wildlife habitat, and deer winter range. Fishing is popular at the road crossing, but otherwise there is 

little recreation use. Steep slopes and heavy brush make access to much of the area difficult. Some 

hunting and off-highway vehicle use occurs along ridges. Timber is harvested on the upper slopes. 

This portion of the Clavey River has been found eligible for Wild and Scenic River status.

Eagle/Night Area 

This area, located in the east central part of the Forest, was the south-central portion of the Eagle 

inventoried roadless area and the western portion of the Night inventoried roadless area. The area is 

characterized by bare volcanic ridges and rock outcrops, scattered timber, and small sub-alpine 
Stanislaus

National Forest

120 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

meadows. It borders the Emigrant Wilderness, between Cooper Peak and Night Cap Peak. It 

contains important deer summer range. The area receives light dispersed recreation use, primarily 

hiking and backpacking. Grazing occurs throughout the area.

Waterhouse Area 

This area, located in the east central part of the Forest, was the central portion of the Waterhouse 

inventoried roadless area. The area includes granitic hillsides, scattered timber, and a river 

environment of pools and boulders. It borders the Emigrant Wilderness. The area receives light 

dispersed recreation use, primarily hiking, with access from Pinecrest Lake trail. Cleo's Baths is a 

popular recreation feature. A portion of the South Fork Stanislaus, which has been found eligible for 

Wild and Scenic River status, lies within this area.

Pacific Valley Area 

This area was the Pacific Valley portion of the Carson-Iceberg Further Planning Area, and is located 

in the northeast part of the Forest. The area is typified by mountain peaks, glaciated valleys, 

scattered timber and considerable granite rock. It borders the Carson-Iceberg Wilderness. Lookout 

Peak is a prominent feature. It receives light to moderate dispersed recreation use including hiking, 

camping and hunting. Grazing occurs throughout. A portion of the North Fork Mokelumne, a 

proposed Wild and Scenic River, flows through the area. Also, a portion of Pacific Creek, which been 

found eligible for Wild and Scenic River status, lies within the area.

Merced Canyon 

This area consists of the Stanislaus portion of the Merced canyon between the canyon rim and the 

corridor boundary of the Merced Wild and Scenic River. It includes steep, south-facing slopes in the 

southernmost part of the Forest. The area borders private and BLM land to the south and west and 

Yosemite National Park to the east. It receives little recreation use while providing excellent deer

winter range.

Stanislaus Canyons 

This area consists of portions of the Middle Fork, North Fork and main stem Stanislaus River 

canyons between the canyon rim and the proposed Wild and Scenic River boundaries. It is located in 

the west-central part of the Forest. Recreation use is light and the area provides habitat for a wide 

variety of wildlife. Portions of the Middle Fork Stanislaus, which have been found eligible for Wild and 

Scenic River Status, also lie within the area.

Highland Creek/Upper Spicer 

This area consists of a portion of Highland Creek, its canyon, and the upper reaches of Spicer 

Meadow Reservoir. It includes steep slopes and water-related environments in the north-central part 

of the Forest. Recreation use is light with hiking and non-motorized boating being popular activities. 

The Carson-Iceberg Wilderness surrounds most of the area.

Mt. Reba 

This area consists of the steep slopes of Mt. Reba between the Bear Valley Ski Area and the 

Mokelumne Wilderness. It is located in the northern part of the Forest.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 121

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Fish and Wildlife 

Structural Habitat 

Improvement and 

Maintenance (5-K)

Conduct general fish and wildlife habitat 

management activities in a way that 

supports the overall objectives for Near 

Natural Areas.

Conduct activities where necessary in the recovery of 

Threatened, Endangered, or Sensitive species in a way 

which protects natural conditions.

Geology and Minerals 

Saleable Mineral 

Materials (7-C)

Removal of common variety mineral 

material including sand, gravel, clay, stone 

and pumice for public and administrative 

purposes.

Identify mineral material sites available for public use 

and rank each for development.

Prepare site development and rehabilitation plans for 

each site prior to its development and use.

Recreation 

ROS Semi-primitive 

Non-motorized 

(10-B-2)

Provide for low interaction between 

visitors with a range of SPNM recreation 

opportunities. Evidence of other use is 

unobtrusive.

Manage to ROS Class of SPNM. This is the adopted

ROS level for Near Natural as shown on the ROS Map

Dispersed Recreation 

Management (10-F)

Provide dispersed recreation opportunities 

that blend with the natural environment. 

Limit commercial outfitter guide and 

recreation event special use permits to 

prevent overcrowding.

Develop maps, brochures and publications for visitor use 

that list dispersed recreation activities. Stress back 

country manners and no-trace camping.

Closed Motor Vehicle 

Travel Management 

(10-G-1)

MVTM

Closed to motorized use. Manage to Forestwide S&Gs for Closed Motor Vehicle 

Travel Management.

Conduct surveys, observe conditions and carry out 

rehabilitation, as needed, to eliminate evidence of, and 

access by, unauthorized motorized use.

Restricted Mountain 

Bicycle Management 

(10-H-1)

Make travel compatible with Near Natural 

areas.

Use restricted access as a means of protection. Close 

routes, where impacts are unacceptable, to uses 

causing the damage.

Interpretive Services 

Facilities not on 

Interpretive Services 

sites. (10-N)

Provide informational and educational 

material at trailheads outside of Near 

Natural areas.

Develop maps and brochures for visitor use that stress 

minimum impact and leave-no-trace ethics.

Special Areas 

Research Natural Area 

Investigations (14-A)

Conduct RNA investigations while 

protecting near natural values.

Coordinate activities with PSW/R5 RNA committee.

Special Interest Area 

Investigations (14-C)

Conduct SIA investigations while 

protecting near natural values.

SIA Management 

(14-D)

Manage SIAs within Near Natural under 

dual designation.

Make consistent with Near Natural guidelines.

Timber 

Special Cutting - Other 

(15-I)

Design special cutting methods to obtain 

specific Near Natural management 

objectives. (36 CFR 219.15, 219.27(b))

Special cutting methods will be used to salvage mortality 

or improve the quality of resources other than timber.

Fuelwood and 

Miscellaneous Forest 

Products (15-M)

Permit or make available fuelwood and 

other forest products.

Fuelwood and other forest products will be made 

available through sale, administrative use, and personal 

use where such uses do not conflict with other resource 

objectives.
Stanislaus

National Forest

122 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Transportation and Facilities 

Road Construction and 

Reconstruction (16-A)

Construct and reconstruct roads as 

needed for management activities 

meeting Near Natural management 

objectives.

Road construction will be designed to meet Near Natural 

management objectives. Location, design and 

construction standards will protect soil, watershed, 

fisheries, and other resource values.

Transportation 

Management, Roads 

Excluded From 

Highway Safety Act 

(16-C)

Restrict traffic to uses meeting Near 

Natural management objectives.

Prohibit traffic other than for projects meeting Near 

Natural management objectives.

Visual Resource 

VQO Retention (17-B2)Provide a high quality visual setting where 

changes are not readily evident.

Manage to a VQO of Retention. This is the adopted 

VQO level for Near Natural as shown on the VQO Map

Wild And Scenic Rivers 

Alternate Management 

(19-D)

Protect Wild and Scenic River values of 

eligible river segments proposed for Near 

Natural Alternate Management (See 

Appendix E (EIS) Wild and Scenic Study).

Manage to Near Natural guidelines, all or portions of the 

following segments that are within Near Natural: Middle 

Fork Stanislaus Segments 8 and 10, South Fork 

Stanislaus, and Pacific Creek.

Wilderness 

Wilderness Inventory 

and Planning (20-A)

Conduct Roadless Area Reviews as 

necessary.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 123

April 2010

Wildlife 

Management Emphasis 

This area emphasizes late seral stage management indicator species (MIS) and all other wildlife 

which require mature and older forest habitats for part or all of their life cycle. Management indicator 

species used to prescribe management direction are spotted owl, fisher and marten which are all 

designated sensitive species. A variety of semi-primitive motorized recreation opportunities are also 

provided.

Description 

This is comprised of areas designated for management for spotted owl, fisher and marten. Marten, 

fisher and spotted owl habitat areas which are within Wilderness, Wild and Scenic Rivers, and Near 

Natural Management Areas will be managed according to the management direction for those areas 

since it will be more protective. Where questions arise about wildlife emphasis in these other 

Management Areas, refer to Map 3, Appendix I, which displays all SOHAs and all furbearer habitat 

areas, and follow management direction for these species as well as for marten where it occurs. The 

direction for travel corridors required for this Management Area is also included under Forestwide 

Standards and Guidelines.

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Fish and Wildlife 

Stream and Lake 

Fisheries - Structural 

Improvements and 

Maintenance (5-B)

Provide medium to high quality habitat for 

resident trout species (rainbow, brown, and 

brook trout) according to the habitat capability 

models for these species.

Implement structural fish habitat improvements as 

funded and provide maintenance of projects to assure 

the projects are functional to meet objectives and 

protect investment.

Structural Habitat 

Improvement and 

Maintenance (5-K)

Conduct activities as needed to meet wildlife 

objectives. All such activities and objectives 

will be consistent with the overall objectives 

of the Management Area.

Forest Pests 

Insect and Disease 

Management (6-A)

Carry out insect and disease control 

measures where needed to protect the 

integrity of the habitat for the recovery 

species emphasized.

Insect and disease control measures including salvage 

logging of infected and dying trees will require 

Biological Evaluations which address affects of the 

control measures on Threatened, Endangered and 

sensitive species.

Geology and Minerals 

Locatable Minerals 

(7-A) 

Conduct a minerals management program 

which recognizes late seral stage wildlife 

habitat as the primary surface resource to be 

protected and maintained.

Approve plans of operation which include adequate 

measures for protection and, where necessary, 

rehabilitation of target habitats. For spotted owl this 

includes seasonal protection and for furbearers it will 

include consideration of the maximum desirable road 

density and traffic levels.

Leasable Minerals 

(7-B)

Conduct a minerals management program 

which recognizes late seral stage wildlife as 

the primary surface resource to be protected 

and maintained.

Approve lease stipulations which include adequate 

measures for protection and, where necessary, 

rehabilitation of target habitats. For spotted owl this 

includes seasonal protection and for furbearers it will 

include consideration of the maximum desirable road 

density and traffic levels.

Saleable Minerals 

Material (7-C)

Conduct a minerals management program 

which recognizes late seral stage wildlife as 

the primary surface resource to be protected 

and maintained.

Removal of common variety mineral material 

including sand, gravel, clay, stone and 

Common variety minerals will be sold in large volumes 

only where significant additional traffic will not occur 

and from locations approved with wildlife biologist input. 

Establish fees for recovery of fair market value of sales 

of minor amounts of mineral material for personal use. 

Competitively award permits for large quantities of 
Stanislaus

National Forest

124 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

pumice by permit, competitive award or in 

accordance with free use regulations to 

accommodate public needs.

mineral material in accordance with 36 CFR 228, 

Subpart C. 

Establish and maintain an inventory of common variety 

mineral materials sources on the Forest. 

Identify mineral material sites needed for National 

Forest purposes and rank each for development. 

Identify mineral material sites available for public use 

and rank each for development.

Prepare site development and rehabilitation plans for 

each site prior to its development and use.

Range 

Allotment 

Management (9-A)

Recognize the special value of meadows and

riparian areas to fisher, pine marten and 

other late seral stage wildlife in applying 

range management systems. Environmental 

analysis for range activities within these 

management areas need to consider 

possible impacts of livestock operations on 

marten and fisher.

Improve ecological condition of rangelands where 

currently unsatisfactory, through improved 

management, and structural and non-structural 

improvements.

Recreation 

ROS - Semi-primitive 

Motorized (10-B-3)

Provide for low to moderate levels of 

interactions between forest visitors with a 

range of Semi-primitive Motorized recreation 

experiences. Evidence of other use is 

moderate.

Manage to the ROS class of Semi-Primitive Motorized, 

consistent with wildlife values and implementation 

plans. This is the adopted ROS level for the Wildlife 

Management Areas as shown on the ROS Map.

ROS - Roaded 

Natural (10-B-4)

Provide for moderate levels of inter- actions 

between Forest visitors with a range of 

roaded natural recreation experiences. 

Evidence of other use is moderate.

Manage to the ROS class of Roaded Natural, 

consistent with Wildlife values and implementation 

plans. This is the adopted ROS level for the Wildlife 

Management Areas, as shown on the ROS Map, 

where existing improvements represent the ROS Class

of Roaded Natural.

Dispersed 

Recreation 

Management (10-F)

Provide for dispersed recreation activities that 

are consistent with wildlife values. 

Emphasize a generally low-level of recreation 

use in order to minimize harassment effects 

on wildlife species.

Favor recreation activities that do not require extensive 

facilities and are designed for short stays. Implement 

use season restrictions to protect wildlife values as 

necessary.

Restricted Motor 

Vehicle Travel 

Management 

(10-G-2)

MVTM

Provide opportunities for motorized 

recreation compatible with Wildlife values.

Manage to Forestwide S&Gs for Restricted Motor 

Vehicle Travel Management. Use restrictions to protect 

Wildlife values. Conduct surveys, observe conditions 

and carry out rehabilitation, as needed, to mitigate and 

minimize damage to Wildlife values caused by 

motorized use. 

Restricted Mountain 

Bicycle Management 

(10-H-1)

Manage travel compatibly with other 

resource values.

Close routes where impacts are unacceptable.

Installation or 

Construction of 

Interpretive Services 

not on Interpretive 

Service Sites. (10-N)

Provide information and interpretive material 

to interpret Wildlife resources and activities.

Prepare wayside exhibits, interpretive trails, and 

publications for visitor use and/or interpret wildlife and 

its benefits.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 125

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Special Areas 

Research Natural 

Area (RNA) 

Investigations (14-A)

Conduct RNA investigations while protecting 

wildlife values. 

Manage SIAs within wildlife areas under dual 

designation.

Coordinate activities with PSW/R5 RNA committee.

Special Interest Area 

(SIA) Investigations 

(14-C)

Conduct SIA investigations while protecting 

wildlife values.

SIA Management 

(14-D)

Manage to be consistent with wildlife 

guidelines.

Timber 

Timber Program 

Administration (15-A)

Efficiently and economically extract forest 

products consistent with the primary wildlife 

objectives with the least damage to soils, 

watershed value, and residual trees. (36 CFR 

219.27(b)) 

Identify lands available, capable, and suitable 

for timber production and harvesting.

Control competing vegetation in openings 

that are to be reforested to the extent that 

multiple use and timber yield objectives can 

be met.

A variety of logging systems will be used to harvest 

forest products consistent with meeting latesuccessional MIS habitat objectives. Generally groundbased systems such as tractors will be used on slopes 

of less than 35%, and aerial systems such as highlead 

or skyline will be used where slopes exceed 35%. 

Aerial systems may be used on any slope or with any 

cutting method where economically efficient.

Manage lands for timber production that have been 

identified as available and suitable for that purpose 

consistent with the primary objectives for wildlife 

habitat. (36 CFR 219.14)

Intermediate Cutting 

- Sanitation and 

Salvage (15-E)

Design cutting methods to obtain specific 

management objectives for late successional 

MIS habitat. (36 CFR 219.15, 219.27(b))

Even-Aged Systems are further described in FSM 

2471.21, R5 supplements, and the Forest Management 

Practices.

Intermediate Cutting 

Method - 

Commercial Thinning 

(15-F)

Design cutting methods to obtain specific 

management objectives for late successional 

MIS habitat. (36 CFR 219.15, 219.27(b))

Even-Aged Systems are further described in FSM 

2471.21, R5 supplements, and the Forest Management 

Practices.

Special Cutting -

Other (15-I)

Design cutting methods to obtain specific 

management objectives for late successional 

MIS habitat. (36 CFR 219.15, 219.27(b))

Even-Aged Systems are further described in FSM 

2471.21, R5 supplements, and the Forest Management 

Practices. 

Special cutting methods will be used for available and 

suitable lands with other resource objectives. For lands 

incapable or unsuitable for timber production special 

cutting will be used to salvage mortality or improve the 

quality of resources other than timber.

Reforestation (15-J) Apply fertilizer where the application will be 

beneficial and economical. (36 CFR 

219.27(b)(2)) 

Reforest all openings in available, capable, 

and suitable lands for timber production 

created by timber harvest, wind, fire, or insect 

and disease pests. (36 CFR 219.27(b)(2))

A soil analysis will be required for projects that propose 

the use of fertilizer. The analysis will assess the need, 

amount and composition of fertilizer required for the 

specific project. 

Site preparation - Preparation of sites for artificial or 

natural stand reestablishment will be completed 

sufficiently in advance of planting or natural seeding to 

provide control of competing vegetation. Normally 

control of competing vegetation will be designed to 

ensure prescribed first year survival of planted or 

natural seedlings. This will often involve more than one 

treatment on more than one competing species prior to 

planting. It may involve a variety of techniques including 

fire, mechanical bunching and shredding, discing, and 

pesticides. Pest management will be considered as 

necessary. 

Seed stock - Maintain a seed inventory meeting the 
Stanislaus

National Forest

126 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Base Level Standards outlined in the Tree 

Improvement Master Plan for the California Region. 

Incorporate seed from the High Level Program as it 

becomes available. Utilize direction provided in the 

Tree Improvement Master Plan to mark stands using 

cutting methods that rely on natural regeneration. 

Tree species - Natural seeding or planting will be done 

with tree species, seed zones, and elevations 

determined to be appropriate through a silvicultural 

examination and prescription. 

Stocking levels in reforestation efforts will be directed 

toward obtaining the recommended number of trees 

per acre outlined in R-5 supplement to FSM 2472.03.

Release and 

Weeding (15-K)

Reduce the effect of competing vegetation on 

the growth and development of desired 

species on lands available, capable, and 

suitable for timber production. (36 CFR 

219.27(b)(2), 219.27(c)(4))

Release efforts will only be done after appropriate stand 

examination and prescription. The objective will be to 

treat stands before brush or undesired hardwood 

densities reach 10,000 cubic feet per acre. Ideally, 

competing vegetation will be treated while seedlings 

and sprouts from this vegetation are small and easily 

treated by a variety of techniques. Often this will be 

within two or three years after site preparation. On 

plantations five years or older where conifers are 

established over most of the site, the objective will be to 

treat competing vegetation based on the actual growth 

and development of the tree stand. Brush and 

undesired vegetation will be treated where the conifer 

stand is not meeting site objectives for growth and it is 

apparent that competing vegetation is the cause. A 

variety of techniques including mechanical piling, 

shredding, hand grubbing and herbicides may be used.

Precommercial 

Thinning (15-L)

Remove surplus trees on available, capable, 

and suitable lands with excess stocking. This 

will be done to favor growth and development 

of potential crop trees, prevent disease and 

insect outbreaks, or meet other resource 

objectives. (36 CFR 219.27 (c) (4)).

Precommercial thinning will only be done after stand 

examination, prescription, and approval by a qualified 

silviculturist. It will be done in wild and managed stands 

of all forest types and follow the guidelines outlined in 

FSM 2476.42 and R5 Supplement as a minimum. 

Precommercial thinning is a tool that will be used to 

maintain diversity by improving species composition in 

many stands. Posts, fuelwood, Christmas trees, and 

other product sales should be used where possible to 

meet precommercial thinning needs. A variety of 

techniques may be used including mechanical, 

crushing, piling, shredding, hand cutting, and 

pesticides. Mechanical crushing, piling, and shredding 

will normally not be used where slopes exceed 35%.

Fuelwood and 

Miscellaneous Forest 

Products (15-M)

Permit or make available fuelwood and other 

forest products on all available lands where 

not needed for spotted owl or Sensitive 

furbearer habitat requirements.

Fuelwood and other forest products will be made 

available through sale, administrative use, and personal 

use where such uses do not conflict with other resource 

objectives.

Transportation and Facilities 

Transportation 

Management, Roads 

- Subject to Highway 

Safety Act (16-B)

Manage traffic for unrestricted public use and 

permitted commercial use for safe and 

efficient mixed use.

Roads subject to the Highway Safety Act are 

maintained at Maintenance Levels 3, 4, or 5, suitable 

for passenger cars. 

Signing standards on unrestricted roads are planned for 

public traffic safety and convenience.

Public use is not restricted except by seasonal closures 

which may be imposed to protect resources.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 127

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Transportation 

Management, Roads 

- Excluded from 

Highway Safety Act 

(16-C)

Manage traffic to provide for traffic safety and 

protect resource values on roads which are 

not open to unrestricted traffic and roads 

which are not maintained for travel by 

passenger car. Emphasize closure of roads 

to minimize disturbance to wildlife. 

Manage the Forest transportation system 

within this Management Area to give major 

consideration to the needs of the spotted owl 

and Sensitive furbearers. Close or restrict 

non-essential roads to public use as needed 

to lower road density to that needed for the 

target habitat capability.

Traffic management is used to control types of traffic to 

provide for traffic safety, to protect resource values or to 

reduce road maintenance costs. 

Passenger car traffic may be restricted by regulatory 

order (36 CFR 261), may be discouraged by warning 

signs or maintenance practices, or may be eliminated 

by barriers closing the road to all traffic. Commercial 

traffic is controlled by permit. 

Maintenance standards are planned primarily for 

resource management traffic use. Maintenance Level 2 

may be used. 

Roads may be closed seasonally or year-round to all 

traffic as needed to protect wildlife or other resources.

Road signing is planned as needed for the intended 

use of the road. The need for safety signing is reduced 

by lower design speed and traffic management.

Visual Resource 

VQO - Retention (17-

B-2)

Maintain the visual character of the VQO 

Retention for the pleasure of the viewing 

public. 

Design land and vegetation disturbing 

projects to meet Retention. 

Manage to a VQO of Retention.

Base size, shape and dispersion of harvest units, road 

construction, and other resource disturbance on 

meeting Retention. This is the adopted VQO level for 

Wildlife, as shown on the VQO Map. 

VQO – Partial 

Retention (17-B-3)

Design land and vegetation disturbing 

projects to meet Partial Retention, in 

middleground distance zones where this is 

the VQO.

Base size, shape, and dispersion of harvest units, road 

construction and other resource disturbances on 

meeting middleground Partial Retention. This is the 

adopted VQO level for those Wildlife areas as shown 

on the VQO Map.

Wild and Scenic Rivers 

Alternate 

Management (19-D)

Protect Wild and Scenic River values of 

eligible river segments proposed for Wildlife 

Alternate Management (see Appendix E 

(EIS) Wild and Scenic River Study).

Manage to Wildlife guidelines all or portions of the 

following segments that are within Wildlife: Bell Creek, 

Lily Creek, Clavey Segments 3 and 4, and Pacific 

Creek.
Stanislaus

National Forest

128 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 129

April 2010

Special Interest Areas 

Management Emphasis 

Management emphasis for these areas is to protect and manage unique geological, scenic, 

historical, archaeological, botanical and memorial features, to make educational opportunities 

available and preserve the integrity of the special interest feature for which the areas were 

established. No timber harvests are scheduled; however, a wide range of resource activities is 

permitted, provided the unique features of each area are protected.

Description 

Special Interest Areas (SIAs) may contain unique geologic, scenic, historic, archaeological, botanic 

and memorial features. They occur throughout the entire Forest and vary in size from less than 1/2 

acre to approximately 2,960 acres. Special Interest Area maps are included at the end of this section.

Trumbull Peak Historic and Botanic Area 

Located on the Groveland Ranger District in T.2S., R.19E., Sections 3, 9, 10, 15, 16 and 22. The 

area includes the upper slopes of Trumbull Peak, the Trumbull Peak Lookout, a railroad spur and two 

logging inclines. The entire area covers 150 acres, of which 120 acres are unsuitable for timber 

management. The historical features date back to the 1920's. The abandoned inclines total about 1-

3/4 miles in length. A railroad spur to the longest incline, overlooking the Merced River Canyon, is 

about 4,000 feet long. The abandoned Trumbull Peak Lookout is located on a ridge south of Trumbull 

Peak at the end of a 1/4 mile trail. The area includes populations of three sensitive plants: Allium 

yosemitense, Eriophyllum congdonii, and Lewisia congdonii.

Pacific Madrone Botanic Area 

This 15-acre area contains the two southernmost known groves of Pacific Madrone (Arbutus 

menziesii). The area is located in T.1S., R.18E., SE1/4, Section 33 along the slopes of an unnamed 

drainage on the Groveland Ranger District. The two groves together contain 20 mature and sapling 

trees, and some seedlings surrounded by riparian vegetation. The two groves are 1/10 mile apart.

Windeler Cave Geologic Area 

This area consists of a limestone cave thought to be over 2,500 feet long. It contains a variety of 

stalactite and stalagmite formations. 

Niagara Creek and Falls Scenic and Geologic Area 

This area is located adjacent to Donnells Reservoir on the Summit Ranger District, within T.6N., 

R.19E., Sections 30 and 31 and T.6N., R.18E., Section 36. The area includes a "hanging valley" 

waterfall over 900 feet high. It is the highest waterfall on the Forest and is the Forest's only true 

hanging valley waterfall. The area is approximately 320 acres in size, encompassing the falls and a 

proposed vista point to the north. This portion of Niagara Creek is also a proposed Wild and Scenic 

River.

Columns of the Giants Scenic and Geologic Area 

This area includes a unique formation of columnar basalt. A National Recreation Trail accesses the 

area. It is a miniature "Devil's Postpile" approximately 21 miles northeast of Strawberry along 

Highway 108. The area is 105 acres in size and is located in T.6N., R.20E, Section 20.

Bull Run Scenic and Geologic Area 

Located on the Summit Ranger District, with access from Herring Creek Road, this area consists of a

rugged lava-capped ridge of horseshoe shape enclosing a forested bowl. It contains a variety of 

unique rock formations formed through volcanic and glacial action. The area is approximately 340
Stanislaus

National Forest

130 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

acres in size and is located in the S1/2 of Section 25 and N1/2 of Section 35, T.5N., R.18E. It 

contains 230 acres of land unsuitable for timber management.

Sonora-Mono Toll Road Historic Area 

This old trans-Sierra road roughly follows Highway 108 from Sonora Pass to Forest Road 5N01. 

Other segments of the historic road are thought to exist west of 5NG1, but their exact location is 

unknown.

Emigrant Road and the Big Trees-Carson Valley Road Historic Areas 

These are segments of two of the historical routes over the Sierra in the 1800s. The Emigrant Road 

runs parallel and south of Highway 4 from Mosquito Lakes to Lake Alpine. The Big Trees-Carson 

Valley Road goes from Lake Alpine south and west to Alpine Station. The total length of the 

segments is approximately 7 miles.

Bourland Creek Trestle Historic Area 

This is a large, curved, wooden trestle that once supported rails for the Westside Railroad logging 

system. It was built in the early 1920s. It is 315 feet long and 76 feet above Bourland Creek. The 

trestle has 22 bents that are spaced 14 feet on center. It is anchored by rough aggregate concrete 

abutments and piers. It is completely standing and represents the last standing trestle on the 

Stanislaus. It covers less than 1/2 acre, and is at the 5,200 foot elevation. This portion of Bourland 

Creek was identified as eligible for Wild and Scenic River status. It was not included as a proposed 

Wild and Scenic River; however, Special Interest Area management will protect those values.

Jordan Creek Bower Cave Cultural and Geologic Area1 

This SIA encompasses approximately 1600 acres. It includes the former Linkletter Ranch property 

(826 acres) which was acquired through a land exchange in December, 1990. It is situated in a 

botanically diverse location due to several geological features. Three prominent drainages cut 

through the area allowing for a wide variety of slope aspects as well as riparian and meadow 

habitats. Outcrops of limestone/marble and areas of differing soil depts. Also contribute to the wide 

variety of plant life. Six plant communities are represented within the SIA: freshwater marsh; mixedconifer forest; lower montane meadow; streamside riparian; foothill woodland; and chaparral. Some 

of the wildflowers found in the area include paintbrush, twining brodiaea, Sierra onion an d California 

poppy. Due to this wide variety of plant communities, over 320 species of plants exist in the SIA. 

Some of these species are interesting and unusual (although not considered rare) such as trillium, 

scarlet fritillary and the giant helleborine orchid. The presence of six plant communities in this 

relatively small area offers opportunities for educational and interpretive uses. Bower Cave is an 

unique limestone cavern that was a popular recreation attraction in the early 1900s and has Native 

American sacred values. It is located in the southwest portion of the Forest along the North Fork 

Merced River. The North Fork Merced was identified as eligible for Wild and Scenic River status. It 

was not included as a proposed Wild and Scenic River; however, Special Interest Area management 

will protect its values.

Jawbone Falls Heritage Area2 

Designated as a Special Interest Area for heritage resources, this area is located on Jawbone Creek, 

between Jawbone Falls and Jawbone Meadow, on the Groveland Ranger District in Township 2 

North, Range 18 East, Section 23. It consists of 47 acres.

Five other SIAs are discussed in an administratively confidential Appendix H, in order to protect 

location information for non-renewable resources subject to vandalism.

 

1 Jordan Creek/Bower Cave Special Interest Area Management Guidelines, Forest Plan Amendment, USDA Forest Service 1993

2 Jawbone Falls Special Interest Area, Forest Plan Amendment, USDA Forest Service 2000
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 131

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Fire and Fuels 

Fuels Management 

(4-B)

JCBC

For Jordan Creek Bower Cave SIA: 

1. Conduct prescribed burning for wildlife enhancement and fuel 

reduction.

2. Reduce fire hazards around all structures; maintain road 

access and construct the minimum fuel modification zones 

according to the Strategic Fire Plan.

3. Develop a moderate network of fuel modification zones 

including helispot for emergency evacuation.

Fish And Wildlife 

Fish and Wildlife 

Habitat Administration 

(5-A)

JCBC

Monitor effects on wildlife resulting from increased public use in 

the Jordan Creek Bower Cave SIA

Structural Habitat 

Improvement and 

Maintenance (5-K) 

JCBC

Develop wildlife habitat improvements for sensitive wildlife species 

in the Jordan Creek Bower Cave SIA

Recovery Species 

Administrative 

Management (5-L) 

JCBC

Prevent access to the cavity behind the former band stand in 

Bower Cave in order to allow re-establishment of a maternity roost 

and a hibernation roost for Townsend Big-eared Bats

Geology And Minerals 

Locatable Minerals 

(7-A) JCBC

Request withdrawal of the Jordan Creek Bower Cave SIA from 

mineral entry.

Range 

Allotment

Management - 

Extensive or 

Maintenance 

(9-A-2 and 9-A-3)

Grazing management will be 

specified in management plans 

for the area and the surrounding 

allotment. Management is 

designed to protect the areas' 

special characteristics.

Range Improvements -

Structural (9-C) 

JCBC

For Jordan Creek Bower Cave SIA:

1. Maintain fences to keep allotment cattle out of meadows, 

Jordan Creek pond, riparian zones and other non-permitted 

areas; construct and maintain fences for a permittee gathering 

pasture.

2. Maintain fences and corrals for Forest Service animals.

Grazing Permit 

Administration (9-D) 

JCBC

For Jordan Creek Bower Cave SIA: 

1. According to the requirements for Great Grey Owls, allow 

livestock and pack stock grazing only after August 15; limit to 

retain a 5” stubble of grasses.

Range Studies (9-E) 

JCBC

For Jordan Creek Bower Cave SIA: 

1. Monitor for overuse by cattle in the pastures

Recreation 

ROS Primitive (10-B-1) 

ROS Semi-primitive 

Non-motorized 

(10-B-2) 

ROS Semi-primitive 

Motorized (10-B-3) 

ROS Roaded Natural 

Maintain a range of recreation 

experiences, since classes vary 

between identified Special 

Interest Areas. Keep Recreation 

Opportunity Spectrum (ROS) 

levels at the adopted class.

Manage dispersed recreation in these areas to maintain or 

improve the adopted ROS classes, as shown on the ROS Map, 

consistent with Special Interest Area values and implementation 

plans.
Stanislaus

National Forest

132 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

(10-B-4)

Developed Recreation 

and Interpretive 

Services Site 

Construction or 

Rehabilitation (10-C)

Construct or rehabilitate sites to 

meet the demand for Recreation 

Visitor Days (RVDs) of 

developed recreation.

Meet site planning and design criteria outlined in Forest Service 

Manual 2331. Follow priorities shown in the Recreation 

Development Schedule at the end of this section. Provide for 

barrier free access in all developments

Developed Recreation 

and Interpretive 

Services Site 

Construction or 

Rehabilitation (10-C)

JCBC

In the Jordan Creek Bower Cave SIA:

1. Develop campground (100 PAOT maximum); day use sites 

(150 PAOT maximum) and interpretive sites.

2. Develop a stairway and viewing platform part way down into 

Bower Cave

3. Secure the cave rim with chain link fencing or similar structure

4. Install interpretive signs in the cave.

Developed Recreation 

Site Management, 

Public Sector (10-D)

Operate and maintain existing 

sites.

Limit development to Levels III or IV. Incorporate interpretation of 

cultural, natural, or resource management themes into 

rehabilitation plans. Prepare vegetative management plans for all 

sites.

Developed Recreation 

Site Management, 

Private Sector (10-E)

Permit operation and 

management of developed 

recreation facilities by private 

concessionaires and special use 

permittees.

Issue a prospectus after assessment indicates that operation or 

construction of facilities is best served by private sector 

management.

Dispersed Recreation 

Management (10-F)

Provide for recreation activities 

that are consistent with Special 

Interest Areas.

Favor recreation activities that do not require extensive facilities 

and are designed for short stays.

Closed Motor Vehicle 

Travel Management 

(10-G-1)

MVTM

Closed to motorized use. Manage to Forestwide S&Gs for Closed Motor Vehicle Travel 

Management:

 Emigrant Road and Big Trees-Carson Valley Road

Conduct surveys, observe conditions and carry out rehabilitation, 

as needed, to eliminate evidence of, and access by, unauthorized 

motorized use.

Restricted Motor 

Vehicle Travel 

Management 

(10-G-2)

MVTM

Provide opportunities for 

motorized recreation compatible 

with SIA values.

Manage to Forestwide S&Gs for Restricted Motor Vehicle Travel 

Management. Use restrictions to protect SIA values:

 Column of the Giants

 Sonora Mono Toll Road

 Jordan Creek/Bower Cave

 Pacific Madrone

 Trumbull Peak

 Windelar Cave

 Bourland Trestle

 Bull Run

 Niagara Creek

 Jawbone Falls

Conduct surveys, observe conditions and carry out rehabilitation, 

as needed, to mitigate and minimize damage to SIA values 

caused by motorized use.

Restricted Mountain 

Bicycle Management 

(10-H-1)

Make travel compatible with 

Special Interest Areas.

Use restricted access as a means of protection. Close routes. 

where impacts are unacceptable, to uses causing the damage.

Closed Mountain 

Bicycle Management 

(10-H-2)

Prevent use of certain Special 

Interest Areas because of their 

ecologic value or national policy.

Close the following Special Interest Areas: 

 Emigrant Road and Big Trees-Carson Valley Road
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 133

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Interpretive Services 

Planning (10-L)

Develop and update plans for 

Special Interest Areas.

Identify and give priority to projects based on Special Interest Area 

evaluations and nominations for establishment. Identify objectives, 

audiences, interpretive messages, communication methods, and 

facility requirements for each.

Interpretive Services 

Management (10-M)

Prepare maps, brochures, signs and other interpretive devices to 

explain special features and reduce area damage.

Interpretive Services 

Facilities not on 

Interpretive Services 

sites (10-N)

Construct interpretive facilities 

for Special Interest Areas.

Trail Construction and 

Reconstruction (10-J) 

JCBC

In the Jordan Creek Bower Cave SIA: Develop trails (7.4 miles 

maximum) in the most suitable locations based on topography, 

obstructions, soils, slopes and other environmental concerns.

Sensitive Plants 

Sensitive Plants 

Interim and Recovery 

Management (12-A)

Provide for education and 

interpretation of sensitive plants 

In a way which assures 

protection of the plants and their 

habitat.

Complete population surveys for Allium yosemitense, Eriophyllum 

congdonii and Lewisia congdonii before any type of new activity. 

Conduct interpretive or education activities in a way which fully 

protect sensitive plants and their habitat.

Special Areas 

Special Interest (SIA)

Management (14-D)

Complete SIA nominations as 

necessary.

Establish and post accurate boundaries for protection and 

maintenance of each area.

SIA Management 

(14-D) 

JCBC

In the Jordan Creek Bower Cave SIA:

1. Consider bonafide scientific exploration on a case by case 

basis in all portions of Bower Cave.

2. Authorize administrative use of the property for a fire station.

3. Utilize hosts, volunteers or concessionaires to assist with the 

management of facilities as appropriate.

4. Coordinate with Mariposa County to reduce the effects of 

increased use on County roads, bridges and law enforcement.

Timber 

Special Cutting – 

Other (15-I)

Design special cutting methods 

to attain specific Special Interest 

Area management objectives 

(36 CFR 219.15, 219.7(b)).

Special cutting methods will be used to salvage mortality or 

improve the quality of resources other than the timber resource.

Fuelwood and 

Miscellaneous Forest 

Products (15-M)

Permit or make available 

fuelwood and other forest 

products on all available lands 

where Special Interest Area 

values can be protected.

Fuelwood and other forest products will be made available through 

sale, administrative use, and personal use where such uses do 

not conflict with other resource objectives.

Transportation and Facilities 

Road Construction and 

Reconstruction (16-A)

Construct and reconstruct roads 

to standards which meet 

resource management and 

resource protection needs.

In the Trumbull Peak Historic and Botanic Area, prevent 

disturbance to the railroad grade, abutments and site of the 

tramway. 

In the Windeler Cave Geologic Area, no blasting on the surface for 

road construction or other purposes will be allowed within 1/4 mile 

of the cave without an approved plan providing adequate 

protection for the cave.

In the Sonora-Mono Toll Road Historic Area, the Emigrant Road 

Historic Area and the Big Trees-Carson Valley Road Historic Area, 

preserve the designated segments of the historic roads to their 

construction limits. Minimize impacts to the road by limiting road 

crossings and other developments.
Stanislaus

National Forest

134 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Road Construction and 

Reconstruction (16-A) 

JCBC

In the Jordan Creek Bower Cave SIA: improve roads to provide 

emergency vehicle access and evacuation simultaneously.

Transportation 

Management, Roads 

Subject to the Highway 

Safety Act (16-B)

Manage traffic for safe and 

efficient use by unrestricted 

public traffic including passenger 

cars and permitted commercial

use.

Roads subject to the Highway Safety Act are maintained at 

Maintenance Levels 3, 4, and 5, suitable for passenger cars. 

Signing standards on unrestricted roads are planned for public 

traffic safety and convenience. 

Public use is not restricted except by seasonal closures which 

may be imposed to protect resources.

Transportation 

Management, Roads 

Excluded from the 

Highway Safety Act 

(16-C)

Manage traffic to provide for 

traffic safety and protect 

resource values on roads which 

are not open to unrestricted 

traffic and roads which are not 

maintained for travel by 

passenger car. Emphasize 

protection of unique features.

Traffic management is used to control types of traffic to provide for 

traffic safety, to protect resource values or to reduce road 

maintenance. Passenger car traffic may be restricted by regulatory 

order (36 CFR 261), may be discouraged by warning signs or 

maintenance practices, or may be eliminated by barriers closing 

the road to all traffic. Commercial traffic is controlled by permit. 

Maintenance standards are planned primarily for resource 

management traffic use. Maintenance Level 2 may be used. Road 

signing is planned as needed for the intended use of the road. The 

need for safety signing is reduced by lower design speed and 

traffic management. 

In the Bourland Creek Trestle Historic Area, protect the railroad 

trestle. Close the site to vehicle travel.

FA&O Facility 

Operation and 

Maintenance (16-F) 

JCBC

In the Jordan Creek Bower Cave SIA:

1. Inspect, repair, and maintain all structures, facilities and 

improvements to meet health and safety requirements.

2. Protect the barn and ranch house from vandalism.

3. Manage developed non-recreation sites according to the 

direction contained in Developed (Non-Recreation) Sites.

Visual Resource 

VQO Preservation 

(17-B-1)

Allow ecological changes only. Manage to a VQO of Preservation. This is the adopted VQO level 

for Special Interest Areas within Wilderness, as shown on the 

VQO Map.

VQO Retention 

(17-B-2)

Maintain a near natural visual 

character. Provide a high quality 

visual setting where changes are 

not readily evident.

Manage to a VQO of Retention. This is the adopted VQO level for 

Special Interest Areas outside of Wilderness, as shown on the 

VQO Map.

Wild and Scenic Rivers 

Wild and Scenic River 

Management (19-B)

Manage SIAs within Wild and 

Scenic Rivers under dual 

designation.

Manage to be compatible with Wild and Scenic River guidelines.

Alternate Management 

(19-D)

Protect Wild and Scenic River 

values of eligible river segments 

proposed for SIA Alternate 

Management (See Appendix E 

(EIS) Wild and Scenic River 

Study).

Manage to SIA guidelines, portions of the following segments that 

are within SIAs: North Fork Merced, Eagle Creek, Long Valley 

Creek, and Bourland Creek.

Wilderness 

Wilderness 

Management (20-B)

Manage SIAs within Wilderness 

under dual designation.

Manage to be compatible with Wilderness guidelines.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 135

April 2010

Map 1 Trumbull Peak Historic and Botanic Area

T.3S., R.19E. 
Stanislaus

National Forest

136 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Map 2 Pacific Madrone Botanic Area

T.1S., R.18E.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 137

April 2010

Map 3 Windeler Cave Geologic Area

T.3N., R.15E.
Stanislaus

National Forest

138 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Map 4 Niagara Creek and Falls Scenic and Geologic Area

T.6N., R.18 AND 19E.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 139

April 2010

 

Map 5 Columns of the Giants Geologic Area

T.6N., R.20E.
Stanislaus

National Forest

140 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Map 6 Bull Run Geologic Area

T.5N., R.18E.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 141

April 2010

 

Map 7 Sonora - Mono Toll Road Historic Area

T.6N., R19E. AND 20E.
Stanislaus

National Forest

142 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

 

Map 8 Emigrant Road and Big Trees-Carson Valley Road 

Historic Areas

T.7N., R.18E. and T.8N., R.18 AND 19E.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 143

April 2010

Map 9 Bourland Creek Trestle Cultural Area

T.2N., R18E.
Stanislaus

National Forest

144 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Map 10 Jordan Creek Bower Cave Cultural and Geologic Area

T.2S., R18E.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 145

April 2010

Map 11 Jawbone Falls Heritage Area

T.2N., R.18E., Section 23
Stanislaus

National Forest

146 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 147

April 2010

Research Natural Areas 

Management Emphasis 

Research Natural Areas (RNAs) are managed to maintain select vegetative, aquatic, and/or geologic 

elements in natural conditions. Protection is provided against any activities that directly or indirectly 

modify ecological processes. (FSM 4063.3)

Description 

A Research Natural Area, established for research and study purposes, is a discrete land area large 

enough to represent a specific natural ecosystem. Suggestions for candidate areas come from 

interested publics, Forest personnel who are familiar with Forest and RNA network goals, and other 

interested Forest Service cooperators. The Chief of the Forest Service establishes RNAs 

recommended in approved National Forest plans. RNAs are important because they will provide 

benchmarks for comparison of present and future management of the National Forests and will prove 

to be an invaluable asset in the future. Research Natural Area Maps are included at the end of this 

section. Research Natural Areas on the Stanislaus National Forest are:

Bell Meadow Research Natural Area1 

Located in the east-central portion of the Forest, this area consists of aspen stands in Bell Meadow 

along with wet mountain meadow and riparian habitat. The area is approximately 490 acres in size, 

including 110 acres of aspens. It includes examples of the aspen-meadow complex on deep soils. 

The purpose of this Research Natural Area is aspen research. A portion of Bell Creek was identified 

as eligible for Wild and Scenic River status. Its values can be protected as a Research Natural Area. 

Critchfield (Bourland Meadow) Research Natural Area2 

Located in the east-central part of the Forest. Vegetation consists of seven major associations. They 

are red fir, red fir-lodgepole pine, red fir-western white pine-lodgepole pine, red fir-white fir-Jeffrey 

pine, red fir-white fir, and red fir-aspen. Wet and dry meadows are also present and the area is noted 

for aquatic bog values. Stages of succession are present in several stands, including meadows. The 

site is 1,003 acres located near the headwaters of Bourland Creek. The Emigrant Wilderness area 

borders the southeast boundary. Plant diversity in the wet and dry meadows is considered high. A 

portion of Bourland Creek was identified as eligible for Wild and Scenic River status. Its values can 

be protected as a Research Natural Area.

Grizzly Mountain Research Natural Area3 

Located in the southern part of the Forest, this area consists of 500 acres on the northerly slopes of 

Little Grizzly and Big Grizzly Mountains. Black oak stands occupy most of the area, interspersed with 

brush and scattered ponderosa pine. The purpose of this Research Natural Area is black oak 

research. It was burned by wildfire in 1987.

Clark Fork Candidate Research Natural Area 

This area is approximately 460 acres and is located in the northeast part of the Forest southeast of 

Clark Fork Campground. It includes various mixtures of white fir and other conifers at a range of 

elevations. Part of the area (250 acres) is within the Bald Peak proposed addition to the CarsonIceberg Wilderness. The remainder is within the Clark Fork proposed Wild and Scenic River. The 

purpose of this Research Natural Area is white fir research.

 

1 Bell Meadow Research Natural Area Establishment, Forest Plan Amendment, USDA Forest Service 1994

2 Critchfield Research Natural Area Establishment, Forest Plan Amendment, USDA Forest Service 1994

3 Grizzly Mountain Research Natural Area Establishment, Forest Plan Amendment, USDA Forest Service 1994
Stanislaus

National Forest

148 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Range 

Allotment 

Management - 

Extensive or 

Maintenance 

(9-A-2 and 9-A-3)

Grazing is not permitted in the upper part 

of the Bell Meadow RNA the Clark Fork 

Candidate RNA or the Bourland Meadow 

RNA.

If grazing occurs in other RNAs, its 

management will be specified in 

management plans for the areas and the 

surrounding allotments. Management is 

designed to protect the areas special 

characteristics.

Recreation 

ROS Semi-primitive 

Non-motorized 

(10-B-2)

Close RNAs to all mechanized use, 

except wheelchairs needed for barrier free 

access. 

Provide for low interaction between 

visitors with a range of SPNM recreation 

experiences. Evidence of other uses is 

unobtrusive.

Manage to ROS class of SPNM. This is the adopted ROS 

level for RNAs, as shown on the ROS Map.

Dispersed 

Recreation 

Management (10-F)

Protect against activities that modify the 

environment.

Discourage recreation uses such as picnicking, camping, 

hunting, and fishing, which contribute to modification of the 

RNA. Expressly prohibit such uses if they threaten serious 

impairment of research or education values. Exception may 

be made where threat to life or property dictates otherwise.

Closed Motor 

Vehicle Travel 

Management 

(10-G-1)

MVTM

Closed to motorized use. Manage to Forestwide S&Gs for Closed Motor Vehicle 

Travel Management.

Conduct surveys, observe conditions and carry out 

rehabilitation, as needed, to eliminate evidence of, and 

access by, unauthorized motorized use.

Closed Mountain 

Bicycle 

Management 

(10-H-2)

Prohibit all mechanized use except 

wheelchairs needed for barrier-free 

access.

Interpretive 

Services Planning 

(10-L)

Develop and update Interpretive Services 

plans for RNAs.

Identify and give priority to projects based on RNA 

evaluations and nominations for establishment. Identify 

objective audiences, interpretive messages, communication 

methods and facility requirements.

Interpretive 

Services 

Management 

(10-M)

Interpret unique features of RNAs. Prepare maps, brochures, signs and other interpretive 

devices that explain unique features.

Interpretive 

Services Facilities 

not on Interpretive 

Sites (10-N)

Provide information and education 

material at trailheads outside of RNAs.

Stress minimum impact and leave-no-trace ethics.

Special Areas 

Research Natural 

Area (RNA) 

Management 

(14-B)

Protect identified RNAs as undisturbed 

ecosystems for future research.

Coordinate activities with the PSW/R5 RNA Committee.

Visual Resource 

VQO Preservation 

(17-B-1)

Allow only ecological changes. Manage to a VQO of Preservation. This is adopted VQO 

level for RNAs, as shown on the VQO Map
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 149

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Wild and Scenic Rivers 

Wild and Scenic 

River Management 

(19-B)

Manage RNAs within Wild and Scenic 

Rivers under dual designation.

Manage to be consistent with application of guidelines for 

Wild and Scenic Rivers.

Alternate 

Management (19-D)

Protect Wild and Scenic River values of 

eligible river segments proposed for RNA 

Alternate Management (See Appendix E 

(EIS) Wild and Scenic River Study).

Manage to RNA guidelines, portions of the following 

segments that are within RNAs: Bourland Creek.

Wilderness 

Wilderness 

Management (20-B)

Manage RNAs within Wilderness under 

dual designation

Manage to be consistent with application of guidelines for 

Wilderness and Proposed Wilderness.

Map 12 Bell Meadow Research Natural Area

T4N., R.18E. and 19E.
Stanislaus

National Forest

150 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Map 13 Critchfield (Bourland Meadow) Research Natural Area

T.3N., R.19E
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 151

April 2010

Map 14 Grizzly Mountain Research Natural Area

T.2S., R.19E
Stanislaus

National Forest

152 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Map 15 Clark Fork Candidate Research Natural Area

T.6N., R.20E.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 153

April 2010

Experimental Forest1 

Management Emphasis 

This area is managed for forest silvicultural research and experimentation.

Description 

This is the Stanislaus-Tuolumne Experimental Forest located in the central part of the Forest near the 

communities of Pinecrest and Strawberry. It is heavily timbered land reserved for silvicultural 

research. The area consists of two separate parcels, with a total of 1,700 acres. Elevation ranges 

from 5300 to 6600 feet. Vegetation is mixed conifer with black oak. The Experimental Forest, 

designated in 1943, is managed by the Pacific Southwest Forest and Range Experiment Station, 

Berkeley, California.

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Geology and Minerals 

Saleable Mineral 

Materials (6-C)

Remove common variety mineral material 

including sand, gravel, clay, stone and pumice 

for administrative purposes only.

Identify mineral material sites needed for National 

Forest purposes and rank each for development. 

Prepare site development and rehabilitation plans for 

each site prior to its development and use.

Recreation 

ROS Roaded Natural 

(10-B-4)

Provide for low to moderate interaction 

between Forest visitors with a limited range of 

Roaded Natural recreation experiences. 

Evidence of other uses is moderate.

Manage to the ROS Class of Roaded Natural. This is 

the adopted ROS level for the Experimental Forest, 

as shown on the ROS Map.

Dispersed Recreation 

Management (10-F)

Provide for recreation activities that are 

consistent with Experimental Forest values.

Favor recreation activities that do not require 

extensive facilities and are designed for short stays. 

Prohibit activities that may modify soil or vegetation.

Restricted Motor 

Vehicle Travel 

Management 

(10-G-2)

MVTM

Provide opportunities for motorized recreation 

compatible with Experimental Forest values.

Manage to Forestwide S&Gs for Restricted Motor 

Vehicle Travel Management. Use restrictions to 

protect Experimental Forest values.

Conduct surveys, observe conditions and carry out 

rehabilitation, as needed, to mitigate and minimize 

damage to Experimental Forest values caused by 

motorized use.

Restricted Mountain 

Bicycle Management 

(10-H-1)

Make travel compatible with Experimental 

Forest values.

Use restricted access as a means to protect 

Experimental Forest values. Close routes, where 

impacts are unacceptable, to uses causing the 

damage.

Interpretive Services 

Facilities not on 

Interpretive Services 

Sites (10-N)

Construct interpretive facilities outside the 

Experimental Forest. Provide interpretive 

materials that explain the uses and values of 

an Experimental Forest.

Blend facilities to complement the natural character of 

the area.

Transportation and Facilities 

Transportation 

Management, Roads 

Excluded from 

Highway Safety Act 

(16-C)

Manage traffic with restrictions on public and 

other classes of traffic to provide for traffic 

safety, to protect resource values or to reduce 

road maintenance costs.

Public traffic is prohibited. Commercial traffic is 

controlled by permit. Maintenance standards are 

planned primarily for administrative traffic use. 

Maintenance level 2 may be used.

 

1 SNFPA direction does not apply within the Stanislaus-Tuolumne Experimental Forest (SNFPA ROD, p. 15; USDA Forest Service 2004)
Stanislaus

National Forest

154 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Timber 

Special Cutting -

Other (15-I)

Design special cutting methods to obtain 

specific Experimental Forest management 

objectives. (36 CFR 219.15, 219.27(b))

Special cutting methods will be used on lands with 

other resource objectives. Lands in the Experimental 

Forest will generally use this method. For lands 

incapable or unsuitable for timber production special 

cutting will be used to salvage mortality or improve 

the quality of resources other than the timber 

resource.

Visual Resource 

VQO Retention 

(17-B-2)

VQO Partial Retention 

(17-B-3)

Maintain a range of near natural through 

modified visual conditions, since the VQOs 

vary within an Experimental Forest. Keep 

VQOs at the adopted levels.

Manage to the adopted VQO level , as shown on the 

VQO Map, consistent with Experimental Forest 

values. Coordinate activities with PSW Forest and 

Range Experiment Station.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 155

April 2010

Scenic Corridor 

Management Emphasis 

Emphasize the scenic and recreation values of major trail, road and highway corridors, developed 

recreation sites, major rivers and lakes, and other areas of concentrated recreation use. 

Description 

This Management Area includes National Forest land in the foreground and middleground view 

zones of major recreation use areas. Management of the area will recognize the values of the 

viewshed from both developed and dispersed recreation use areas in or on: major trails, roads, and 

highways, developed recreation sites, major rivers and lakes, privately developed subdivisions and 

recreation areas, and other areas of concentrated recreation use. Visual Quality Objectives are 

Retention and Partial Retention. Other portions of these view zones are within other Management 

Areas which provide a high level of protection for scenic values (Wilderness, Wild and Scenic Rivers,

Near Natural, Wildlife, Special Interest Areas and Research Natural Areas). The Scenic Corridors are 

described below. 

Merced River 

This area at the southern tip of the Forest includes the viewshed of State Highway 140, a major portal 

to Yosemite National Park. Portions were burned by wildfire in 1987, but the area still presents 

outstanding views of the steep canyon of the Merced Wild and Scenic River. A number of both public 

and private recreation facilities are located on the southern side of the river, within the Sierra National 

Forest. The east end of the area borders Yosemite National Park. 

Highway 120 

This area in the southern portion of the Forest includes State Highway 120 from the Forest boundary 

near Groveland to the entrance of Yosemite National Park. It also includes Highway J20, Mather 

Road, Evergreen Road and the portion of Cherry Oil Road from Highway 120 to the Tuolumne River. 

Portions were burned by wildfire in 1987, but the area still presents outstanding views of forested 

mountains and deep river canyons of the Tuolumne River, South Fork Tuolumne proposed Wild and 

Scenic River and lower Clavey River. The area contains a number of both public and private 

recreation facilities. The east end of the area borders Yosemite National Park. 

Cherry Lake 

This area in the south-east portion of the Forest includes the viewshed of Cherry Lake, the largest 

body of water on the Forest. The area offers outstanding views of the lake as well as the surrounding 

mountains and canyons of Cherry Creek, Emigrant Wilderness and Yosemite National Park. The 

area contains several developed recreation sites with camping, boating, fishing and hiking among the 

most popular activities. The east end of the area borders Yosemite National Park.

Highway 108 

This area in the central portion of the Forest includes State Highway 108 from the Forest boundary 

near Mi-Wuk Village to Sonora Pass. It also includes Fraser Flat, Beardsley, Pinecrest, Herring 

Creek, Eagle Meadow, Clark Fork and Kennedy Meadow Roads, which access popular recreation 

destinations. The area offers outstanding views of forested mountains, meadows, lakes and deep 

canyons of Beardsley and Donnell Reservoirs as well as those of the Middle Fork Stanislaus, 

Niagara Creek, and Deadman Creek proposed Wild and Scenic Rivers. The area contains a number 

of concentrated developed recreation areas including Pinecrest, Clark Fork, Dodge Ridge Ski Area, 

Brightman, and Kennedy Meadows. Portions of the area border the Emigrant Wilderness to the south 

and the Carson-Iceberg Wilderness to the north. 
Stanislaus

National Forest

156 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Highway 4 

This area in the west and north portions of the Forest includes State Highway 4 from the Forest 

boundary near Hathaway Pines to Ebbetts Pass. It also includes Pacific Valley, Spicer Meadow and 

Highland Creek Roads, which access popular recreation destinations. The area offers outstanding 

views of forested mountains, meadows, lakes and deep canyons of Lake Alpine, Spicer, Union and 

Utica Reservoirs, as well as those of the North Fork Stanislaus Proposed Wild and Scenic River. The 

area contains a number of concentrated developed recreation areas including Lake Alpine, Spicer, 

and Bear Valley Ski Area. Portions of the area border the Carson-Iceberg Wilderness to the south 

and the Mokelumne Wilderness to the north.

North Fork Mokelumne River 

This area at the northwest corner of the Forest includes the viewshed of the North Fork Mokelumne 

River below the Mokelumne Wilderness. The area offers outstanding views of Salt Springs Reservoir 

and the deep canyon of the lower North Fork, which was found eligible for Wild and Scenic River 

status by the Eldorado National Forest. The Eldorado manages several developed recreation sites 

along the river. Camping, fishing and hiking are popular activities.

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Fish and Wildlife 

Stream and Lake 

Fisheries - Structural 

Improvements and 

Maintenance (5-B)

Provide medium to high quality 

habitat for resident trout species 

(rainbow, brown and brook trout) 

according to the habitat capability 

models for these species.

Implement structural fish habitat improvements as funded and 

provide maintenance of projects to assure the projects are 

functional to meet objectives and protect investment.

Structural Habitat 

Improvement and 

Maintenance (5-K)

Conduct habitat improvement 

activities where necessary in the 

recovery of Threatened, 

Endangered, or Sensitive species in 

a way which is consistent with the 

overall objectives of the 

management area.

Geology and Minerals 

Saleable Mineral 

Materials (7-C)

Conduct a mineral management 

program which recognizes the 

scenic values of this Management 

Area as the primarily resource to be 

protected and maintained.

Establish fees for recovery of fair market value of sales of minor 

amounts of mineral material for personal use. 

Competitively award permits for large quantities of mineral 

material in accordance with 36 CFR 228, Subpart C. 

Establish and maintain an inventory of common variety mineral 

materials sources on the Forest. 

Identify mineral material sites needed for National Forest 

purposes and rank each for development. 

Identify mineral material sites available for public use and rank 

each for development.

Prepare site development and rehabilitation plans for each site 

prior to its development and use.

Recreation 

ROS - Roaded 

Natural (10-B-4)

Provide for moderate interaction 

between visitors with a range of 

roaded natural recreation 

experience. Evidence of other use is 

moderate.

Manage to a ROS Class of Roaded Natural. This is the 

adopted ROS level for scenic corridors, as shown on the ROS 

Map.

Dispersed Recreation 

Management (10-F)

Provide for dispersed recreation 

activities that are consistent with 

Scenic Corridor Values.

Favor recreation activities that do not require extensive facilities 

and are designed for short stays.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 157

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Restricted Motor 

Vehicle Travel 

Management (10-G-2)

MVTM

Provide opportunities for motorized 

recreation compatible with Scenic 

Corridor values.

Manage to Forestwide S&Gs for Restricted Motor Vehicle 

Travel Management. Use restrictions to protect Scenic Corridor 

values. Conduct surveys, observe conditions and carry out 

rehabilitation, as needed, to mitigate and minimize damage to 

Scenic Corridor values caused by motorized use. 

Restricted Mountain 

Bicycle Management 

(10-H-1)

Manage travel to be compatible with

Scenic Corridor values.

Use restrictions to protect resources. Close routes, where 

impacts are unacceptable, to uses causing the damage.

Installation or 

Construction of 

Interpretive Services 

Facilities not on 

Interpretive Services 

Sites (10-N)

Provide information and interpretive 

material to interpret visual resources 

and management activities.

Prepare wayside exhibits, interpretive trails, and publications for 

visitor use that interpret management activities and other 

benefits.

Special Areas 

Research Natural 

Area (RNA) 

Investigations (14-A)

Conduct RNA investigations while 

protecting Scenic Corridor values.

Coordinate activities with PSW/R5 RNA committee.

Special Interest Area 

(SIA) Investigations 

(14-C)

Conduct SIA investigations while 

protecting Scenic Corridor values.

Timber 

Timber Program 

Administration (15-A)

Efficiently and economically extract 

forest products consistent with the 

primary wildlife objectives with the 

least damage to soils, watershed 

value, and residual trees. (36 CFR 

219.27(b)) 

Identify lands available, capable, 

and suitable for timber production 

and harvesting.

Control competing vegetation in 

openings that are to be reforested to 

the extent that multiple use and 

timber yield objectives can be met.

A variety of logging systems will be used to harvest forest 

products consistent with meeting late-successional MIS habitat 

objectives. Generally ground-based systems such as tractors 

will be used on slopes of less than 35%, and aerial systems 

such as high lead or skyline will be used where slopes exceed 

35%. Aerial systems may be used on any slope or with any 

cutting method where economically efficient.

Manage lands for timber production that have been identified 

as available and suitable for that purpose.

Intermediate Cutting - 

Sanitation and 

Salvage (15-E)

Design cutting methods to obtain 

specific management objectives (36 

CFR 219.15, 219.27(b))

Even-Aged Systems are further described in FSM 2471.21, R5 

Supplements and the Forest Management Practices.

Intermediate Cutting 

Method - Commercial 

Thinning (15-F)

Design cutting methods to obtain 

specific management objectives (36 

CFR 219.15, 219.27(b))

Even-Aged Systems are further described in FSM 2471.21, R5 

Supplements and the Forest Management Practices.

Special Cutting -

Other (15-I)

Design cutting methods to obtain 

specific management objectives (36 

CFR 219.15, 219.27(b))

Even-Aged Systems are further described in FSM 2471.21, R5 

Supplements and the Forest Management Practices. 

Intermediate cutting methods (commercial thinning and 

sanitation/salvage) in these areas may be used without 

affecting the number of acres disturbed at one time. Cutting 

methods used in deer winter and summer ranges will also be 

designed to maintain hardwoods and browse at levels 

prescribed in the Standards and Guidelines for these areas. 

Special cutting methods will be used for available and suitable 

lands with other resource objectives. For lands incapable or 

unsuitable for timber production, special cutting will be used to 

salvage mortality or improve the quality of resources other than 

timber.
Stanislaus

National Forest

158 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Reforestation (15-J) Apply fertilizer where the application 

will be beneficial and economical. 

(36 CFR 219.27(b) (2)). 

Reforest all openings in available, 

capable, and suitable lands for 

timber production created by timber 

harvest, wind, fire, or insect and 

disease pests (36 CFR 219.27(b) 

(2)).

A soil analysis will be required for projects that propose the use 

of fertilizer. The analysis will assess the need, amount and 

composition of fertilizer required for the specific project. 

Site preparation - preparation of sites for artificial or natural 

stand reestablishment will be completed sufficiently in advance 

of planting or natural seeding to provide control of competing 

vegetation. Normally, control of competing vegetation will be 

designed to ensure prescribed first year survival of planted or 

natural seedlings.

This will often involve more than one treatment on more than 

one competing species prior to planting. It may involve a variety 

of techniques including fire, mechanical bunching and 

shredding, discing, and pesticides. Pest management will be 

considered as necessary. 

Seed Stock - maintain a seed inventory meeting the Base 

Level Standards outlined in the Tree Improvement Mast Plan 

for the California Region. Incorporate seed from the High Level 

Program as it becomes available. Utilize direction provided in 

the Tree Improvement Master Plan to mark stands using 

cutting methods that rely on natural regeneration. 

Tree species - natural seeding or planting will be done with tree 

species, seed zones, and elevations determined to be 

appropriate through a silvicultural examination and prescription. 

Stocking levels in reforestation efforts will be directed toward 

obtaining the recommended number of trees per acre outlined 

in R-5 Supplements to FSM 2472.03.

Release and Weeding 

(15-K)

To reduce the effect of competing 

vegetation on the growth and 

development of desired species on 

lands available, capable, and 

suitable for timber production (36 

CFR 219.27(b)(2), 219.27(c)(4))

Release efforts will only be done after appropriate stand 

examination and prescription. The objective will be to treat 

stands before brush or undesired hardwood densities reach 

10,000 cubic feet per acre. Ideally, competing vegetation will be 

treated while seedlings and sprouts from this vegetation are 

small and easily treated by a variety of techniques. Often this 

will be within 2 or 3 years after site preparation. On plantations 

five years or older, where conifers are established over most of 

the site, the objective will be to treat competing vegetation 

based on the actual growth and development of the tree stand.

Brush and undesired vegetation will be treated where the 

conifer stand is not meeting site objectives for growth and it is 

apparent that competing vegetation is the cause. A variety of 

techniques including mechanical piling and shredding, hand 

grubbing, and herbicides may be used.

Precommercial 

Thinning (15-L)

Remove surplus trees on available, 

capable, and suitable lands with 

excess stocking. This will be done to 

favor growth and development of 

potential crop trees, prevent disease 

and insect out or meet other 

resource objectives (36 CFR 

219.27(c) (4)).

Precommercial thinning will only be done after stand 

examination, prescription, and approval by a qualified 

silviculturist. It will be done in wild and managed stands of all 

forest types and follow the guidelines outlined in FSM 2476.42 

and R5 Supplement as a minimum. Precommercial thinning is 

a tool that will be used to maintain diversity by improving 

species composition in many stands. Posts, fuelwood, 

Christmas trees, and other product sales should be used where 

possible to meet precommercial thinning needs. A variety of 

techniques may be used including mechanical crushing, piling 

and shredding, hand cutting and pesticides. Mechanical 

crushing, piling, and shredding will normally not be used where 

slopes exceed 35%.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 159

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Fuelwood and 

Miscellaneous Forest 

Products (15-M)

Permit or make available fuelwood 

and other forest products on all 

available lands where not needed 

for spotted owl or Sensitive 

furbearer habitat requirements.

Fuelwood and other forest products will be made available 

through sale, administrative use, and personal use where such 

uses do not conflict with other resource objectives.

Transportation and Facilities 

Transportation 

Management, Roads 

Subject to Highway 

Safety Act (16-B)

Manage traffic for safe and efficient 

use by unrestricted passenger cars 

and permitted commercial use.

Roads subject to the Highway Safety Act are maintained at 

Maintenance Level 3, 4 or 5, suitable for passenger cars. 

Signing standards on unrestricted roads are planned for public 

traffic safety and convenience. 

Public use is not restricted except by seasonal closures which 

may be imposed to protect resources.

Transportation 

Management, Roads 

Excluded from 

Highway Safety Act 

(16-C)

Manage traffic to provide for traffic 

safety and protect resource values 

on roads which are not open to 

unrestricted traffic and roads which 

are not maintained for travel by 

passenger cars.

Traffic management is used to restrict types of traffic to provide 

for traffic safety, to protect resource values or to reduce road 

maintenance costs. 

Maintenance standards are planned primarily for resource 

management traffic use. Maintenance Level 2 may be used. 

Roads may be closed seasonally or year-round to all traffic as 

needed to protect wildlife or other resources. 

Road signing is planned as needed for the intended use of the 

road. The need for safety signing is reduced by lower design 

speed and traffic management.

Visual Resource 

Visual Resource 

Inventory and 

Planning (17-A)

Provide project level data to aid in 

meeting visual quality objectives.

Mitigate visual loss resulting from approved major projects such 

as highway widening or realignment, transmission lines, mining 

operations, dams, reservoirs, conduits, penstocks, etc. 

Coordinate closely with proponents. Start mitigation during the 

planning and design stage.

VQO - Retention 

(17-B-2)

Maintain the visual character of 

Foreground Retention areas for the 

pleasure of the viewing public, 

where this is the VQO. 

Design land and vegetation 

disturbance projects to meet 

Retention, in Middleground distance 

zones where these is the VQO.

Manage to a VQO of Retention.

Base size, shape, and dispersion of harvest units, road 

construction, and other resource disturbances on meeting 

Retention, where this is the adopted VQO as shown on Map I8.

VQO - Partial 

Retention (17-B-3)

Design land and vegetation 

disturbance projects to meet Partial 

Retention, in Middleground distance 

zones where this is the VQO.

Base size, shape and dispersion of harvest units, road 

construction and other resource disturbances on meeting 

Partial Retention, where this is the adopted VQO as shown on 

Map I-8.

Visual Resource 

Improvement (17-C)

Mitigate or restore visual quality 

reductions.

Allow a short-term reduction from Retention to Partial 

Retention, when absolutely necessary, on approved major nontimber projects that conflict with the Retention objective. 

Require detailed grading and revegetation plans from project 

proponents that return the impacted areas to Retention within a 

reasonable time.
Stanislaus

National Forest

160 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 161

April 2010

General Forest (GF91)1 

Management Emphasis 

These areas will be managed for wood, water, fish and wildlife, recreation, and range. This includes 

intensive timber management while providing for wildlife values, dispersed motorized recreation, offhighway vehicle use, and mountain bicycle opportunities. Extensive range management will be 

employed. Critical deer winter ranges will be protected and enhanced. There will be prescribed 

burning.

Description 

These areas exist throughout the Forest at all elevations and consist of flats, moderate and steep 

slopes. They include conifer forests, chaparral and hardwood stands. The area is habitat for a wide 

variety of forest fauna and flora. Dispersed land and water-based recreation occurs. Most of the area 

is well-roaded. Private landholdings are interspersed with Forest lands in some areas, especially at 

and near the Forest's western boundary. Most of the area has experienced wildfires of varying sizes 

in the historic past. A major portion of the 1987 Stanislaus Complex fire, which burned 145,500 acres, 

is within this area.

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Fish and Wildlife 

Stream and Lake 

Fisheries - Structural 

Improvements and 

Maintenance (5-B)

Provide medium to high quality 

habitat for resident trout species 

(rainbow, brown and brook trout) 

according to the habitat capability 

models for these species.

Implement structural fish habitat improvements as funded and 

provide maintenance of projects to assure the projects are 

functional to meet objectives and protect investments.

Structural Habitat 

Improvement and 

Maintenance (5-K)

Conduct structural habitat 

improvement where necessary to 

improve or resolve habitats to 

conditions needed to meet wildlife 

objectives.

Ensure that structural habitat improvements are compatible 

with the overall management direction for the area.

Geology and Minerals 

Saleable Mineral 

Materials (7-C)

Removal of common variety mineral 

material including sand, gravel clay, 

stone and pumice by permit, 

competitive award or in accordance 

with free use regulations to 

accommodate public needs.

Establish fees for recovery of fair market value of sales of minor 

amounts of mineral material for personal use. 

Competitively award permits for large quantities of mineral 

material in accordance with 36 CFR 228, Subpart C. 

Establish and maintain an inventory of common variety mineral 

materials sources on the Forest.

Identify mineral material sites needed for National Forest 

purposes and rank each for development.

Identify mineral material sites available for public use and rank 

each for development. 

Prepare site development and rehabilitation plans for each site 

prior to its development and use.

Recreation 

ROS Roaded Natural 

(10-B-4)

Provide for moderate interaction 

between visitors with a range of 

Roaded Natural recreation 

experiences. Evidence of other use 

is moderate.

Manage to an ROS Class of Roaded Natural. This is the 

adopted ROS level for General Forest (GF91), as shown on the 

ROS Map

 

1 General Forest (GF91) differentiates the 1991 General Forest management area from the 2004 General Forest land allocation.
Stanislaus

National Forest

162 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Dispersed Recreation 

Management (10-F)

Provide dispersed recreation 

activities that are consistent with 

General Forest (GF91) objectives.

Emphasize activities that do not require extensive facilities.

Restricted Motor 

Vehicle Travel 

Management (10-G-2)

MVTM

Provide opportunities for motorized 

recreation compatible with General 

Forest (GF91) values.

Manage to Forestwide S&Gs for Restricted Motor Vehicle 

Travel Management. Use restrictions to protect General Forest 

(GF91) values. 

Restricted Mountain 

Bicycle Management 

(10-H-1)

Manage travel to be compatible with 

General Forest (GF91) objectives.

Use restrictions to protect resources. Close routes where 

impacts are unacceptable to uses causing the damage.

Installation or 

Construction of 

Interpretive Services 

Facilities not on 

Interpretive Services 

Sites. (10-N)

Provide interpretation of forest 

management activities.

Develop wayside exhibits, interpretive trails, and publications 

that explain timber management practices and benefits and are 

identified in District and Forest-wide interpretive plans.

Special Areas 

Research Natural 

Area Investigations 

(14-A)

Conduct RNA investigations while 

protecting General Forest (GF91) 

values.

Coordinate activities with PSW/R5 RNA committee.

Special Interest Area 

Investigations (14-C)

Conduct SIA investigations while 

protecting General Forest (GF91) 

values.

Timber 

Timber Program 

Administration (15-A)

Efficiently and economically extract 

forest products consistent with the 

primary wildlife objectives with the 

least damage to soils, watershed 

value, and residual trees. (36 CFR 

219.27(b)) 

Identify lands available, capable, 

and suitable for timber production 

and harvesting.

Control competing vegetation in 

openings that are to be reforested to 

the extent that multiple use and 

timber yield objectives can be met.

A variety of logging systems will be used to harvest forest 

products consistent with meeting late-successional MIS habitat 

objectives. Generally ground-based systems such as tractors 

will be used on slopes of less than 35%, and aerial systems 

such as high lead or skyline will be used where slopes exceed 

35%. Aerial systems may be used on any slope or with any 

cutting method where economically efficient.

Intermediate Cutting -

Sanitation and 

Salvage (15-E)

Design cutting methods to obtain 

specific management objectives. (36 

CFR 219.15, 219.27(b))

Even-Aged Systems are further described in FSM 2471.21, R5 

supplements, and the Forest Management Practices.

Intermediate Cutting 

Method - Commercial 

Thinning (15-F)

Design cutting methods to obtain 

specific management objectives. (36 

CFR 219.15, 219.27(b))

Even-Aged Systems are further described in FSM 2471.21, R5 

supplements, and the Forest Management Practices.

Special Cutting - 

Other (15-I)

Design cutting methods to obtain 

specific management objectives. (36 

CFR 219.15, 219.27(b))

Special cutting methods will be used for available and suitable 

lands with other resource objectives. For lands incapable or 

unsuitable for timber production special cutting will be used to 

salvage mortality or improve the quality of resources other than 

the timber resource. 

Even-Aged Systems are further described in FSM 2471.21, R5 

supplements, and the Forest Management Practices.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 163

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Reforestation (15-J) Apply fertilizer where the application 

will be beneficial and economical. 

(36 CFR 219.27(b)(2))

A soil analysis will be required for projects that propose the use 

of fertilizer. The analysis will assess the need, amount and 

composition of fertilizer required for the specific project.

Reforest all openings in available, 

capable, and suitable lands for 

timber production created by timber 

harvest, wind, fire, or insect and 

disease pests. (36 CFR 

219.27(b)(2))

Site preparation - Preparation of sites for artificial or natural 

stand re-establishment will be completed sufficiently in advance 

of planting or natural seeding to provide control of competing 

vegetation. Normally control of competing vegetation will be 

designed to ensure prescribed first year survival of planted or 

natural seedlings. This will often involve more than one 

treatment on more than one competing species prior to 

planting.

It may involve a variety of techniques including fire, mechanical 

bunching and shredding, discing, and pesticides. Pest 

management will be considered as necessary.

Seed stock - Maintain a seed inventory meeting the Base Level 

Standards outlined in the Tree Improvement Master Plan for 

the California Region. Incorporate seed from the High Level 

Program as it becomes available. Utilize direction provided in 

the Tree Improvement Master Plan to mark stands using 

cutting methods that rely on natural regeneration.

Tree species - Natural seeding or planting will be done with tree 

species, seed zones, and elevations determined to be 

appropriate through a silvicultural examination and prescription.

Stocking levels in reforestation efforts will be directed toward 

obtaining the recommended number of trees per acre outlined 

in R-5 Supplement to FSM 2472.03.

Release and Weeding 

(15-K)

To reduce the effect of competing 

vegetation on the growth and 

development of desired species on 

lands available, capable, and 

suitable for timber production. (36 

CFR 219.27(b)(2),219.27(c)(4))

Release efforts will only be done after appropriate stand 

examination and prescription. The objective will be to treat 

stands before brush or undesired hardwood densities reach 

10,000 cubic feet per acre. Ideally competing vegetation will be 

treated while seedlings and sprouts from this vegetation are 

small and easily treated by a variety of techniques. Often this 

will be within two or three years after site preparation. On 

plantations five years or older where conifers are established 

over most of the site, the objective will be to treat competing 

vegetation based on the actual growth and development of the 

tree stand. Brush and undesired vegetation will be treated 

where the conifer stand is not meeting site objectives for growth 

and it is apparent that competing vegetation is the cause. A 

variety of techniques including mechanical piling, and 

shredding, hand grubbing and herbicides may be used. 

Precommercial 

Thinning (15-L)

Remove surplus trees on available, 

capable, and suitable lands with 

excess stocking. This will be done to 

favor growth and development of 

potential crop trees, prevent disease 

and insect outbreaks, or meet other 

resource objectives. (36 CFR 

219.27(c)(4))

Precommercial thinning will only be done after stand 

examination, prescription, and approval by a qualified 

silviculturist. It will be done in wild and managed stands of all 

forest types and follow the guidelines outlined in FSM 2476.42 

and R5 Supplement as a minimum. Precommercial thinning is 

a tool that will be used to maintain diversity by improving 

species composition in many stands. Posts, fuelwood, 

Christmas trees, and other product sales should be used where 

possible to meet precommercial thinning needs. A variety of 

techniques may be used including mechanical, crushing, piling, 

and shredding, hand cutting and pesticides. Mechanical 

crushing, piling, and shredding will normally not be used where 

slopes exceed 35%.

Forest Products 

(15-M)

Permit or make available fuelwood 

and other forest products on all 

available lands where not needed 

for spotted owl or Sensitive 

Fuelwood and other forest products will be made available 

through sale, administrative use, and personal use where such 

uses do not conflict with other resource objectives.
Stanislaus

National Forest

164 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

furbearer habitat requirements.

Transportation and Facilities 

Transportation 

Management, Roads

Subject to Highway 

Safety Act (16-B)

Manage traffic for safe and efficient 

use by unrestricted public traffic 

including passenger cars and 

permitted commercial use.

Roads subject to the Highway Safety Act are maintained at 

Maintenance 3, 4, or 5 suitable for passenger cars. 

Signing standards on unrestricted roads are planned for public 

traffic safety and convenience. 

Public use is not restricted except by seasonal closures which 

may be imposed to protect resources.

Transportation 

Management, Roads 

Excluded from the 

Highway Safety Act 

(16-C)

Manage traffic to provide for traffic 

safety and protect resource values 

on roads which are not open to 

unrestricted traffic and roads which 

are not maintained for travel by 

passenger cars.

Traffic management is used to control types of traffic to provide 

for traffic safety, to protect resource values or to reduce road 

maintenance costs. 

Maintenance standards are planned primarily for resource 

management traffic use. Maintenance level 2 may be used. 

Roads may be closed seasonally or year-round to all traffic as 

needed to protect wildlife or other resources.

Road signing is planned as needed for the intended use of the 

road. The need for safety signing is reduced by lower design 

speed and traffic management.

Visual Resource 

VQO - Modification 

(M) (17-B-4)

Management activities may visually 

dominate the surrounding 

characteristic landscape, but should 

borrow the form, line, color and 

texture of the natural surroundings.

Manage to a VQO of Modification. This is the adopted VQO 

level for General Forest (GF91), as shown on the VQO Map.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 165

April 2010

Developed Recreation Sites 

Management Emphasis 

Provide developed recreation opportunities for the public including: picnic areas, campgrounds, parking 

areas, boat ramps, visitor information centers, vistas and overlooks, resorts, organization camps and 

recreation residences. Maintain facilities for the convenience of the user. Protect or improve the natural 

forest setting surrounding these facilities.

Provide future developed recreation opportunities for the public. Meet increasing demand by setting up an 

inventory of developable areas and preserving site qualities that make them desirable for recreation use.

Description 

This Management Area contains all developed recreation sites. They include existing campgrounds, picnic 

areas, observation sites, boating sites, interpretive sites and information sites developed and/or operated 

by the Forest Service, FERC (Federal Energy Regulatory Commission) Licensees, Special Use 

Permittees, or concessionaires. The individual sites are small, usually five to ten acres.

This Management Area also includes proposed sites considered available for development this decade 

and into the future. However, some proposed sites may become unavailable in the future due to changes 

in plans for FERC licenses or other unforeseen events. Change in use patterns and/or future studies may 

dictate a need for adjustment of uses in some areas. Some sites may become available through land 

exchange, purchase, recreation plans, future use determinations, or conversion from dispersed status. 

Some existing sites have the potential to be expanded. Facilities may be developed and/or operated by 

the Forest Service, FERC licensees, or contract concessionaires. Most sites are concentrated in the 

following areas:

Bear Valley/Lake Alpine 

This area is located in the north-central part of the Forest. It includes summer homes, Bear Valley Ski Area 

(see also Management Area 11, Winter Sports Sites), and developed recreation sites. It borders the 

Mokelumne Wilderness to the north. Lake Alpine is a popular summer camping area, with several 

developed sites. Fishing is also popular. The year-round resort community of Bear Valley (private land) 

depends heavily on activities centered around this area.

Utica/Union/Spicer Reservoirs 

This area is located in the north-central part of the Forest. It includes three reservoirs and three natural 

lakes, and is otherwise characterized by large areas of granite and a fair amount of suitable timberland. 

The enlargement of Spicer Meadow Reservoir and development of additional recreation facilities has 

increased developed recreation opportunities in the area. The area's three reservoirs attract dispersed 

camping and boating as well as fishing use. Hunting is popular in the fall. Moderate levels of timber 

harvest and grazing occur.

Herring Creek 

This area is located in the north-central portion of the Forest and includes the area around Herring Creek 

Reservoir. The area includes several existing and potential developed recreation sites. The area receives 

moderate developed and dispersed camping use, fishing and hunting. Grazing occurs and the meadows 

are important for deer fawning during the summer.

Pinecrest Lake/Dodge Ridge 

Located in the central part of the Forest, this area features recreation residences and developed recreation 

sites, Dodge Ridge Ski Area, a marina, lodges, stores and a pack station. Pinecrest Lake is the most 

popular recreation area on the Forest. Major activities are developed camping, picnicking, boating and 

swimming. Downhill skiing at Dodge Ridge is the major winter activity; cross-country skiing is also popular.
Stanislaus

National Forest

166 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Beardsley Reservoir/Middle Fork Stanislaus River 

This area is located in the central part of the Forest. Slopes in the area are steep. It includes bald eagle 

habitat. There are limited, scattered suitable timberlands. Beardsley Reservoir is a popular recreation 

area. It receives both dispersed and developed recreation use. Camping, boating and fishing occur at 

Beardsley and Sand Bar Flat. Timber management occurs on the upper slopes.

Cherry Lake 

This area is located in the east-central part of the Forest. It is characterized by suitable timberland, 

potential bald eagle habitat, and existing as well as potential developed recreation sites. Cherry Lake (also 

known as Lake Lloyd Reservoir) is the largest lake on the Forest, containing 1800 surface acres. The area 

borders Yosemite National Park on the east and the Emigrant Wilderness on the north. It serves as a 

major trailhead for both areas. Cherry Lake is fairly popular for fishing, boating and developed camping. 

Timber harvest occurs in the west and south portions of the area as does hunting in the fall. Grazing use 

occurs in part of the area.

Highway 120 

This area, in the southern portion of the Forest, includes State Highway 120 from the Forest boundary 

near Groveland to the entrance of Yosemite National Park. It also includes Mather Road, Evergreen Road 

and the portion of Cherry Oil Road from Highway 120 to the Tuolumne River. Portions of the area were 

burned by wildfire in 1987. The area contains a number of both public and private recreation facilities. The 

east end of the area borders Yosemite National Park.

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Range 

Allotment Management 

(9-A-2)

Cattle grazing is excluded within all 

developed recreation sites.

Recreation 

ROS Roaded Natural 

(10-B-4)

Provide for moderate interaction 

between forest visitors with a range of 

roaded natural recreation 

experiences. Evidence of other use is 

moderate. Retain site qualities that 

will not degrade future development 

opportunities on proposed sites.

Manage to the ROS Class of Roaded Natural. This is the 

adopted ROS level for developed recreation sites. Allow 

dispersed recreation on proposed sites in the interim and 

perform other multiple use activities that are compatible with 

preserving or improving site quality.

ROS Rural (10-B-5) Provide for moderate to high 

interaction between forest visitors with 

a range of rural recreation 

experiences. Evidence of other use is 

moderate to high

Manage to ROS Class of Rural. This is an acceptable level for 

certain developed sites. Administer facilities to accommodate 

large numbers of people for motorized use and parking.

Developed Recreation 

and Interpretive 

Services Site 

Construction or 

Rehabilitation (10-C)

Construct or rehabilitate sites to meet 

the demand for Recreation Visitor 

Days (RVDs) of developed recreation.

Meet site planning and design criteria outlined in Forest 

Service Manual 2331. Follow priorities shown in the 

Recreation Development Schedule at the end of this section. 

Provide for barrier free access in all developments.

Developed Recreation 

Site Management, 

Public Sector (10-D)

Operate and maintain existing sites. Limit development to Levels III or IV. Incorporate interpretation 

of cultural, natural, or resource management themes into 

rehabilitation plans. Prepare vegetative management plans for 

all sites.

Developed Recreation 

Site Management, 

Private Sector (10-E)

Permit operation and management of

developed recreation facilities by 

private concessionaires and special 

use permittees.

Issue a prospectus after assessment indicates that operation 

or construction of facilities is best served by private sector 

management.

Restricted Motor 

Vehicle Travel

Management 

(10-G-2) MVTM

Provide opportunities for motorized 

recreation compatible with Developed 

Recreation Site values.

Manage to Forestwide S&Gs for Restricted Motor Vehicle 

Travel Management. Use restrictions to protect Developed 

Recreation Site values.

Limit vehicle use to roads and parking areas.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 167

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Allow administrative use of OHVs and OSVs in connection 

with operation of the sites.

Allow non-street legal vehicle use for the purpose of 

accessing designated routes from staging areas.

Restricted Mountain 

Bicycle Management 

(10-H-1)

Provide for mountain bicycle access 

on roads and trails.

Close routes, where impacts are unacceptable, to uses 

causing the damage.

Interpretive Services 

Planning (10-L)

Update existing interpretive plans. 

Insure that interpretive services will be 

provided for proposed developed 

sites.

Include developed recreation sites in District and Forest-wide 

interpretive plans. Integrate interpretive services (information, 

education, and orientation for the visiting public) with 

preliminary site planning and design.

Interpretive Services 

Management (10-M)

Provide interpretive services in 

developed sites.

Develop and maintain incentives to reduce vandalism. 

Coordinate operation and maintenance of interpretive 

services facilities with other functions such as fire and 

engineering.

Interpretive Services 

Facilities not on 

Interpretive Services 

Sites (10-N)

Provide interpretive services facilities 

in conjunction with developed sites.

Coordinate planning of interpretive services facilities with 

developed site construction or rehabilitation.

Timber 

Special Cutting - Other 

(15-I)

Design cutting methods to obtain 

specific management objectives (36 

CFR 219.15, 219.27(b))

Special cutting methods will be used to salvage mortality or 

improve the quality of resources other than the timber 

resource.

Fuelwood and 

Miscellaneous Forest 

Products (15-M)

Permit or make available fuelwood 

and other forest products.

Fuelwood and other forest products will be made available 

through sale, administrative use, and free use where such 

uses do not conflict with other resource objectives.

Transportation and Facilities 

Transportation 

Management, Roads 

Subject to Highway 

Safety Act (16-B)

Manage traffic for safe and efficient 

use by unrestricted public traffic 

including passenger cars and 

permitted commercial use.

Roads subject to the Highway Safety Act are maintained at 

Maintenance Level 3, 4, or 5 suitable for passenger cars. 

Signing standards on unrestricted roads are planned for 

public traffic safety and convenience. 

Public use is not restricted except by seasonal closures which 

may be imposed to protect resources.

Transportation 

Management, Roads 

Excluded from the 

Highway Safety Act 

(16-C)

Manage traffic to provide for traffic 

safety and protect resource values on 

roads which are not open to 

unrestricted traffic and roads which 

are not maintained for travel by 

passenger car.

Traffic management is used to control types of traffic to 

provide for traffic safety, to protect resource values or to 

reduce road maintenance costs. 

Maintenance standards are planned primarily for resource 

management traffic use. Maintenance Level 2 may be used. 

Roads may be closed seasonally or year-round to all traffic as 

needed to protect wildlife or other resources. 

Road signing is planned as needed for the intended use of the 

road. The need for safety signing is reduced by lower design 

speed and traffic management.

Visual Resource 

VQO Partial Retention 

(17-B-3)

Provide a natural appearing forest 

setting within the constraints of 

existing site character and its kind of 

use.

Manage to a VQO of Partial Retention. This is the adopted 

VQO for developed recreation sites. Maintain or construct 

recreation facilities and roads within the site in order to be as 

obscure as possible when viewed from within or immediately 

adjacent to the site.

Plant and maintain the optimum amount of vegetation in order 

to keep a natural appearing setting that functionally and 

aesthetically satisfies visitors when viewed from within or 

immediately adjacent to the site.

VQO Modification 

(17-B-4)

This is an acceptable VQO for certain developed sites, but 

preferably should be upgraded to Partial Retention where 

physical developments allow, by applying Partial Retention 

Standards and Guidelines to all areas of the developed site.
Stanislaus

National Forest

168 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Table 12 Recreation Development Schedule 1992-2001

FY RD Name of Site Type of Site

Rehabilitation Proposed Estimated Annual Cumulative

Acres PAOT Acres PAOT Cost ($) Total ($) Total ($)

1992 52 Sourgrass Campground 5 75 10 200 825,000 825,000 825,000

54 Diamond '0' Campground/Day 5 200 15 300 1,500,000 2,325,000 2,325,000

1993 53 Kennedy Meadow Trailhead 10 300 300,000 300,000 2,625,000

52 Hay Gulch OHV Staging 15 220 220,000 520,000 2,845,000

53 Highway 108 Snowmobile Park 5 180 180,000 700,000 3,025,000

53 Pinecrest Water System 60 2,000 2,000,000 2,700,000 5,025,000

54 Tuolumne River Boater Parking 5 250 250,000 2,950,000 5,275,000

1994 52 Alpine Water System 40 1,231 131,000 131,000 5,406,000

53 Clark Fork Horse Camp 15 300 442,500 573,500 5,848,500

52 Stanislaus River Campground 10 185 475,000 1,048,500 6,323,500

54 Rainbow Pool Day Use 1 160 228,000 1,276,500 6,551,500

51 Fraser Flat Campground 15 190 501,000 1,777,500 7,052,500

52 Highland Lake Campground 1 50 5 175 314,000 2,091,500 7,366,500

54 Lumsden/South Fork Boat Launches 1 100 100,000 2,191,500 7,466,500

1995 54 Rim of the World Vista 1 75 100,000 100,000 7,566,500

51 Box Springs Trailhead 1 50 50,000 150,000 7,616,500

53 Sand Flat Campground 10 200 400,000 550,000 8,016,500

53 Eureka Valley Campground 10 150 150,000 700,000 8,166,500

52 Utica/Union Campgrounds 15 200 600,000 1,300,000 8,766,500

54 Tuolumne River Campgrounds 15 180 300,000 1,600,000 9,066,500

51 Hull Creek Campground 5 100 5 125 375,000 1,975,000 9,441,500

51 Riverside Day Use 10 100 100,000 2,075,000 9,541,500

51 Sugar Pine RR Trailheads 1 100 100,000 2,175,000 9,641,500

53 Donnell Vista 5 75 75,000 2,250,000 9,716,500

53 Column of Giants Geologic Site 5 110 110,000 2,360,000 9,826,500

52 Boards Crossing Campground 5 50 150,000 2,510,000 9,976,500

52 Woodchuck Basin Trailhead 1 30 30,000 2,540,000 10,006,500

1996 53 County Line Trailhead 1 100 100,000 100,000 10,106,500

53 Ford Niagara Falls Vista 1 25 40,000 140,000 10,146,500

52 Bloomfield Campground 10 125 375,000 515,000 10,521,500

53 Pinecrest Campground 40 1,000 1,000,000 1,515,000 11,521,500

52 Cape Horn Vista 1 50 50,000 1,565,000 11,571,500

53 Douglas Picnic 5 50 50,000 1,615,000 11,621,500

53 Beardsley Point Day Use 5 150 150,000 1,765,000 11,771,500

53 Cottonwood Picnic 1 30 30,000 1,795,000 11,801,500

52 Hermit Valley Campground 5 100 300,000 2,095,000 12,101,500

52 Pacific Valley Campground 10 75 225,000 2,320,000 12,326,500

1997 52 Lake Alpine Campgrounds 30 600 1,200,000 1,200,000 13,526,500

52 Highlands Horse Camp 5 50 150,000 1,350,000 13,676,500

52 Spicer Snow Parking 1 75 75,000 1,425,000 13,751,500

51 Coffin Hollow Trailhead 1 50 50,000 1,475,000 13,801,500

51 Crandall OHV Staging 15 250 250,000 1,725,000 14,051,500
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 169

April 2010

FY RD Name of Site Type of Site

Rehabilitation Proposed Estimated Annual Cumulative

Acres PAOT Acres PAOT Cost ($) Total ($) Total ($)

53 Herring Creek Campground 10 250 750,000 2,475,000 14,801,500

1998 53 Pinecrest Day Use 40 2,000 2,000,000 2,000,000 16,801,500

53 Gianneli Trailhead 1 100 100,000 2,100,000 16,901,500

53 Cooper Trailhead 1 100 100,000 2,200,000 17,001,500

54 Montgomery Gulch Campground 5 75 225,000 2,425,000 17,226,500

52 Pines Campground 5 50 100,000 2,525,000 17,326,500

52 Lost Claim Campground 5 50 100,000 2,625,000 17,426,500

54 Sweetwater Campground 5 75 150,000 2,775,000 17,576,500

1999 54 Cherry Valley Campground 10 250 500,000 • 500,000 18,076,500

52 Candy Rock Trailhead 1 75 75,000 575,000 18,151,500

53 Meadowview Campground 20 500 500,000 1,075,000 18,651,500

53 Big Pine Campground 40 1,000 1,500,000 2,575,000 20,151,500

53 Eagle Meadow Campground 10 150 125,000 2,700,000 20,276,500

51 North Fork Day Use 5 100 100,000 2,800,000 20,376,500

2000 53 Brightman Campground 10 250 500,000 500,000 20,876,500

53 Clark Fork Campground 20 440 440,000 940,000 21,316,500

53 Pinecrest Visitor Center 1 50 200,000 1,140,000 21,516,500

53 Pioneer Trail Group Camp 5 200 200,000 1,340,000 21,716,500

53 Hells Half Acre OHV Staging 5 125 125,000 1,465,000 21,841,500

53 Fence Creek Campground 5 100 300,000 1,765,000 22,141,500

52 Big Meadows Campground 15 375 750,000 2,515,000 22,891,500

53 Cascade Creek Campground 3 35 70,000 2,585,000 22,961,500

53 Clark Fork Trailhead 2 150 200,000 2,785,000 23,161,500

2001 54 Anderson Valley Campground 5 100 300,000 300,000 23,461,500

54 Moore Creek OHV Staging 15 250 250,000 550,000 23,711,500

53 Niagara Creek Campground 5 50 100,000 650,000 23,811,500

54 Cherry Creek Boat Launch 5 250 250,000 900,000 24,061,500

54 Wards Ferry Boat Takeout 1 100 500,000 1,400,000 24,561,500

54 Cherry Lake Boat Ramp 1 100 100,000 1,500,000 24,661,500

52 Crescent Cove Day Use 1 100 1 100 250,000 1,750,000 24,911,500

52 Lodgepole Campground 15 150 450,000 2,200,000 25,361,500

51 Hull/Clayey OHV Staging 15 250 250,000 2,450,000 25,611,500

53 Chipmunk #2 Campground 5 50 150,000 2,600,000 25,761,500

53 Bumblebee Snow Parking 1 150 150,000 2,750,000 25,911,500

51 Crandall OHV Staging 15 250 250,000 3,000,000 26,161,500

Totals: 470 12,286 277 6,505 26,161,500

PAOT = Persons at one time

FY = Fiscal Year

RD = Ranger District

51 = Mi Wok

52 = Calaveras

53 = Summit

54 = Groveland
Stanislaus

National Forest

170 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 171

April 2010

Pinecrest Basin1 

The following sections (Management Practices/Desired Conditions; Management Zones; and, Standards 

and Guidelines) provide management direction for the Pinecrest Basin Management Area. This direction 

applies in addition to the Forestwide Standards and Guidelines (S&Gs) and management area direction 

for Developed Recreation Sites and Winter Sports Sites.

Description 

This Management Area contains the 7,060 acre Pinecrest Basin, located in Tuolumne County, 

approximately 30 miles east of Sonora, California. The management area includes the Pinecrest 

Recreation Area (which contains an extensive recreation complex of campgrounds, picnic/day use area, 

commercial center, resort, marina, recreation residences and organization camps) and the Dodge Ridge 

Ski Area.

Desired Conditions 

Described below are specific desired conditions for the Pinecrest Basin for management practices listed. 

Management practices are listed and described in the Forest Plan. 

Practices Desired Conditions

Biological Diversity 

(3-A) PBMD

Native plant habitat is maintained or improved.

Fish and Wildlife 

Habitat Administration 

(5-A) 

PBMD

Wildlife remains “wild”. Visitors enjoy wildlife experiences and wildlife safely in its natural state. Wildlife 

forages for natural foods only and are not attracted to garbage and human foods. 

People are aware of and practice “keeping wildlife wild” philosophies. People do not feed wildlife, and 

store pet and human food in secure locations. Garbage is disposed of promptly and properly.

Wildlife viewing and interpretive opportunities are maximized and enhance the visitor experience.

Developed Recreation 

Site Management, 

Public Sector (10-D) 

PBMD

Recreation programs are accessible to all, assuring that a range of services is provided to persons 

with disabilities. Persons with disabilities are involved in the planning and program delivery for 

recreation services, both public and permitted. 

Personal boat mooring is available that does not interfere with day users and people fishing. 

Recreation services appropriate to the National Forest and Historic District setting are available in the 

Pinecrest Basin or local communities.

The swimming area is appropriately sized and managed for swimming safety. The beach areas have 

plenty of sand covering them. Dogs are kept on a leash and their scat is picked up and properly 

disposed of. 

Boat storage does not interfere with day users. Compliance with rules and regulations is achieved.

Winter recreation opportunities are available in a way that maintains visitor safety and avoids user 

conflicts.

Visitors are generally able to find parking within 1/3 mile of the day use area. Parking is in alignment 

with associated use patterns (e.g. marina, day use, boat launching, and commercial center), with 

accessible spaces at each area. 

Pinecrest has a well designed and managed road, pathway and parking network which is easily 

understood, safe, responsive to peak use times, and provides clear directional indicators that allow 

visitors to access and enjoy the Pinecrest Basin. Visitors experience a clear sense of “arrival” upon 

entry into the basin. This will enhance the visitor’s recreational experience while protecting natural 

resources.

A comprehensive transportation system analysis and plan is in place and fully implemented. A safe 

pedestrian/bicycle route system is the preferred mode of transportation within developed portions of 

the Basin.

Developed Recreation 

Site Management, 

Private Sector (10-E) 

PBMD

Recreation programs are accessible to all, assuring that a range of services is provided to persons 

with disabilities. Persons with disabilities are involved in the planning and program delivery for 

recreation services, both public and permitted. Facilities incorporate Universal Access design 

principles.

Trail Management 

(10-I) PBMD

The trail system is safe and universally accessible (where feasible). Routes are available to all 

facilities and services within the basin as well as destinations outside the Basin.

Visitors are able to way-find with ease. Information about trails and destinations is available at 

 

1 Pinecrest Basin Management Direction, Forest Plan Amendment, USDA Forest Service 2004
Stanislaus

National Forest

172 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices Desired Conditions

departure points including associated recreation opportunities. Communication of regulations and 

restrictions is provided.

Interpretive Services 

Management (10-M) 

PBMD

Interpretive programs and sites are recognized as the benchmark of excellence in conservation 

education.

Information is up-to-date and available in a format that meets the needs of the Pinecrest visitor, 

regardless of ability socio-economic background, or culture. Forest Service information is available at 

all existing display boards and kiosks in the Pinecrest Basin. Appropriate information is available in 

other languages. Through the use of an overall information management system that works in 

harmony with the infrastructure, visitors are drawn to other areas and attractions in the general area, 

easing present and future demand. Visitors are encouraged to utilize the basin during off-peak 

periods.

Facility Construction 

and Reconstruction 

(16-E) 

PBMD

Facilities are in stable, functional condition and are appropriately designed for the setting. Facilities 

(tables, stoves, toilets, pathways, fountains, kiosks, etc.) are located according to a plan that has 

carefully considered the visitor experience. Facilities incorporate Universal Access design principles.

Utility infrastructure is generally unnoticeable. Rivers and streams are free from contamination. Sewer 

lines and treatment plant capacity is adequate for the population and uses.

Facility Operation and 

Maintenance (16-F) 

PBMD

Day use facilities are clean, well maintained, appropriately distributed and located in accessible areas 

near the walkways. All points of interest are connected by walkways.

Launching facilities are safe and are accessible to all users. Hand launch areas are provided. All 

visitors, including those utilizing trails within the Basin have reasonable access to a restroom. 

Restrooms are all accessible and clean. Restroom facilities and capacity matches use patterns.

Management Zones and Standards and Guidelines 

The Pinecrest Basin Management Area is allocated to the six management zones described below (see 

Pinecrest Basin Management Zone Map). These zones represent land allocations within the Pinecrest 

Basin Management Area. The tables below show S&Gs for the Pinecrest Basin Management Area as 

they apply to the individual management zones. These S&Gs apply in addition to the Forestwide S&Gs 

and management area direction for Developed Recreation Sites and Winter Sports Sites. The following 

S&Gs apply to all Pinecrest Basin management zones.

Practices All Zones: Standards and Guidelines

Biological Diversity 

(3-A) PBMD

Limit permits for miscellaneous forest products as needed to conserve resources for all to enjoy (e.g. 

mushrooms and pine cones).

Fish and Wildlife

Habitat Administration 

(5-A) 

PBMD

Interpretive and education brochures and talks include teaching “keeping wildlife wild” philosophies.

Interpretive brochures and talks are updated to include wildlife viewing opportunities and education.

Use of animal-resistant trash bins, dumpsters, and food lockers (when provided) is required within 

the Pinecrest Basin.

Developed Recreation 

Site Management, 

Public Sector (10-D) 

PBMD

Parking is limited to designated sites/areas only.

Alternative transportation methods (e.g. buses, carpools, and bicycle/pedestrian paths) are actively 

encouraged, to increase availability of parking.

Trail Management 

(10-I) 

PBMD

Emphasis for new trail construction will be toward meeting accessibility standards and new routes 

connecting the Basin with outside destinations.

Pathway entry points are recognizable, encouraging use.

Interpretive Services 

Management (10-M) 

PBMD

Public demand for interpretive services and facilities are identified on a yearly basis. Program 

content and frequency are adjusted to meet identified needs

Innovative programs developed internally and externally are continually incorporated into a program 

mix that enhances the visitors’ connection to the environment.

Facility Construction 

and Reconstruction 

(16-E) 

PBMD

Facilities are rustic and simple in design, are consistent with the forest outdoor setting and 

experience and are compatible with local historic values.

Except where infeasible or costs are extraordinary, all linear utility upgrades and replacements are

underground.

Utilities will be upgraded to provide for new uses or changes in capacity.

Upgrade, maintain, and rehabilitate facilities and trails to reduce and reverse the negative effects of 

trampling and soil compaction.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 173

April 2010

1. Day Use (DU) 

Provides facilities for short-term (no overnight uses) recreational opportunities and activities (e.g. 

swimming, boating, picnicking, hiking, and fishing). This zone includes the three beach areas 

(including the area around the Snack Shack), the picnic area, marina area, and hiking trails 

around the lake. The following S&Gs apply to the Day Use (DU) management zone.

Practices Day Use (DU): Standards and Guidelines

Biological Diversity 

(3-A) PBMD

Conduct “urban forestry” 1 type treatments and prescriptions to maintain tree stand health and vigor.

Fish and Wildlife 

Habitat Administration 

(5-A) PBMD

Animal-resistant trash bins, dumpsters, and food lockers are provided in campgrounds and picnic 

areas.

Developed Recreation 

Site Management, 

Public Sector (10-D) 

PBMD

Adequate personnel are present to inform visitors of rules and, when necessary, to enforce them.

Mooring tie-downs are confined to designated areas and are generally limited to sailboats. Overnight 

shore mooring is permitted in specific locations only.

From May 15 to September 15, dogs are not allowed in the Day Use zone between Pinecrest 

Avenue/Pinecrest Lake Road and the lake, and the Marina and the fishing pier.

In conjunction with a traffic flow analysis, identify all available parking within the Pinecrest Basin. 

There will be no net loss of public parking spaces while maintaining natural vegetation areas.

Overflow parking options will be identified and communicated to the public.

Trail Management 

(10-I) PBMD

Obvious on-site controls to guide visitors to destinations and inform visitors of rules and regulations 

are prevalent. 

Facility Construction 

and Reconstruction 

(16-E) 

PBMD

Facilities are designed for user comfort and convenience. 

All major Basin destinations have restroom facilities strategically placed along routes or at 

destinations.

Future facility expansion includes planning for the expected use, more diverse activities that serve 

the needs of visitors, accessibility standards, and meets all building codes.

Facilities and structures are limited to those that provide for and enhance day use activities and 

services.

Moderate to heavy site modifications are allowed for carefully designed facilities.

2. Commercial Use (CU) 

Provides visitor services such as lodging, food services, retail services, and organization group 

camping. This zone includes Pinecrest Lake Resort, organization camps, Dodge Ridge Ski Area 

and Aspen Meadow Pack Station. All amenities are consistent with Forest Service policy. The 

following S&Gs apply to the Commercial Use (CU) management zone.

Practices Commercial Use (CU): Standards and Guidelines

Biological Diversity 

(3-A) PBMD

Conduct “urban forestry” type treatments and prescriptions to maintain tree stand health and vigor.

Animal-resistant dumpsters are required within commercial Special Use Permit boundaries.

Developed Recreation 

Site Management, 

Public Sector (10-D) 

PBMD

Adequate personnel are present to inform visitors of rules and, when necessary, to enforce them.

In conjunction with a traffic flow analysis, identify all available parking within the Pinecrest Basin. 

There will be no net loss of public parking spaces while maintaining natural vegetation areas.

Overflow parking options will be identified and communicated to the public.

Developed Recreation 

Site Management, 

Private Sector (10-E) 

PBMD

Additional services are encouraged first on private land in surrounding communities.

New ski area facilities will be allowed consistent with an approved Master Development Plan.

Commercial permittees will ensure adequate parking for their customers without interfering with 

public parking availability.

Trail Management 

(10-I) PBMD

Obvious on-site controls to guide visitors to destinations and inform visitors of rules and regulations 

are prevalent. 

Facility Construction 

and Reconstruction 

(16-E) 

PBMD

Facilities are designed for user comfort and convenience.

Future facility expansion includes planning for the expected use, more diverse activities that serve 

the needs of visitors, accessibility standards, and meets all building codes.

Moderate to heavy site modifications are allowed for carefully designed facilities.

 

1 Urban forestry places an emphasis on the human influence on forest ecosystems. For more information see: http://wcufre.ucdavis.edu/. 
Stanislaus

National Forest

174 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

3. Recreation Residence/Summer Home Tract (RR) 

The Pinecrest recreation residence/summer home tract has been designated as eligible for 

inclusion in the National Register of Historic Places as a Discontinuous Historic District (letter 

from State Historic Preservation Officer dated March 16, 1999 on file at the Summit Ranger 

District). This zone also includes the North Shore cabins. Because of this designation, the rustic 

cabin-style and feeling will be maintained through specific restoration, rehabilitation and 

construction guidelines. The following S&Gs apply to the Recreation Residence/Summer Home 

Tract (RR) management zone.

Practices Recreation Residence/Summer Home Tract (RR): Standards and Guidelines

Biological Diversity 

(3-A)

PBMD

Conduct “urban forestry” type treatments and prescriptions to maintain tree stand health and vigor.

Fish and Wildlife 

Habitat Administration 

(5-A) 

PBMD

Feeding pets outdoors is prohibited within cabin special use permit (SUP) boundaries.

Trail Management 

(10-I) 

PBMD

Obvious on-site controls to guide visitors to destinations and inform visitors of rules and regulations 

are prevalent. 

Facility Construction 

and Reconstruction 

(16-E) 

PBMD

Facilities are designed for user comfort and convenience. 

4. Public Camping (PC) 

This zone includes Meadowview, Pinecrest and Pioneer Trails Campgrounds. These facilities 

provide overnight camping opportunities for a maximum stay of 14 days. Campsites will remain 

rustic in nature with few amenities provided. Group and disabled access sites are provided. The 

following S&Gs apply to the Public Camping (PC) management zone.

Practices Public Camping (PC): Standards and Guidelines

Biological Diversity 

(3-A) 

PBMD

Conduct “urban forestry” type treatments and prescriptions to maintain tree stand health and vigor.

Fish and Wildlife 

Habitat Administration 

(5-A) 

PBMD

Animal-resistant trash bins, dumpsters, and food lockers are provided in campgrounds and picnic 

areas.

Developed Recreation 

Site Management, 

Public Sector (10-D) 

PBMD

Adequate personnel are present to inform visitors of rules and, when necessary, to enforce them.

In conjunction with a traffic flow analysis, identify all available parking within the Pinecrest Basin. 

There will be no net loss of public parking spaces while maintaining natural vegetation areas.

Overflow parking options will be identified and communicated to the public.

Trail Management 

(10-I) 

PBMD

Obvious on-site controls to guide visitors to destinations and inform visitors of rules and regulations 

are prevalent. 

Facility Construction 

and Reconstruction 

(16-E) 

PBMD

Facilities are designed for user comfort and convenience.

Future facility expansion includes planning for the expected use, more diverse activities that serve 

the needs of visitors, accessibility standards, and meets all building codes.

Moderate to heavy site modifications are allowed for carefully designed facilities.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 175

April 2010

5. Open Space/Ecological (OE) 

This zone provides visitors and wildlife with refuge areas (e.g. wetlands, wooded areas, and 

meadows) within the primary development area. No development that would change the natural 

condition of these areas would be allowed. This zone includes the Experimental Forest and 

Spotted Owl Protected Activity Center. The following S&Gs apply to the Open Space/Ecological 

(OE) management zone.

Practices Open Space/Ecological (OE): Standards and Guidelines

Fish and Wildlife 

Habitat Administration 

(5-A) 

PBMD

Interpretive and education brochures and talks include teaching “keeping wildlife wild” philosophies.

Interpretive brochures and talks are updated to include wildlife viewing opportunities and education.

Animal-resistant dumpsters are required within commercial Special Use Permit boundaries.

Feeding pets outdoors is prohibited within cabin special use permit (SUP) boundaries.

Use of animal-resistant trash bins, dumpsters, and food lockers (when provided) is required within 

the Pinecrest Basin.

Animal-resistant trash bins, dumpsters, and food lockers are provided in campgrounds and picnic 

areas.

Developed Recreation 

Site Management, 

Public Sector (10-D) 

PBMD

In conjunction with a traffic flow analysis, identify all available parking within the Pinecrest Basin. 

There will be no net loss of public parking spaces while maintaining natural vegetation areas.

Overflow parking options will be identified and communicated to the public.

Trail Management 

(10-I) 

PBMD

On-site controls and way-finding information are limited and primarily located along major travel 

routes. Interpretive or educational signing related to natural and heritage resources may be allowed.

Facility Construction 

and Reconstruction 

(16-E) 

PBMD

Facilities provide limited comfort and convenience to users.

Use of structures within open space must be compatible with preserving or enhancing ecological 

resources and values, open space, wetlands and meadows will be maintained and enhanced.

6. Administrative/Utilities Infrastructure (AU) 

This zone provides support services, which allow for optimal visitor experience. These include 

Forest Service administration sites, the community center, the county parking lot, the garbage 

transfer station, the sewage treatment plant, and the old service station site on Pinecrest Lake 

Road. Linear and site specific infrastructure such as power lines, walk ways, water lines and 

water tanks are scattered throughout the basin in various other zones. These facilities are not 

specifically shown or listed here. The following S&Gs apply to the Administrative/Utilities 

Infrastructure (AU) management zone.

Practices Administrative/Utilities Infrastructure (AU): Standards and Guidelines

Biological Diversity 

(3-A) PBMD

Conduct “urban forestry” type treatments and prescriptions to maintain tree stand health and vigor.

Fish and Wildlife 

Habitat Administration 

(5-A) 

PBMD

Animal-resistant dumpsters are required within commercial Special Use Permit boundaries.

Developed Recreation 

Site Management, 

Public Sector (10-D) 

PBMD

Adequate personnel are present to inform visitors of rules and, when necessary, to enforce them.

In conjunction with a traffic flow analysis, identify all available parking within the Pinecrest Basin. 

There will be no net loss of public parking spaces while maintaining natural vegetation areas.

Overflow parking options will be identified and communicated to the public.

Trail Management 

(10-I) 

PBMD

Obvious on-site controls to guide visitors to destinations and inform visitors of rules and regulations 

are prevalent. 

Facility Construction 

and Reconstruction 

(16-E) 

PBMD

Facilities are designed for user comfort and convenience.

Future facility expansion includes planning for the expected use, more diverse activities that serve 

the needs of visitors, accessibility standards, and meets all building codes.

Moderate to heavy site modifications are allowed for carefully designed facilities.
Stanislaus

National Forest

176 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Map 16 Pinecrest Basin Management Zones
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 177

April 2010

Winter Sports Sites 

Management Emphasis 

Management emphasis for these areas is to provide developed opportunities for winter sports; 

provide aesthetically pleasing, well maintained, fully equipped facilities for the pleasure and safety of 

Forest visitors; and to protect proposed winter sports sites for future development. Developed winter 

sports sites include alpine and nordic ski areas containing vehicle parking areas, lodges and other 

support facilities, lifts, ski runs and slopes, and intermingled timber stands. This area include existing 

sites with recommended expansions and proposed sites.

Description 

This area contains:

Existing Winter Sports Sites 

Dodge Ridge 

This winter sports site is located within the heavily used Pinecrest Lake/Dodge Ridge area in the 

central portion of the Forest. Dodge Ridge is a major alpine ski resort and the site includes areas for 

expansion of the existing facilities. Alpine skiing and snowboarding are the popular activities 

occurring within the site. Nordic skiing also occurs in many areas surrounding this site.

Bear Valley 

This winter sports site is located within the heavily used Lake Alpine/Mt. Reba area in the northern 

portion of the Forest. Bear Valley is a major alpine ski resort and the site includes areas for 

expansion of the existing facilities. It borders the Mokelumne Wilderness to the north and private land 

at Bear Valley to the south. The resort community of Bear Valley offers a wide range of services to 

ski area visitors. Alpine skiing is the most popular activity at Bear Valley, with nordic skiing occurring 

in and around Bear Valley.

Proposed Winter Sports Sites 

Bear Valley Nordic 

This proposed winter sports site is located within the heavily used Lake Alpine/Mt. Reba area in the 

northern portion of the Forest. The area currently receives dispersed nordic skiing use originating 

from developed nordic facilities on private land at Bear Valley. Proposed development of this winter 

sports site may include trails, warming huts, a lodge and parking on National Forest lands.

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Range 

Allotment 

Management – 

Extensive or 

Maintenance 

(9-A-2 and 3)

In winter sports sites where allotment 

management plans permit grazing, 

the use will be managed according 

to the range Standards and 

Guidelines of the surrounding 

Management Area. Set allowable 

use levels based on the heaviest 

grazed or most sensitive vegetation 

type included in the area, such as a 

riparian area or ski run.

Fence lodges, parking lots and other 

facilities as needed to minimize 

livestock/recreation conflicts.
Stanislaus

National Forest

178 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Recreation 

Recreation Inventory 

and Planning (10-A)

Provide a safe, high quality winter 

sports experience.

Offer technical expertise and coordinate with County and State 

agencies having jurisdiction over ski lift facilities, water systems, 

sewage, etc.

ROS Roaded Natural 

(10-B-4)

ROS Rural (10-B-5)

Developed winter sports sites are so 

large and diverse that a range of 

ROS classes exist. (See ROS Map I5) Maintain recreation experience 

levels at the ROS class of Roaded 

Natural in outlying portions of the 

winter sports site.

Maintain lifts and other auxiliary facilities with the least impact 

on visitor experience. Use existing vehicle routes for permittee 

maintenance and administration.

Developed 

Recreation Site 

Management - 

Private Sector (10-E)

Work with permittees to complete 

master plans to designed Personsat- One-Time (PAOT) capacity.

Prepare environmental analyses that incorporate new or 

revised practices that will have lesser impact on or will benefit 

the resources. Encourages permittees to provide barrier free 

access in all developments and handicapped access to scenic 

vistas served by lifts.

Dispersed Recreation 

Management (10-F)

Incorporate compatible off-season 

use into winter sports site master 

plans. Provide off-season dispersed 

recreation activities that have low 

impact on these sites. Encourage 

permittees to develop nordic skiing in 

conjunction with downhill operations.

Restricted Motor 

Vehicle Travel 

Management 

(10-G-2)

MVTM

Provide opportunities for motorized 

recreation compatible with Winter 

Sports Site values.

Manage to Forestwide S&Gs for Restricted Motor Vehicle 

Travel Management. Use restrictions to protect Winter Sports 

Site values.

Limit vehicle use to roads and parking areas.

Allow administrative use of OHVs and OSVs in connection with 

operation of the sites.

Restricted Mountain 

Bicycle Management 

(10-H-1)

Provide off-season opportunities for 

mountain bicycles that are 

compatible with winter sports values.

Confine travel to existing roads, parking areas and service 

routes. Close routes where impacts are unacceptable, to uses 

causing the damage. Close winter sports sites to all mountain 

bicycle use during the winter season.

Interpretive Services 

Planning (10-L)

Incorporate interpretive services into 

winter sports site master plans.

Coordinate interpretive services needs with any future 

development or improvements.

Interpretive Services 

Facilities Not On 

Interpretive Sites (10-

N)

Install informal interpretation facilities 

that explain on-site features and 

management of winter sports sites.

Develop and maintain information and interpretation facilities at 

each winter sports sites.

Timber 

Special Cutting – 

Other (15-I)

Design special cutting methods to 

obtain specific winter sports site 

management objectives (36 CFR 

219.15, 219.27(b)).

Special cutting methods will be used to salvage mortality or 

improve the quality of resources other than timber.

Fuelwood and 

Miscellaneous Forest 

Products (15-M)

Permit or make available fuelwood 

and other forest products.

Fuelwood and other forest products will be made available 

through sale, administrative use, and personal use where such 

uses do not conflict with other resource objectives.

Transportation and Facilities 

Transportation 

Management, Roads 

Subject to Highway 

Safety Act (16-B)

Manage traffic for safe and efficient 

use by unrestricted public traffic 

including passenger cars and 

permitted commercial use.

Roads subject to the Highway Safety Act are maintained at 

Maintenance Levels 3, 4, or 5 suitable for passenger cars. 

Signing standards on unrestricted roads are planned for public 

traffic safety and convenience. 

Public use is not restricted except by seasonal closures which 

may be imposed to protect resources.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 179

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Transportation 

Management, Roads 

Excluded from the 

Highway Safety Act 

(16-C)

Manage traffic to provide for traffic 

safety and protect resource values 

on roads which are not open to 

unrestricted traffic and roads which 

are not maintained for travel by 

passenger car.

Traffic management is used to control types of traffic to provide 

for traffic safety, to protect resource values or to reduce road 

maintenance costs. 

Maintenance standards are planned primarily for resource 

management traffic use. Maintenance Level 2 may be used. 

Roads may be closed seasonally or year-round to all traffic as 

needed to protect wildlife or other resources.

Visual Resource 

VQO Partial 

Retention (17-B-3)

Provide a natural appearing forest 

setting within the context of 

developed winter sports sites.

Through the master plan process, mitigate impacts to insure 

optimum visual quality after construction of facilities. Model 

expanded lifts, runs, and other improvements with potential 

impacts by computer graphic simulations and field checks. 

Prepare vegetative management plans for these sites. Manage 

to a VQO of Partial Retention. This is the adopted VQO level 

for developed winter sports sites, as shown on the VQO Map.

VQO Modification

(17-B-4)

This is an acceptable VQO, but preferably should be upgraded 

to Partial Retention, where physical developments allow, by 

applying Partial Retention Standards and Guidelines to all 

areas of the winter sports sites.
Stanislaus

National Forest

180 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 181

April 2010

Developed (Non-Recreation) Sites 

Management Emphasis 

Management emphasis for these areas is to provide sites necessary for the administration and 

special uses of the National Forest. Forest resources will be managed to meet administrative 

objectives. Buildings and facilities will be designed to be compatible with the surrounding landscape, 

energy efficient, and functionally suitable for both employees and the visiting public. These areas will 

be managed to maintain compatibility between users and forest resources to reduce impacts on the 

surrounding environment. New utility sites and new uses proposed at existing sites will be evaluated 

individually for compatibility with the existing uses and all environmental concerns associated with the 

proposal.

Description 

This Management Area consists of Forest Service existing and planned administrative sites including 

ranger stations, lookouts, warehouses and guard stations, designated electronic sites, and licensed 

hydro-electric project facilities.

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Geology And Minerals 

Saleable Mineral 

Materials (7-C)

Removal of common variety mineral material 

including sand, gravel, clay, stone for 

administrative purposes only.

Identify mineral material sites needed for public and 

National Forest purposes and rank each for 

development.

Range 

Allotment 

Management – 

Extensive or 

Maintenance 

(9-A-2 and 9-A-3) 

Commercial livestock grazing does not occur 

in developed (non-recreation) sites, except 

as may be needed to achieve specific goals 

and as approved by the District Ranger. 

Forest Service owned stock may be grazed 

in administrative sites. Any livestock grazing 

that occurs on these sites will be managed 

according to the range Standards and 

Guidelines of the surrounding Management 

Area.

Recreation 

ROS Rural (10-B-5) Provide for moderate to high interaction 

between visitors with a range of Rural 

recreation experience.

Manage to the ROS class of Rural. This is the adopted

ROS level for developed (non-recreation) sites, as 

shown on the ROS Map.

Restricted Motor 

Vehicle Travel 

Management 

(10-G-2)

MVTM

Provide opportunities for motorized 

recreation compatible with Developed (NonRecreation) Site value.

Manage to Forestwide S&Gs for Restricted Motor 

Vehicle Travel Management. Use restrictions to protect 

Developed (Non-Recreation) Site values.

Limit vehicle use to roads and parking areas.

Allow administrative use of OHVs and OSVs in 

connection with operation of the sites.

Restricted Mountain 

Bicycle Management 

(10-H-1)

Provide for mountain bicycle access in those 

portions of each site where public access is 

allowed.

Close routes, where impacts are unacceptable, to 

uses causing the damage.

Interpretive Services 

Facilities not on 

Interpretive Sites 

(10-N)

Construct interpretive facilities on certain 

developed (non-recreation) sites. Provide 

after-hours information at Supervisor's Office 

and all Ranger District main offices.

Blend facilities to complement the character of each 

site. Provide for barrier free access at all 

improvements.
Stanislaus

National Forest

182 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Practices General Direction Standards and Guidelines

Timber 

Special Cutting -

Other (15-1)

Design special cutting methods to obtain 

specific management objectives (36 CFR 

219.15, 219.27 (b)).

Special cutting methods will be used to salvage 

mortality or improve the quality of resources other than 

the timber resources.

Fuelwood and 

Miscellaneous Forest 

Products (15-M)

Permit or make available fuelwood and other 

forest products.

Fuelwood and other forest products will be made 

available through sale, administrative use, and 

personal use where such uses do not conflict with 

other resource objectives.

Transportation and Facilities 

Transportation 

Management, Roads 

Subject to Highway 

Safety Act (16-B)

Manage traffic for safe and efficient use by 

unrestricted public traffic including passenger 

cars and permitted commercial use.

Roads subject to the Highway Safety Act are 

maintained at Maintenance Levels 3, 4, or 5, suitable 

for passenger cars. 

Signing standards on unrestricted roads are planned 

for public traffic safety and convenience. 

Public use is not restricted except by seasonal 

closures which may be imposed to protect resources.

Transportation 

Management, Roads 

Excluded from the 

Highway Safety Act 

(16-C)

Manage traffic to provide for traffic safety and 

protect resource values on roads which are 

not open to unrestricted traffic and roads 

which are not maintained for travel by 

passenger car.

Traffic management is used to control types of traffic to 

provide for traffic safety, to protect resource values or 

to reduce road maintenance costs. 

Maintenance standards are planned primarily for 

resource management traffic use. Maintenance Level 

2 may be used. 

Roads may be closed seasonally or year round to all 

traffic as needed to protect wildlife or other resources. 

Road signing is planned as needed for the intended 

use of the road. The need for safety signing is reduced 

by lower design speed and traffic management.

FA&O Facilities 

Construct and 

Reconstruction (16-E)

Plan, design, inspect and construct capital 

improvements to support fire, administrative, 

and other (FA&O) multi-functional activities.

Ensure that construction is based on a thorough needs 

assessment. 

Consider energy conservation opportunities in facility 

design. Provide for barrier free access at all facilities.

FA&O Facility 

Operation and 

Maintenance (16-F)

Operate and maintain structures and other 

facilities to serve fire protection, 

administration and other management 

needs. 

Discourage dispersed recreation uses of 

sites.

Eliminate inventoried facility maintenance backlog.

Retrofit all buildings for energy conservation if energy 

surveys indicate a favorable Savings Investment Ratio.

Place highest priority on maintenance required to 

protect health and safety. 

Close utility sites to all mechanized use by the 

recreating public.

Visual Resource 

VQO Modification 

(17-B-4)

Structures may visually dominate the 

characteristic landscapes, but should borrow 

the form, line, color and texture of the natural 

surroundings.

Manage to the VQO of Modification. This is the 

adopted VQO level for developed (non-recreation) 

sites.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 183

April 2010

Land Allocations1 

A network of land allocations relies on an associated set of desired conditions, management intents, 

and management objectives. These three elements provide direction to land managers for designing 

and developing fuels and vegetation management projects. In designing the strategic layout of 

treatments, managers ensure that treatment area patterns and prescriptions are consistent with 

desired conditions, management intents, and management objectives for the relevant land 

allocations.

Desired condition is a statement describing a common vision for a specific land area. These 

statements are made in the present tense indicating a condition that management will be designed to 

maintain or move toward in each land allocation. Statements of desired condition take into account 

the natural range of variability typical for the Sierra Nevada landscape, the uncertainty of natural 

disturbances, effects of past management, unique features or opportunities that the Sierra Nevada 

national forests can contribute, and human desires and uses of the land.

Wilderness and Wild and Scenic Rivers 

Designation 

Wilderness and Wild and Scenic River areas exist as designated by Congress.

Desired Condition 

Wilderness is a unique and vital resource. It is an area where the earth and its community of life are 

untrammeled by humans, where humanity itself is a visitor who does not remain. It retains its 

primeval character and influence, without permanent improvements or human habitation. Natural 

conditions are protected and preserved. Consistent with the National Fire Plan’s goal for restoring 

fire-adapted ecosystems, fire is restored as a natural process through wildland fire use. The area 

generally appears to have been affected primarily by the forces of nature, with the imprint of 

humanity’s work substantially unnoticeable. It offers outstanding opportunities for solitude, or a 

primitive and unconfined type of recreation. Human influence does not impede or interfere with 

natural succession in the ecosystems.

The outstandingly remarkable values for which wild and scenic rivers have been established, are 

candidates for designation, or are under study, are protected and preserved for the benefit and 

enjoyment of present and future generations. Free-flowing conditions of wild and scenic rivers, 

candidate or study rivers, are preserved. Human influence may be evident, but does not interfere 

with, or impede the natural succession of river ecosystems.

California Spotted Owl and Northern Goshawk Protected Activity Centers 

Designation (California Spotted Owl PACs) 

California spotted owl protected activity centers (PACs) are delineated surrounding each territorial 

owl activity center detected on National Forest System lands since 1986. Owl activity centers are 

designated for all territorial owls based on: (1) the most recent documented nest site, (2) the most 

recent known roost site when a nest location remains unknown, and (3) a central point based on 

repeated daytime detections when neither nest or roost locations are known.

PACs are delineated to: (1) include known and suspected nest stands and (2) encompass the best 

available 300 acres of habitat in as compact a unit as possible. The best available habitat is selected 

 

1 Sierra Nevada Forest Plan Amendment, USDA Forest Service 2004. SNFPA direction does not apply within the Stanislaus-Tuolumne Experimental 

Forest (SNFPA ROD, p. 15)
Stanislaus

National Forest

184 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

for California spotted owl PACs to include: (1) two or more tree canopy layers; (2) trees in the 

dominant and co-dominant crown classes averaging 24 inches dbh or greater; (3) at least 70 percent 

tree canopy cover (including hardwoods); and (4) in descending order of priority, CWHR classes 6, 

5D, 5M, 4D, and 4M and other stands with at least 50 percent canopy cover (including hardwoods). 

Aerial photography interpretation and field verification are used as needed to delineate PACs.

As additional nest location and habitat data become available, boundaries of PACs are reviewed and 

adjusted as necessary to better include known and suspected nest stands and encompass the best 

available 300 acres of habitat.

When activities are planned adjacent to non-national forest lands, available databases are checked 

for the presence of nearby California spotted owl activity centers on non-national forest lands. A 300-

acre circular area, centered on the activity center, is delineated. Any part of the circular 300-acre area 

that lies on national forest lands is designated and managed as a California spotted owl PAC.

PACs are maintained regardless of California spotted owl occupancy status. However, after a standreplacing event, evaluate habitat conditions within a 1.5-mile radius around the activity center to 

identify opportunities for re-mapping the PAC. If there is insufficient suitable habitat for designating a 

PAC within the 1.5-mile radius, the PAC may be removed from the network.

Designation (Northern Goshawk PACs) 

Northern goshawk protected activity centers (PACs) are delineated surrounding all known and newly 

discovered breeding territories detected on National Forest System lands. Northern goshawk PACs 

are designated based upon the latest documented nest site and location(s) of alternate nests. If the 

actual nest site is not located, the PAC is designated based on the location of territorial adult birds or 

recently fledged juvenile goshawks during the fledgling dependency period.

PACs are delineated to: (1) include known and suspected nest stands and (2) encompass the best 

available 200 acres of forested habitat in the largest contiguous patches possible, based on aerial 

photography. Where suitable nesting habitat occurs in small patches, PACs are defined as multiple 

blocks in the largest best available patches within 0.5 miles of one another. Best available forested 

stands for PACs have the following characteristics: (1) trees in the dominant and co-dominant crown 

classes average 24 inches dbh or greater; (2) in westside conifer and eastside mixed conifer forest 

types, stands have at least 70 percent tree canopy cover; and (3) in eastside pine forest types, 

stands have at least 60 percent tree canopy cover. Non-forest vegetation (such as brush and 

meadows) should not be counted as part of the 200 acres.

As additional nest location and habitat data become available, PAC boundaries are reviewed and 

adjusted as necessary to better include known and suspected nest stands and to encompass the 

best available 200 acres of forested habitat.

When activities are planned adjacent to non-national forest lands, available databases are checked 

for the presence of nearby northern goshawk activity centers on non-national forest lands. A 200-

acre circular area, centered on the activity center, is delineated. Any part of the circular 200-acre area 

that lies on national forest lands is designated and managed as a northern goshawk PAC.

PACs are maintained regardless of northern goshawk occupancy status. PACs may be removed 

from the network after a stand-replacing event if the habitat has been rendered unsuitable as a 

northern goshawk PAC and there are no opportunities for re-mapping the PAC in proximity to the 

affected PAC.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 185

April 2010

Desired Conditions, Intent and Objectives 

Desired Conditions Management Intent Management Objectives

Stands in each PAC have: (1) 

at least two tree canopy layers; 

(2) dominant and co-dominant 

trees with average diameters of 

at least 24 inches dbh; (3) at 

least 60 to70 percent canopy 

cover; (4) some very large 

snags (greater than 45 inches 

dbh); and (5) snag and down 

woody material levels that are 

higher than average.

Maintain PACs so that 

they continue to provide 

habitat conditions that 

support successful 

reproduction of California 

spotted owls and northern 

goshawks.

Avoid vegetation and fuels management activities within 

PACs to the greatest extent feasible.

Reduce hazardous fuels in PACs in defense zones when 

they create an unacceptable fire threat to communities.

Where PACs cannot be avoided in the strategic placement 

of treatments, ensure effective treatment of surface, ladder, 

and crown fuels within treated areas. If nesting or foraging 

habitat in PACs is mechanically treated, mitigate by adding 

acreage to the PAC equivalent to the treated acreage 

wherever possible. Add adjacent acres of comparable 

quality wherever possible.

Standards and Guidelines 

Within the assessment area or watershed, locate fuels treatments to minimize impacts to PACs. 

PACs may be re-mapped during project planning to avoid intersections with treatment areas, 

provided that the re-mapped PACs contain habitat of equal quality and include known nest sites and 

important roost sites. Document PAC adjustments in biological evaluations.

When treatment areas must intersect PACs and choices can be made about which PACs to enter, 

use the following criteria to preferentially avoid PACs that have the highest likely contribution to owl 

productivity.

 lowest contribution to productivity: PACs presently unoccupied and historically occupied by 

territorial singles only.

 PACs presently unoccupied and historically occupied by pairs,

 PACs presently occupied by territorial singles,

 PACs presently occupied by pairs,

 highest contribution to productivity: PACs currently or historically reproductive.

Historical occupancy is considered occupancy since 1990. Current occupancy is based on surveys 

consistent with survey protocol (March 1992) in the last 2-3 years prior to project planning. These 

dates were chosen to encompass the majority of survey efforts and to include breeding pulses in the 

early 1990s when many sites were found to be productive. When designing treatment unit 

intersections with PACs, limit treatment acres to those necessary to achieve strategic placement 

objectives and avoid treatments adjacent to nest stands whenever possible.

If nesting or foraging habitat in PACs is mechanically treated, mitigate by adding acreage to the PAC 

equivalent to the treated acres using adjacent acres of comparable quality wherever possible.

Mechanical treatments may be conducted to meet fuels objectives in protected activity centers 

(PACs) located in WUI defense zones. In PACs located in WUI threat zones, mechanical treatments 

are allowed where prescribed fire is not feasible and where avoiding PACs would significantly 

compromise the overall effectiveness of the landscape fire and fuels strategy. Mechanical treatments 

should be designed to maintain habitat structure and function of the PAC.

While mechanical treatments may be conducted in protected activity centers (PACs) located in WUI 

defense zones and, in some cases, threat zones, they are prohibited within a 500-foot radius buffer 

around a spotted owl activity center within the designated PAC. Prescribed burning is allowed within 

the 500-foot radius buffer. Hand treatments, including handline construction, tree pruning, and cutting 

of small trees (less than 6 inches dbh), may be conducted prior to burning as needed to protect 
Stanislaus

National Forest

186 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

important elements of owl habitat. Treatments in the remainder of the PAC use the forest-wide 

standards and guidelines for mechanical thinning.

In PACs located outside the WUI, limit stand-altering activities to reducing surface and ladder fuels 

through prescribed fire treatments. In forested stands with overstory trees 11 inches dbh and greater, 

design prescribed fire treatments to have an average flame length of 4 feet or less. Hand treatments, 

including handline construction, tree pruning, and cutting of small trees (less than 6 inches dbh), may 

be conducted prior to burning as needed to protect important elements of owl habitat.

For California spotted owl PACs: Maintain a limited operating period (LOP), prohibiting vegetation 

treatments within approximately 1⁄4 mile of the activity center during the breeding season (March 1 

through August 31), unless surveys confirm that California spotted owls are not nesting. Prior to 

implementing activities within or adjacent to a California spotted owl PAC and the location of the nest 

site or activity center is uncertain, conduct surveys to establish or confirm the location of the nest or 

activity center.

For northern goshawk PACs: Maintain a limited operating period (LOP), prohibiting vegetation 

treatments within approximately 1⁄4 mile of the nest site during the breeding season (February 15 

through September 15) unless surveys confirm that northern goshawks are not nesting. If the nest 

stand within a protected activity center (PAC) is unknown, either apply the LOP to a 1⁄4- mile area 

surrounding the PAC, or survey to determine the nest stand location.

The LOP may be waived for vegetation treatments of limited scope and duration, when a biological 

evaluation determines that such projects are unlikely to result in breeding disturbance considering 

their intensity, duration, timing and specific location. Where a biological evaluation concludes that a 

nest site would be shielded from planned activities by topographic features that would minimize 

disturbance, the LOP buffer distance may be modified.

Breeding season limited operating period restrictions may be waived, where necessary, to allow for 

use of early season prescribed fire in up to 5 percent of California spotted owl PACs per year on a 

forest.

Breeding season limited operating period restrictions may be waived, where necessary, to allow for 

use of early season prescribed fire in up to 5 percent of northern goshawk PACs per year on a forest.

For California spotted owl PACs: Conduct vegetation treatments in no more than 5 percent per 

year and 10 percent per decade of the acres in California spotted owl PACs in the 11 Sierra Nevada

national forests. Monitor the number of PACs treated at a bioregional scale.

For northern goshawk PACs: Conduct mechanical treatments in no more than 5 percent per year 

and 10 percent per decade of the acres in northern goshawk PACs in the 11 Sierra Nevada national 

forests.

Mitigate impacts where there is documented evidence of disturbance to the nest site from existing 

recreation, off highway vehicle route, trail, and road uses (including road maintenance). Evaluate 

proposals for new roads, trails, off highway vehicle routes, and recreational and other developments 

for their potential to disturb nest sites.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 187

April 2010

Great Gray Owl Protected Activity Centers (PACs) 

Designation 

Protected activity centers (PACs) are established and maintained to include the forested area and 

adjacent meadow around all known great gray owl nest stands. The PAC encompasses at least 50 

acres of the highest quality nesting habitat (CWHR types 6, 5D, and 5M) available in the forested 

area surrounding the nest. The PAC also includes the meadow or meadow complex that supports 

the prey base for nesting owls.

Desired Conditions 

Meadow vegetation in great gray owl PACs supports a sufficiently large meadow vole population to 

provide a food source for great gray owls through the reproductive period.

Standards and Guidelines 

Apply a limited operating period, prohibiting vegetation treatments and road construction within 1⁄4 

mile of an active great gray owl nest stand, during the nesting period (typically March 1 to August 15). 

The LOP may be waived for vegetation treatments of limited scope and duration, when a biological 

evaluation determines that such projects are unlikely to result in breeding disturbance considering 

their intensity, duration, timing and specific location. Where a biological evaluation concludes that a 

nest site would be shielded from planned activities by topographic features that would minimize 

disturbance, the LOP buffer distance may be reduced.

In meadow areas of great gray owl PACs, maintain herbaceous vegetation at a height 

commensurate with site capability and habitat needs of prey species. Follow regional guidance to 

determine potential prey species and associated habitat requirements at the project level.

Forest Carnivore Den Site Buffers 

Designation 

Fisher den sites are 700-acre buffers consisting of the highest quality habitat (CWHR size class 4 or 

greater and canopy cover greater than 60 percent) in a compact arrangement surrounding verified 

fisher birthing and kit rearing dens in the largest, most contiguous blocks available.

Marten den sites are 100-acre buffers consisting of the highest quality habitat in a compact 

arrangement surrounding the den site. CWHR types 6, 5D, 5M, 4D, and 4M in descending order of 

priority, based on availability, provide highest quality habitat for the marten.

Desired Conditions 

Areas surrounding fisher den sites include at least two large (greater than 40 inches dbh) conifers per 

acre, and one or more oaks (greater than 20 inches dbh) per acre with suitable denning cavities. 

Canopy closure exceeds 80 percent.

Areas surrounding marten den sites have (1) at least two conifers per acre greater than 24 inches 

dbh with suitable denning cavities, (2) canopy closures exceeding 60 percent, (3) more than 10 tons 

per acre of coarse woody debris in decay classes 1 and 2, and (4) an average of 6 snags per acre on 

the westside and 3 per acre on the eastside.

Standards and Guidelines 

Fisher Den Sites 

Protect fisher den site buffers from disturbance with a limited operating period (LOP) from March 1 

through June 30 for vegetation treatments as long as habitat remains suitable or until another 
Stanislaus

National Forest

188 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Regionally-approved management strategy is implemented. The LOP may be waived for individual 

projects of limited scope and duration, when a biological evaluation documents that such projects are 

unlikely to result in breeding disturbance considering their intensity, duration, timing, and specific 

location.

Avoid fuel treatments in fisher den site buffers to the extent possible. If areas within den site buffers 

must be treated to achieve fuels objectives for the urban wildland intermix zone, limit treatments to 

mechanical clearing of fuels. Treat ladder and surface fuels to achieve fuels objectives. Use piling or 

mastication to treat surface fuels during initial treatment. Burning of piled debris is allowed. 

Prescribed fire may be used to treat fuels if no other reasonable alternative exists.

Mitigate impacts where documented evidence of disturbance to the den site from existing recreation, 

off highway vehicle route, trail, and road uses (including road maintenance). Evaluate proposals for 

new roads, trails, off highway vehicle routes, and recreation and other developments for their 

potential to disturb dens. 

Marten Den Sites 

Protect marten den site buffers from disturbance from vegetation treatments with a limited operating 

period (LOP) from May 1 through July 31 as long as habitat remains suitable or until another 

Regionally-approved management strategy is implemented. The LOP may be waived for individual 

projects of limited scope and duration, when a biological evaluation documents that such projects are 

unlikely to result in breeding disturbance considering their intensity, duration, timing, and specific 

location.

Mitigate impacts where there is documented evidence of disturbance to the den site from existing 

recreation, off highway vehicle route, trail, and road uses (including road maintenance). Evaluate 

proposals for new roads, trails, off highway vehicle routes, and recreational and other developments 

for their potential to disturb den sites.

California Spotted Owl Home Range Core Areas (HRCAs) 

Designation 

A home range core area is established surrounding each territorial spotted owl activity center 

detected after 1986. The core area amounts to 20 percent of the area described by the sum of the 

average breeding pair home range plus one standard error. Home range core area sizes are as 

follows: 2,400 acres on the Hat Creek and Eagle Lake Ranger Districts of the Lassen National 

Forest, 1,000 acres on the Modoc, Inyo, Humboldt-Toiyabe, Plumas, Tahoe, Eldorado, Lake Tahoe 

Basin Management Unit and Stanislaus National Forests and on the Almanor Ranger District of 

Lassen National Forest, and 600 acres of the Sequoia and Sierra National Forests.

Aerial photography is used to delineate the core area. Acreage for the entire core area is identified on 

national forest lands. Core areas encompass the best available California spotted owl habitat in the 

closest proximity to the owl activity center. The best available contiguous habitat is selected to 

incorporate, in descending order of priority, CWHR classes 6, 5D, 5M, 4D and 4M and other stands 

with at least 50 percent tree canopy cover (including hardwoods). The acreage in the 300-acre PAC 

counts toward the total home range core area. Core areas are delineated within 1.5 miles of the 

activity center.

When activities are planned adjacent to non-national forest lands, circular core areas are delineated 

around California spotted owl activity centers on non-national forest lands. Using the best available 

habitat as described above, any part of the circular core area that lies on national forest lands is 

designated and managed as a California spotted owl home range core area.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 189

April 2010

Desired Conditions, Intent and Objectives 

Desired Conditions Management Intent Management Objectives

HRCAs consist of large habitat 

blocks that have: (1) at least two 

tree canopy layers; (2) at least 24 

inches dbh in dominant and codominant trees; (3) a number of 

very large (greater than 45 

inches dbh) old trees; (4) at least 

50 to 70 percent canopy cover; 

and (5) higher than average 

levels of snags and down woody 

material.

Treat fuels using a landscape approach for strategically 

placing area treatments to modify fire behavior.

Retain existing suitable habitat, recognizing that habitat 

within treated areas may be modified to meet fuels 

objectives.

Accelerate development of currently unsuitable habitat (in 

non-habitat inclusions, such as plantations) into suitable 

condition.

Arrange treatment patterns and design treatment 

prescriptions to avoid the highest quality habitat (CWHR 

types 5M, 5D, and 6) wherever possible

Establish and maintain a 

pattern of fuels treatments 

that is effective in modifying 

wildfire behavior.

Design treatments in 

HRCAs to be economically 

efficient and to promote 

forest health where 

consistent with habitat 

objectives.

Wildland Urban Intermix: Defense Zones 

Designation 

The wildland urban intermix zone (WUI) is an area where human habitation is mixed with areas of 

flammable wildland vegetation. It extends out from the edge of developed private land into Federal, 

private, and State jurisdictions. The WUI is comprised of two zones: the defense zone and the threat 

zone.

The WUI defense zone is the buffer in closest proximity to communities, areas with higher densities 

of residences, commercial buildings, and/or administrative sites with facilities. Defense zones 

generally extend roughly 1⁄4 mile out from these areas; however, actual defense zone boundaries are 

determined at the project level following national, regional and forest policy. In particular, the Healthy 

Forest Restoration Act of 2003 identifies areas to be included in the WUI. Local fire management 

specialists determine the extent, treatment orientation, and prescriptions for the WUI based on 

historical fire spread and intensity, historical weather patterns, topography, access. Defense zones 

should be of sufficient extent that fuel treatments within them will reduce wildland fire spread and 

intensity sufficiently for suppression forces to succeed in protecting human life and property.

Desired Conditions, Intent and Objectives 

Desired Conditions Management Intent Management Objectives

Stands are fairly open and dominated primarily 

by larger, fire tolerant trees.

Surface and ladder fuel conditions are such 

that crown fire ignition is highly unlikely.

The openness and discontinuity of crown fuels, 

both horizontally and vertically, result in very 

low probability of sustained crown fire.

Protect communities from wildfire and 

prevent the loss of life and property.

WUI defense zones have highest 

priority for treatment (along with threat 

zones).

The highest density and intensity of 

treatments are located within the WUI. 

Create defensible space near 

communities, and provide a safe 

and effective area for 

suppressing fire.

Design economically efficient 

treatments to reduce hazardous 

fuels. 

Wildland Urban Intermix: Threat Zones 

Designation 

The WUI threat zone typically buffers the defense zone; however, a threat zone may be delineated in 

the absence of a defense zone under certain conditions, including situations where the structure 

density and location do not provide a reasonable opportunity for direct suppression on public land, 

but suppression on the private land would be enhanced by fire behavior modification on the adjacent 

public land.
Stanislaus

National Forest

190 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Threat zone boundaries are determined at the project level following national, regional and forest 

policy. Threat zones generally extend approximately 11⁄4 miles out from the defense zone boundary; 

however, actual extents of threat zones are based on fire history, local fuel conditions, weather, 

topography, existing and proposed fuel treatments, and natural barriers to fire. Fuels treatments in 

these zones are designed to reduce wildfire spread and intensity. Strategic landscape features, such 

as roads, changes in fuels types, and topography may be used in delineating the physical boundary 

of the threat zone.

Desired Conditions, Intent and Objectives 

Desired Conditions Management Intent Management Objectives

Under high fire weather conditions, wildland fire 

behavior in treated areas within the threat zone is 

characterized as follows: (1) flame lengths at the 

head of the fire are less than 4 feet; (2) the rate of 

spread at the head of the fire is reduced to at least 

50 percent of pre-treatment levels; (3) hazards to 

firefighters are reduced by managing snag levels in 

locations likely to be used for control of prescribed 

fire and fire suppression consistent with safe 

practices guidelines; (4) production rates for fire line 

construction are doubled from pre-treatment levels; 

and (5) tree density has been reduced to a level 

consistent with the site’s ability to sustain forest 

health during drought conditions.

Threat zones are priority area for 

fuels treatments.

 Fuels treatments in the threat 

zone provide a buffer between 

developed areas and wildlands.

 Fuels treatments protect human 

communities from wildland fires 

as well as minimize the spread 

of fires that might originate in 

urban areas.

 The highest density and 

intensity of treatments are 

located within the WUI.

Establish and maintain a pattern 

of area treatments that is 

effective in modifying wildfire 

behavior.

Design economically efficient 

treatments to reduce hazardous 

fuels.

Old Forest Emphasis Areas 

Designation 

Old forest emphasis areas are a mapped land allocation. Minor adjustments are allowed to correct 

the boundaries of old forest emphasis areas.

Desired Conditions, Intent and Objectives 

Desired Conditions Management Intent Management Objectives

Forest structure and function across old 

forest emphasis areas generally resemble 

pre-settlement conditions. High levels of 

horizontal and vertical diversity exist at the 

landscape-scale (roughly 10,000 acres).

Stands are composed of roughly even-aged 

vegetation groups, varying in size, species 

composition, and structure. Individual 

vegetation groups range from less than 0.5 

to more than 5 acres in size. Tree sizes 

range from seedlings to very large diameter 

trees. Species composition varies by 

elevation, site productivity, and related

environmental factors. Multi-tiered canopies, 

particularly in older forests, provide vertical 

heterogeneity. Dead trees, both standing 

and fallen, meet habitat needs of old-forestassociated species.

Where possible, areas treated to reduce fuel 

levels also provide for the successful 

establishment of early seral stage 

vegetation.

Maintain or develop old forest habitat in:

 areas containing the best remaining large 

blocks or landscape concentrations of old 

forest and/or

 areas that provide old forest functions (such 

as connectivity of habitat over a range of 

elevations to allow migration of wide-ranging 

old-forest-associated species).

Establish and maintain a pattern of area 

treatments that is effective in:

 modifying fire behavior.

 culturing stand structure and composition to 

generally resemble pre-settlement 

conditions.

 reducing susceptibility to insect/pathogen 

drought-related tree mortality.

Focus management activities on the short-term 

goal of reducing the adverse effects of wildfire.

Acknowledge the need for a longer-term 

strategy to restore both the structure and 

processes of these ecosystems.

Establish and maintain a 

pattern of area treatments 

that is effective in 

modifying wildfire behavior.

Maintain and/or establish 

appropriate species 

composition and size 

classes.

Reduce the risk of 

insect/pathogen droughtrelated mortality by 

managing stand density 

levels.

Design economically 

efficient treatments to 

reduce hazardous fuels.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 191

April 2010

General Forest 

Designation 

The general forest is a mapped land allocation. Minor adjustments are allowed to correct the 

boundaries of the general forest allocation.

Desired Conditions, Intent and Objectives 

Desired Conditions Management Intent Management Objectives

Same as Old Forest 

Emphasis Areas

Actively manage general forest areas to 

maintain, and enhance a variety of vegetative 

conditions.

Strategically place fuels treatments to modify 

wildfire behavior.

Reduce hazardous fuels in key areas to 

lessen the threat of high severity fire.

Establish and maintain a pattern of area 

treatments that is effective in modifying wildfire 

behavior.

Reduce the risk of insect/pathogen droughtrelated mortality by managing stand density 

levels.

Design economically efficient treatments to 

reduce hazardous fuels.

Riparian Conservation Areas 

Designation 

Riparian Conservation Area (RCA) widths are described below. RCA widths may be adjusted at the 

project level if a landscape analysis has been completed and a site-specific Riparian Conservation 

Objectives (RCO) analysis demonstrates a need for different widths.

Perennial Streams: 300 feet on each side of the stream, measured from the bank full edge of the 

stream.

Seasonally Flowing Streams (includes intermittent and ephemeral streams): 150 feet on each side 

of the stream, measured from the bank full edge of the stream.

Streams in Inner Gorge1

: top of inner gorge.

Special Aquatic Features2 or Perennial Streams with Riparian Conditions extending more 

than 150 feet from edge of streambank or Seasonally Flowing streams with riparian 

conditions extending more than 50 feet from edge of streambank: 300 feet from edge of feature 

or riparian vegetation, whichever width is greater.

Other hydrological or topographic depressions without a defined channel: RCA width and 

protection measures determined through project level analysis.

Desired Conditions 

Water quality meets the goals of the Clean Water Act and Safe Drinking Water Act; it is fishable, 

swimmable, and suitable for drinking after normal treatment.

Habitat supports viable populations of native and desired non-native plant, invertebrate, and 

vertebrate riparian and aquatic-dependent species. New introductions of invasive species are 

prevented. Where invasive species are adversely affecting the viability of native species, the 

appropriate State and Federal wildlife agencies have reduced impacts to native populations.

Species composition and structural diversity of plant and animal communities in riparian areas, 

wetlands, and meadows provide desired habitat conditions and ecological functions.

 

1 Inner gorge is defined by stream adjacent slopes greater than 70 percent gradient 2 Special Aquatic Features include: lakes, wet meadows, bogs, fens, wetlands, vernal pools, and springs
Stanislaus

National Forest

192 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

The distribution and health of biotic communities in special aquatic habitats (such as springs, seeps, 

vernal pools, fens, bogs, and marshes) perpetuates their unique functions and biological diversity.

Spatial and temporal connectivity for riparian and aquatic-dependent species within and between 

watersheds provides physically, chemically and biologically unobstructed movement for their survival, 

migration and reproduction.

The connections of floodplains, channels, and water tables distribute flood flows and sustain diverse

habitats.

Soils with favorable infiltration characteristics and diverse vegetative cover absorb and filter 

precipitation and sustain favorable conditions of stream flows.

In-stream flows are sufficient to sustain desired conditions of riparian, aquatic, wetland, and meadow 

habitats and keep sediment regimes as close as possible to those with which aquatic and riparian 

biota evolved.

The physical structure and condition of stream banks and shorelines minimizes erosion and sustains 

desired habitat diversity.

The ecological status of meadow vegetation is late seral (50 percent or more of the relative cover of 

the herbaceous layer is late seral with high similarity to the potential natural community). A diversity of 

age classes of hardwood shrubs is present and regeneration is occurring.

Meadows are hydrologically functional. Sites of accelerated erosion, such as gullies and headcuts 

are stabilized or recovering. Vegetation roots occur throughout the available soil profile. Meadows 

with perennial and intermittent streams have the following characteristics: (1) stream energy from 

high flows is dissipated, reducing erosion and improving water quality, (2) streams filter sediment and 

capture bedload, aiding floodplain development, (3) meadow conditions enhance floodwater retention 

and groundwater recharge, and (4) root masses stabilize stream banks against cutting action.

Standards and Guidelines 

Designate riparian conservation area (RCA) widths as described above. The RCA widths displayed 

may be adjusted at the project level if a landscape analysis has been completed and a site-specific 

RCO analysis demonstrates a need for different widths.

Evaluate new proposed management activities within CARs and RCAs during environmental 

analysis to determine consistency with the riparian conservation objectives at the project level and 

the AMS goals for the landscape. Ensure that appropriate mitigation measures are enacted to (1) 

minimize the risk of activity-related sediment entering aquatic systems and (2) minimize impacts to 

habitat for aquatic- or riparian-dependent plant and animal species.

Identify existing uses and activities in CARs and RCAs during landscape analysis. At the time of 

permit reissuance, evaluate and consider actions needed for consistency with RCOs.

As part of project-level analysis, conduct peer reviews for projects that propose ground-disturbing 

activities in more than 25 percent of the RCA or more than 15 percent of a CAR.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 193

April 2010

RCO Standards and Guidelines

Riparian 

Conservation 

Objective 1: 

Ensure that identified 

beneficial uses for the 

water body are 

adequately protected. 

Identify the specific 

beneficial uses for the 

project area, water 

quality goals from the 

Regional Basin Plan, 

and the manner in 

which the standards 

and guidelines will 

protect the beneficial 

uses.

For waters designated as “Water Quality Limited” (Clean Water Act Section 303(d)), participate in 

the development of Total Maximum Daily Loads (TMDLs) and TMDL Implementation Plans. 

Execute applicable elements of completed TMDL Implementation Plans.

Ensure that management activities do not adversely affect water temperatures necessary for local 

aquatic- and riparian-dependent species assemblages.

Limit pesticide applications to cases where project level analysis indicates that pesticide 

applications are consistent with riparian conservation objectives.

Within 500 feet of known occupied sites for the California red-legged frog, Cascades frog, Yosemite 

toad, foothill yellow-legged frog, mountain yellow-legged frog, and northern leopard frog, design 

pesticide applications to avoid adverse effects to individuals and their habitats.

Prohibit storage of fuels and other toxic materials within RCAs and CARs except at designated 

administrative sites and sites covered by a Special Use Authorization. Prohibit refueling within 

RCAs and CARs unless there are no other alternatives. Ensure that spill plans are reviewed and 

up-to-date.

Riparian 

Conservation 

Objective 2: 

Maintain or restore: 

(1) the geomorphic 

and biological 

characteristics of 

special aquatic 

features, including 

lakes, meadows, 

bogs, fens, wetlands, 

vernal pools, springs; 

(2) streams, including 

in stream flows; and 

(3) hydrologic 

connectivity both 

within and between 

watersheds to provide 

for the habitat needs 

of aquatic-dependent 

species.

Maintain and restore the hydrologic connectivity of streams, meadows, wetlands, and other special 

aquatic features by identifying roads and trails that intercept, divert, or disrupt natural surface and 

subsurface water flow paths. Implement corrective actions where necessary to restore connectivity.

Ensure that culverts or other stream crossings do not create barriers to upstream or downstream 

passage for aquatic-dependent species. Locate water drafting sites to avoid adverse effects to in 

stream flows and depletion of pool habitat. Where possible, maintain and restore the timing, 

variability, and duration of floodplain inundation and water table elevation in meadows, wetlands, 

and other special aquatic features.

Prior to activities that could adversely affect streams, determine if relevant stream characteristics 

are within the range of natural variability. If characteristics are outside the range of natural variability, 

implement mitigation measures and short-term restoration actions needed to prevent further 

declines or cause an upward trend in conditions. Evaluate required long-term restoration actions 

and implement them according to their status among other restoration needs.

Prevent disturbance to streambanks and natural lake and pond shorelines caused by resource 

activities (for example, livestock, off-highway vehicles, and dispersed recreation) from exceeding 20 

percent of stream reach or 20 percent of natural lake and pond shorelines. Disturbance includes 

bank sloughing, chiseling, trampling, and other means of exposing bare soil or cutting plant roots. 

This standard does not apply to developed recreation sites, sites authorized under Special Use 

Permits and designated off-highway vehicle routes.

In stream reaches occupied by, or identified as “essential habitat” in the conservation assessment 

for, the Lahonton and Paiute cutthroat trout and the Little Kern golden trout, limit streambank 

disturbance from livestock to 10 percent of the occupied or “essential habitat” stream reach. 

Cooperate with State and Federal agencies to develop streambank disturbance standards for 

threatened, endangered, and sensitive species. Use the regional streambank assessment protocol. 

Implement corrective action where disturbance limits have been exceeded.

At either the landscape or project-scale, determine if the age class, structural diversity, composition, 

and cover of riparian vegetation are within the range of natural variability for the vegetative 

community. If conditions are outside the range of natural variability, consider implementing 

mitigation and/or restoration actions that will result in an upward trend. Actions could include 

restoration of aspen or other riparian vegetation where conifer encroachment is identified as a 

problem.

Cooperate with Federal, Tribal, State and local governments to secure in stream flows needed to 

maintain, recover, and restore riparian resources, channel conditions, and aquatic habitat. Maintain 

in stream flows to protect aquatic systems to which species are uniquely adapted. Minimize the 

effects of stream diversions or other flow modifications from hydroelectric projects on threatened, 

endangered, and sensitive species.

For exempt hydroelectric facilities on national forest lands, ensure that special use permit language 

provides adequate in stream flow requirements to maintain, restore, or recover favorable ecological 

conditions for local riparian- and aquatic-dependent species.
Stanislaus

National Forest

194 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

RCO Standards and Guidelines

Riparian 

Conservation 

Objective 3: 

Ensure a renewable 

supply of large down 

logs that: (1) can 

reach the stream 

channel and (2)

provide suitable 

habitat within and 

adjacent to the RCA.

Determine if the level of coarse large woody debris (CWD) is within the range of natural variability in 

terms of frequency and distribution and is sufficient to sustain stream channel physical complexity 

and stability. Ensure proposed management activities move conditions toward the range of natural 

variability.

Riparian 

Conservation 

Objective 4: 

Ensure that 

management 

activities, including 

fuels reduction 

actions, within RCAs 

and CARs enhance or 

maintain physical and 

biological 

characteristics 

associated with 

aquatic- and ripariandependent species. 

Within CARs, in occupied habitat or “essential habitat” as identified in conservation assessments for 

threatened, endangered, or sensitive species, evaluate the appropriate role, timing, and extent of 

prescribed fire. Avoid direct lighting within riparian vegetation; prescribed fires may back into 

riparian vegetation areas. Develop mitigation measures to avoid impacts to these species 

whenever ground-disturbing equipment is used.

Use screening devices for water drafting pumps. (Fire suppression activities are exempt during 

initial attack.) Use pumps with low entry velocity to minimize removal of aquatic species, including 

juvenile fish, amphibian egg masses and tadpoles, from aquatic habitats.

Design prescribed fire treatments to minimize disturbance of ground cover and riparian vegetation 

in RCAs. In burn plans for project areas that include, or are adjacent to RCAs, identify mitigation 

measures to minimize the spread of fire into riparian vegetation. In determining which mitigation 

measures to adopt, weigh the potential harm of mitigation measures, for example fire lines, against 

the risks and benefits of prescribed fire entering riparian vegetation. Strategies should recognize the 

role of fire in ecosystem function and identify those instances where fire suppression or fuel 

management actions could be damaging to habitat or long-term function of the riparian community.

Post-wildfire management activities in RCAs and CARs should emphasize enhancing native 

vegetation cover, stabilizing channels by non-structural means, minimizing adverse effects from the 

existing road network, and carrying out activities identified in landscape analyses. Post-wildfire 

operations shall minimize the exposure of bare soil.

Allow hazard tree removal within RCAs or CARs. Allow mechanical ground disturbing fuels 

treatments, salvage harvest, or commercial fuelwood cutting within RCAs or CARs when the 

activity is consistent with RCOs. Utilize low ground pressure equipment, helicopters, over the snow 

logging, or other non-ground disturbing actions to operate off of existing roads when needed to 

achieve RCOs. Ensure that existing roads, landings, and skid trails meet Best Management 

Practices. Minimize the construction of new skid trails or roads for access into RCAs for fuel 

treatments, salvage harvest, commercial fuelwood cutting, or hazard tree removal.

As appropriate, assess and document aquatic conditions following the Regional Stream Condition 

Inventory protocol prior to implementing ground disturbing activities within suitable habitat for 

California red-legged frog, Cascades frog, Yosemite toad, foothill and mountain yellow-legged 

frogs, and northern leopard frog.

During fire suppression activities, consider impacts to aquatic- and riparian-dependent resources. 

Where possible, locate incident bases, camps, helibases, staging areas, helispots, and other 

centers for incident activities outside of RCAs or CARs. During pre-suppression planning, 

determine guidelines for suppression activities, including avoidance of potential adverse effects to 

aquatic- and riparian-dependent species as a goal.

Identify roads, trails, OHV trails and staging areas, developed recreation sites, dispersed 

campgrounds, special use permits, grazing permits, and day use sites during landscape analysis. 

Identify conditions that degrade water quality or habitat for aquatic and riparian-dependent species. 

At the project level, evaluate and consider actions to ensure consistency with standards and 

guidelines or desired conditions.
Stanislaus

National Forest

Forest Plan Direction 195

April 2010

RCO Standards and Guidelines

Riparian 

Conservation 

Objective 5: 

Preserve, restore, or 

enhance special 

aquatic features, such 

as meadows, lakes, 

ponds, bogs, fens, 

and wetlands, to 

provide the ecological 

conditions and 

processes needed to 

recover or enhance 

the viability of species 

that rely on these 

areas.

Assess the hydrologic function of meadow habitats and other special aquatic features during range 

management analysis. Ensure that characteristics of special features are, at a minimum, at Proper 

Functioning Condition, as defined in the appropriate Technical Reports (or their successor 

publications): (1) “Process for Assessing PFC” TR 1737-9 (1993), “PFC for Lotic Areas” USDI TR 

1737-15 (1998) or (2) “PFC for Lentic Riparian-Wetland Areas” USDI TR 1737-11 (1994).

Prohibit or mitigate ground-disturbing activities that adversely affect hydrologic processes that 

maintain water flow, water quality, or water temperature critical to sustaining bog and fen 

ecosystems and plant species that depend on these ecosystems. During project analysis, survey, 

map, and develop measures to protect bogs and fens from such activities as trampling by livestock, 

pack stock, humans, and wheeled vehicles. Criteria for defining bogs and fens include, but are not 

limited to, presence of: (1) sphagnum moss (Spagnum spp.), (2) mosses belonging to the genus 

Meessia, and (3) sundew (Drosera spp.) Complete initial plant inventories of bogs and fens within 

active grazing allotments prior to re-issuing permits.

Locate new facilities for gathering livestock and pack stock outside of meadows and riparian 

conservation areas. During project-level planning, evaluate and consider relocating existing 

livestock facilities outside of meadows and riparian areas. Prior to re-issuing grazing permits, 

assess the compatibility of livestock management facilities located in riparian conservation areas 

with riparian conservation objectives.

Under season-long grazing:

 For meadows in early seral status: limit livestock utilization of grass and grass-like plants to 30 

percent (or minimum 6-inch stubble height).

 For meadows in late seral status: limit livestock utilization of grass and grass-like plants to a 

maximum of 40 percent (or minimum 4-inch stubble height).

Determine ecological status on all key areas monitored for grazing utilization prior to establishing 

utilization levels. Use Regional ecological scorecards and range plant list in regional range 

handbooks to determine ecological status. Analyze meadow ecological status every 3 to 5 years. If 

meadow ecological status is determined to be moving in a downward trend, modify or suspend 

grazing. Include ecological status data in a spatially explicit Geographical Information System 

database.

Under intensive grazing systems (such as rest-rotation and deferred rotation) where meadows are 

receiving a period of rest, utilization levels can be higher than the levels described above if the 

meadow is maintained in late seral status and meadow-associated species are not being impacted. 

Degraded meadows (such as those in early seral status with greater than 10 percent of the 

meadow area in bare soil and active erosion) require total rest from grazing until they have 

recovered and have moved to mid- or late seral status.

Limit browsing to no more than 20 percent of the annual leader growth of mature riparian shrubs 

and no more than 20 percent of individual seedlings. Remove livestock from any area of an 

allotment when browsing indicates a change in livestock preference from grazing herbaceous 

vegetation to browsing woody riparian vegetation.

Riparian 

Conservation 

Objective 6: 

Identify and 

implement restoration 

actions to maintain, 

restore or enhance 

water quality and 

maintain, restore, or 

enhance habitat for 

riparian and aquatic 

species.

Recommend restoration practices in: (1) areas with compaction in excess of soil quality standards, 

(2) areas with lowered water tables, or (3) areas that are either actively down cutting or that have 

historic gullies. Identify other management practices, for example, road building, recreational use, 

grazing, and timber harvests that may be contributing to the observed degradation.
Stanislaus

National Forest

196 Forest Plan Direction

April 2010

Critical Aquatic Refuges 

Designation 

Critical aquatic refuges (CARs) are subwatersheds, generally ranging between 10,000 to 40,000 

acres, with some as small 500 acres and some as large as 100,000 acres, that contain either:

 known locations of threatened, endangered, or sensitive species,

 highly vulnerable populations of native plant or animal species, or

 localized populations of rare native aquatic- or riparian-dependent plant or animal species.

Critical aquatic refuges are shown on maps in Volume 4, Appendix I of the SNFPA FEIS (January 

2001), beginning on page I-53. The boundaries of CARs may be refined during landscape analysis 

based on the findings from conservation assessments or verification of the presence and condition of 

habitat for threatened, endangered, and sensitive species. Additional CARs may be added by 

individual national forests.

Desired Conditions 

Critical aquatic refuges provide habitat for native fish, amphibian and aquatic invertebrate 

populations. Remnant plant and animal populations in aquatic communities are maintained and 

restored.

Streams in meadows, lower elevation grasslands, and hardwood ecosystems have vegetation and 

channel bank conditions that approach historic potential.

Water quality meets State stream standards.

Standards and Guidelines 

Same as for Riparian Conservation Areas.

In addition:

Determine which critical aquatic refuges or areas within critical aquatic refuges are suitable for 

mineral withdrawal. Propose these areas for withdrawal from location and entry under U.S. mining 

laws, subject to valid existing rights, for a term of 20 years.

Approve mining-related plans of operation if measures are implemented that contribute toward the 

attainment or maintenance of aquatic management strategy goals.